** Login to see if you qualify for special pricing on certain programs
Course1

"Boilplate" Provisions in Business and Commercial Contracts: Traps for the Unwary

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Shannon M. Bell

"Boilplate" Provisions in Business and Commercial Contracts: Traps for the Unwary The “back of the book” provisions of common business, commercial and real estate agreements are often labeled “boilerplate,” copied and pasted from earlier agreements. But when disputes arise, these overlooked provisions – related to damages, choice of law and forum, notice, integration, and amendments – can determine the fate transaction. These provisions, if not closely examined in the context of every agreement, can provide grounds for litigation – or threats of litigation. This program will provide you with a practical guide to drafting essential “boilerplate” provisions with an emphasis on reducing risk. Damages – types, limitations, drafting traps Choice of law/choice of forum – what the law allows v. what parties prefer Amendments – forms of written amendments, email, and course of dealing Notice – adapting methods to digital communication, traps Integration – conversations, extraneous writings, and assumptions   Speaker: Shannon M. Bell is a member with Kelly Law Partners, LLC, where she litigates a wide variety of complex business disputes, construction disputes, fiduciary claims, employment issues, and landlord/tenant issues.  Her construction experience extends from contract negotiations to defense of construction claims of owners, HOAs, contractors and tradesmen.  She also represents clients in claims of shareholder and officer liability, piercing the corporate veil, and derivative actions.  She writes and speaks on commercial litigation, employment, discovery and bankruptcy topics.         Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

  • Webcast
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 4/17/24
    Presented
  • DETAILS
Course1

"Boilplate" Provisions in Contracts: Overlooked Traps in Every Agreement

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Shannon M. Bell

The “back of the book” provisions of common business, commercial and real estate agreements are often labeled “boilerplate,” copied and pasted from earlier agreements. But when disputes arise, these overlooked provisions – related to damages, choice of law and forum, notice, integration, and amendments – can determine the fate transaction. These provisions, if not closely examined in the context of every agreement, can provide grounds for litigation – or threats of litigation. This program will provide you with a practical guide to drafting essential “boilerplate” provisions with an emphasis on reducing risk.   Damages – types, limitations, drafting traps Choice of law/choice of forum – what the law allows v. what parties prefer Amendments – forms of written amendments, email, and course of dealing Notice – adapting methods to digital communication, traps Integration – conversations, extraneous writings, and assumptions Speaker: Shannon M. Bell is a member with Kelly Law Partners, LLC, where she litigates a wide variety of complex business disputes, construction disputes, fiduciary claims, employment issues, and landlord/tenant issues.  Her construction experience extends from contract negotiations to defense of construction claims of owners, HOAs, contractors and tradesmen.  She also represents clients in claims of shareholder and officer liability, piercing the corporate veil, and derivative actions.  She writes and speaks on commercial litigation, employment, discovery and bankruptcy topics.  Ms. Bell earned her B.S. from the University of Iowa and her J.D. from the University of Denver.   Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.     

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 4/20/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

"Founding Documents": Drafting Articles of Incorporation & Bylaws, Part 1

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Eric J. Zinn

"Founding Documents": Drafting Articles of Incorporation & Bylaws, Part 1 Though LLCs have become a default choice of entity for many businesses, corporations – C Corps and S Corps – still produce optimal results for many family-held businesses or businesses operating in industries where the corporate is preferred or required.  The founding documents of corporations – Articles of Incorporation, Stockholders’ Agreements, and bylaws – are complex, interlocking instruments that create and regulate the capital structure, governance, and finance of the business.  Very important issues of who can own stock, how that stock is valued and transferred, how major corporate decisions are made, and how disputes are resolved are all determined by these documents. This program will provide you with a practical guide to planning and drafting the essential founding documents of corporations. Day 1:          Practical planning and drafting founding documents          Counseling clients about the allocation of voting power and distribution preferences          Framework of law – what’s required, what can be modified, what’s discretionary          Defining common stock characteristics – classes, voting rights          Uses of preferred stock – classes, rights, preferences          Tax issues to consider when drafting founding documents Day 2: Instituting boards of directors – duties, restrictions, indemnification Approval of shareholders – major transactions, voting thresholds, procedures Restrictions on the transferability of stock Major components of corporate bylaws Common traps in drafting founding documents – avoiding later litigation  Speaker: Eric J. Zinn is of counsel in the Denver office of Kutak Rock, LLP.  He represents clients in clients in matters involving corporate, individual and partnership taxation, state and local taxation, and corporate mergers, acquisitions and finance. He is a frequent lecturer on topics including the proper choice of legal entity for the operation of a business enterprise, drafting operating agreements for limited liability companies, international taxation, partnership taxation, and like-kind exchanges.  He is an Adjunct Professor at the University of Colorado-Denver Business School and at the University of Colorado School of Law in Boulder. He is the author of "Colorado Limited Liability Company Forms and Practice Manual,” published by Data Trace Publishing. Before entering private practice he served as a judicial clerk to the U.S. Tax Court.       Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 9/28/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

"Founding Documents": Drafting Articles of Incorporation & Bylaws, Part 2

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Eric J. Zinn

"Founding Documents": Drafting Articles of Incorporation & Bylaws, Part 2 Though LLCs have become a default choice of entity for many businesses, corporations – C Corps and S Corps – still produce optimal results for many family-held businesses or businesses operating in industries where the corporate is preferred or required.  The founding documents of corporations – Articles of Incorporation, Stockholders’ Agreements, and bylaws – are complex, interlocking instruments that create and regulate the capital structure, governance, and finance of the business.  Very important issues of who can own stock, how that stock is valued and transferred, how major corporate decisions are made, and how disputes are resolved are all determined by these documents. This program will provide you with a practical guide to planning and drafting the essential founding documents of corporations Day 1: Practical planning and drafting founding documents Counseling clients about the allocation of voting power and distribution preferences Framework of law – what’s required, what can be modified, what’s discretionary Defining common stock characteristics – classes, voting rights Uses of preferred stock – classes, rights, preferences Tax issues to consider when drafting founding documents Day 2:          Instituting boards of directors – duties, restrictions, indemnification          Approval of shareholders – major transactions, voting thresholds, procedures          Restrictions on the transferability of stock          Major components of corporate bylaws          Common traps in drafting founding documents – avoiding later litigation   Speaker: Eric J. Zinn is of counsel in the Denver office of Kutak Rock, LLP.  He represents clients in clients in matters involving corporate, individual and partnership taxation, state and local taxation, and corporate mergers, acquisitions and finance. He is a frequent lecturer on topics including the proper choice of legal entity for the operation of a business enterprise, drafting operating agreements for limited liability companies, international taxation, partnership taxation, and like-kind exchanges.  He is an Adjunct Professor at the University of Colorado-Denver Business School and at the University of Colorado School of Law in Boulder. He is the author of "Colorado Limited Liability Company Forms and Practice Manual,” published by Data Trace Publishing. Before entering private practice he served as a judicial clerk to the U.S. Tax Court.       Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 9/29/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

1031 Like-Kind Exchanges in Trust and Estate Planning

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Anthony Licata, Susan Wheatley

For clients with significant real estate portfolios in their estates, Section 1031 like-kind exchanges can be a very effective tool for deferring gain. Recent tax legislation has scrambled familiar tax, economic, and practical considerations for making a like-kind exchange, in some circumstances making these techniques more attractive than before, but in others (incoming producing property) less attractive.  There are also substantial real estate law traps in like-kind exchanges.  This program will provide you with a practitioner’s guide to using new like-kind exchange rules in trust and estate planning.    Trust and estate planning opportunities using Section 1031 like-kind exchanges How the 2017 tax law changed conventional considerations of using like-kind exchanges Review of major non-estate tax issues for estate planners when using like-kind exchanges Circumstances when it no long makes sense to use like-kind exchanges for income-producing party Real estate traps when using like-kind exchanges in trust planning   Speakers: Anthony Licata is a partner in the Chicago office of Taft Stettinius & Hollister LLP, where he formerly chaired the firm’s real estate practice.  He has an extensive practice focusing on major commercial real estate transactions, including finance, development, leasing, and land use.  He formerly served as an adjunct professor at the Kellogg Graduate School of Management at Northwestern University and at the Illinois Institute of Technology.  Mr. Licata received his B.S., summa cum laude, from MacMurray College and his J.D., cum laude, from Harvard Law School. Susan Wheatley is a partner in the Cincinnati office of Taft Stettinius & Hollister LLP and chair of its trust and estate planning practice. Her practice focuses on advising clients on their estate and business succession planning.  She also advises clients about sophisticated charitable and gifting giving strategies. She is a Fellow of the American College of Trust and Estate Counsel and an adjunct professor of law at the University of Cincinnati College of Law.  Ms.Wheatley earned her B.A. at Yale University and her J.D. from Northwestern University School of Law.   Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 1/19/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

2022 Annual Meeting - "Jurisdiction" by Agreement - A Discussion of Criminal Jurisdiction Post-McGirt and How Governmental Agreements Impact It

$49.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Oklahoma Bar Association CLE Department

  Filmed as part of the 2022 Annual Meeting - Criminal Track      "Jurisdiction" by Agreement - A Discussion of Criminal Jurisdiction Post-McGirt and How Governmental Agreements Impact It Chrissi Ross Nimmo     Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 49
    Min.
  • 12/31/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

2022 Annual Meeting - Criminal Jurisdiction Developments in Indian Country: Castro-Huerta & VAWA 2022

$49.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Oklahoma Bar Association CLE Department

  Fimed as part of the 2022 Annual Meeting - Criminal Track      Criminal Jurisdiction Developments in Indian Country: Castro-Huerta & VAWA 2022 Arvo Mikkanen      Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 38
    Min.
  • 12/31/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

2022 Annual Meeting - Criminal Track

$125.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Oklahoma Bar Association CLE Department

  Filmed during the 2022 Annual Meeting - Criminal Track      DUIs in Indian Country: A Post McGirt Analysis and Update Sabah Khalaf   Tribal Court Victims' Rights and Criminal Practice Jacintha Webster   Tribal Prosecution and the Violence Against Women Act Debra Gee   "Jurisdiction" by Agreement - A Discussion of Criminal Jurisdiction Post-McGirt and How Governmental Agreements Impact It Chrissi Ross Nimmo   Criminal Jurisdiction Developments in Indian Country: Castro-Huerta & VAWA 2022 Arvo Mikkanen      Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 236
    Min.
  • 12/31/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

2022 Annual Meeting - DUIs in Indian Country: A Post McGirt Analysis and Update

$49.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Oklahoma Bar Association CLE Department

  Filmed as part of the 2022 Annual Meeting - Criminal Track      DUIs in Indian Country: A Post McGirt Analysis and Update Sabah Khalaf   Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 48
    Min.
  • 12/31/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

2022 Annual Meeting - Family Law-Domestic Violence

$95.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Family Law Section

Filmed as part of the 2022 Oklahoma Bar Association Family Law Section Annual Meeting  Family Law-Domestic Violence              Domestic Violence: Using Non-Physical Abuse to Explain a Pattern of Power and Control   Maleaha Brown, Associate Professor, Southwestern Law School, Los Angeles, California        Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 133
    Min.
  • 12/31/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

2022 Annual Meeting - Family Law-Recent Developments

$49.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Family Law Section

Filmed as part of the 2022 Oklahoma Bar Association Family Law Section Annual Meeting  Family Law-Recent Developments          Recent Developments in Family Law    Professor Robert G. Spector            Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 52
    Min.
  • 12/31/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

2022 Annual Meeting - Joint Judicial Session - Tribal Supreme Court Justice Panel

$49.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Oklahoma Bar Association CLE Department

  Filmed as part of 2022 Annual Meeting - Joint Judicial Session Tribal Supreme Court Justice Panel Moderated by OBA President James R. "Jim" Hicks   Combined Criminal Track and Property Track - ManyCourts: Tribal Supreme Court Judicial Panel Jim Hicks, Moderator Mark Colbert Shawna S. Baker Trent Shores     Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 45
    Min.
  • 12/31/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

2022 Annual Meeting - Lawyers Helping Lawyers

$110.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Oklahoma Bar Association CLE Department

Filmed during the 2022 Annual Meeting Lawyers Helping Lawyers     Survive and Thrive: Vicarious Trauma in the Law and What to do about it.  Trauma and vicarious trauma is virtually everywhere in the legal world.  This program looks at how vicarious trauma affects clients and attorneys.  It also overviews types of direct and secondary trauma experienced by lawyers and clients, how such trauma affects wellness, and skills to process trauma or prevent it from causing mental health issues. Suicide Prevention: ASK About Suicide to Save a Life Attorneys often interact with colleagues or clients at risk for suicide. In this program, we will watch a video on suicide prevention focusing on the legal realm and provide participants with an overview of the basic epidemiology of common mental health issues, suicide and suicidal behavior, and risk and protective factors. Participants will learn to recognize warning signs—behaviors and characteristics that might indicate elevated risk for suicidal behavior.  It will also cover what to do if a person they think might be at risk, including guidance for referring the person to help. The movie will be followed with a discussion to learn ways to identify and help fellow attorneys who may be thinking about suicide.  Mindfulness and the Practice of Law: Panel Discussion.    According to research, mindfulness is a leading solution to anxiety and of course anxiety is one of the most common problems for lawyers.  In this panel discussion, we will look at powerful research regarding the benefits of breathing exercises and other real-life strategies that you can use in your busy professional life to help achieve a successful work-life balance. This panel will be open for discussion and questions to talk about what mindfulness can look like in your everyday practice.   Speakers:  Scott B. Goode; Shelia Naifeh; Michelle Fontenot; and Paul Jacobs.   Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 152
    Min.
  • 12/31/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

2022 Annual Meeting - Legal Ethics Issues in Indian Country

$49.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Oklahoma Bar Association CLE Department

  Filmed as part of the 2022 Annual Meeting - Property Track      Legal Ethics Issues in Indian Country Conor Cleary     Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 50
    Min.
  • 12/31/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

2022 Annual Meeting - McGirt and the Energy Sector

$49.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Oklahoma Bar Association CLE Department

  Filmed as part of the 2022 Annual Meeting - Property Track      McGirt and the Energy Sector Stephanie Moser     Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 47
    Min.
  • 12/31/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

2022 Annual Meeting - Plenary

$110.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Oklahoma Bar Association CLE Department

Filmed during 2022 Annual Meeting     2022 Annual Meeting - Plenary Our Thursday morning plenary session will feature a variety of topics related to tribal sovereignty. Dr. Robert Warrior and Casey Ross.      Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 149
    Min.
  • 12/31/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

2022 Annual Meeting - Probate and Quiet Title Considerations

$49.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Oklahoma Bar Association CLE Department

  Filmed as part of the 2022 Annual Meeting - Property Track      Probate and Quiet Title Considerations Jennifer Krieg     Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 49
    Min.
  • 12/31/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

2022 Annual Meeting - Property Track

$125.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Oklahoma Bar Association CLE Department

  Filmed during the 2022 Annual Meeting - Property Track      Legal Ethics Issues in Indian Country Conor Cleary   The Regulatory Interface Between the Oklahoma Commissioned Tribes Dana Murphy   Probate and Quiet Title Considerations Jennifer Krieg   McGrit and the Energy Sector Stephanie Moser   Taxation in Indian Country Greg Buzzard     Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.   

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 248
    Min.
  • 12/31/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

2022 Annual Meeting - Taxation in Indian Country

$49.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Oklahoma Bar Association CLE Department

  Filmed as part of the 2022 Annual Meeting - Property Track      Taxation in Indian Country Greg Buzzard     Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.   

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 49
    Min.
  • 12/31/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

2022 Annual Meeting - The Regulatory Interface Between the Oklahoma Corporation Commission and Tribes

$49.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Oklahoma Bar Association CLE Department

  Filmed as part of the 2022 Annual Meeting - Property Track      The Regulatory Interface Between the Oklahoma Corporation Commission and Tribes Dana Murphy     Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 52
    Min.
  • 12/13/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

2022 Annual Meeting - Tribal Court Victims' Rights and Criminal Practice

$49.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Oklahoma Bar Association CLE Department

  2022 Annual Meeting Criminal Track      Criminal Track -Tribal Court Victims' Rights and Criminal Practice Jacintha Webster     Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.   

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 46
    Min.
  • 12/31/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

2022 Annual Meeting - Tribal Prosecution and the Violence Against Women Act

$49.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Oklahoma Bar Association CLE Department

  Filmed as part of the 2022 Annual Meeting - Criminal Track      Tribal Prosecution and the Violence Against Women Act Debra Gee     Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 54
    Min.
  • 12/31/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

2022 Banking and Commercial Law Update

$175.00**
  • Author/Instructor:  OBA Banking and Commercial Law Section

2022 Banking and Commercial Law Update  Cosponsored by the OBA Banking and Commercial Law Section  Program Planner: Eric Johnson, Hudson Cook, LLP      2022 Banking UpdatesMatt Mowdy, General Counsel, Oklahoma Banking Department Tales From the Trenches (OBA Recording) Phil Fraim, Oklahoma Attorneys Mutual Insurance Company Isaac Fraim, Oklahoma Attorneys Mutual Insurance CompanyAlison Cave, Oklahoma Attorneys Mutual Insurance Company New Age of Cyber Security: the ‘Show Me’ Era of Compliance with Cyber Security Controls?Jonathan Kimmitt, Chief Information Security Officer, The University of Tulsa  2022 Amendments to the Uniform Commercial Code - Emerging TechnologiesJudge Balkman, District Judge Professor Sepinuck  Virtual Currencies Update Miles Pringle, EVP/General Counsel - The Bankers Bank  CFPB Updates for the Banking/Commercial Lawyer Eric Johnson, Partner, Hudson Cook, LLP          Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.     

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 305
    Min.
  • 12/31/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

2022 Employment Law Seminar

$175.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Oklahoma Employment Lawyers Association & the OBA’s Labor and Employment Law Section

2022 Employment Law Seminar Presented by the Oklahoma Employment Lawyers Association & the OBA’s Labor and Employment Law Section       * 10th Circuit and Oklahoma Employment Law Update Leah Roper   * Trial Tips, Tricks and Dealing with the Unknown (Ethics) Justin P. Grose, Ogletree Deakins; Amber L. Hurst, Hammons, Hurst & Assoc.   * Arbitration v. Trial: Differences, Parallel and Avoiding Minefields Navigating Between the Two from the Perspective of an Arbitrator and Advocate Chris S. Thrutchley, Gable Gotwals   * Wage & Hour Update: New Laws, Rules & Strategies Philip R. Bruce, McAfee & Taft   * Oklahoma’s Medical Marijuana Laws: Still the Wild Wild West? Brian T. Jones, Brian Ted Jones, P.C.   * Trading Places: Transitioning from Outside Counsel to In-House Advisor Kim Tran, Toptal (Of Counsel)     Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 330
    Min.
  • 12/31/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

2022 Ethics and Social Media Update

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Thomas E. Spahn

Lawyers use social media technology to collect and share information, and communicate with others, not only personally but also when acting as lawyers. Important and probative information about a case can be more easily found on social media than elsewhere. Social media is also easily used to communicate with existing or potential clients, colleagues or opposing lawyers, and the public. These and other uses of social media raise substantial ethical issues for lawyers – competence, confidentiality, preservation of the attorney-client privilege, and honesty.  This program will provide you with a practical guide to ethical issues when lawyers use social media for communication purposes in law practice. Communicating with parties, opposing attorneys, and witnesses via social media Researching jurors, parties, witnesses and judges via social media Ethical issues with blogging, e-newsletters/law updates to clients, posting video “Friending” or otherwise connecting with judges, witnesses and others on social media Trends in texting, confidentiality, and discoverability Using web sites, online advertising and social media for client development   Speaker: Thomas E. Spahn is a partner in the McLean, Virginia office of McGuireWoods, LLP, where he has a substantial practice advising clients on properly creating and preserving the attorney-client privilege and work product protections.  For more than 30 years he has lectured extensively on legal ethics and professionalism and has written “The Attorney-Client Privilege and the Work Product Doctrine: A Practitioner’s Guide,” a 750 page treatise published by the Virginia Law Foundation.  Mr. Spahn has served as a member of the ABA Standing Committee on Ethics and Professional Responsibility and as a member of the Virginia State Bar's Legal Ethics Committee.  He received his B.A., magna cum laude, from Yale University and his J.D. from Yale Law School.   Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.     

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 7/12/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

2022 Ethics in Litigation Update, Part 1

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Lucian Pera, William Freivogel, Thomas E. Spahn

This annual ethics update will cover a wide range of ethical developments important to your civil litigation practice.  The program will provide detailed coverage of developments in conflicts of interest in litigation, confidentiality and the attorney-client privilege, and ethics in defense and common interest agreements.  The program will provide a wide-ranging discussion of the ethical issues that arise with the spread, use and development of technology in litigation.  Also, the panel will discuss ethical issues in discovery of digital files, records, and communications.  Please join for this annual program which will provide you with a lively discussion of ethical developments important to civil litigation practice.  Day 1: Ethics and discovery Ethics and preparing witnesses – the limits of coaching Recent developments in conflicts of interest, part 1 Day 2: Annual technology review – the many ways in which technology can cause ethical traps for lawyers in litigation Client confidentiality, the attorney-client privilege, and work product doctrine Recent developments in conflicts of interest, part 2   Speakers: Lucian T. Pera is a partner in the Memphis office of Adams & Reese, LLP.  His practice includes professional malpractice litigation as well as counseling lawyers and law firms in the area of ethics and professional responsibility.  He was a member of the ABA’s Ethics 2000 Commission and is co-author of "Ethics and Lawyering Today," a national e-mail newsletter on lawyer ethics, which is accessible at: www.ethicsandlawyering.com.  He is the immediate past Treasurer of the ABA and currently serves as Vice President of the Tennessee Bar Association.  Before entering private practice, he served as a judicial clerk to Judge Harry W. Wellford of the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Sixth Circuit.  Mr. Pera received his A.B. with honors from Princeton University and his J.D. from Vanderbilt University School of Law. William Freivogel is the principal of Freivogel Ethics Consulting and is an independent consultant to law firms on ethics and risk management.  He was a trial lawyer for 22 years and has practiced in the areas of legal ethics and lawyer malpractice for more than 25 years.  He is chair of the Editorial Board of the ABA/BNA Lawyers’ Manual on Professional Conduct. He maintains the Web site “Freivogel on Conflicts” at www.freivogelonconflicts.com <http://www.freivogelonconflicts.com/> .  Mr. Freivogel is a graduate of the University of Illinois (Champaign), where he received his B.S. and LL.B. Thomas E. Spahn is a partner in the McLean, Virginia office of McGuireWoods, LLP, where he has a substantial practice advising clients on properly creating and preserving the attorney-client privilege and work product protections.  For more than 30 years he has lectured extensively on legal ethics and professionalism and has written “The Attorney-Client Privilege and the Work Product Doctrine: A Practitioner’s Guide,” a 750 page treatise published by the Virginia Law Foundation.  Mr. Spahn has served as a member of the ABA Standing Committee on Ethics and Professional Responsibility and as a member of the Virginia State Bar's Legal Ethics Committee.  He received his B.A., magna cum laude, from Yale University and his J.D. from Yale Law School.   Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 6/7/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

2022 Ethics in Litigation Update, Part 2

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Lucian Pera, William Freivogel, Thomas E. Spahn

This annual ethics update will cover a wide range of ethical developments important to your civil litigation practice.  The program will provide detailed coverage of developments in conflicts of interest in litigation, confidentiality and the attorney-client privilege, and ethics in defense and common interest agreements.  The program will provide a wide-ranging discussion of the ethical issues that arise with the spread, use and development of technology in litigation.  Also, the panel will discuss ethical issues in discovery of digital files, records, and communications.  Please join for this annual program which will provide you with a lively discussion of ethical developments important to civil litigation practice.  Day 1: Ethics and discovery Ethics and preparing witnesses – the limits of coaching Recent developments in conflicts of interest, part 1 Day 2: Annual technology review – the many ways in which technology can cause ethical traps for lawyers in litigation Client confidentiality, the attorney-client privilege, and work product doctrine Recent developments in conflicts of interest, part 2   Speakers: Lucian T. Pera is a partner in the Memphis office of Adams & Reese, LLP.  His practice includes professional malpractice litigation as well as counseling lawyers and law firms in the area of ethics and professional responsibility.  He was a member of the ABA’s Ethics 2000 Commission and is co-author of "Ethics and Lawyering Today," a national e-mail newsletter on lawyer ethics, which is accessible at: www.ethicsandlawyering.com.  He is the immediate past Treasurer of the ABA and currently serves as Vice President of the Tennessee Bar Association.  Before entering private practice, he served as a judicial clerk to Judge Harry W. Wellford of the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Sixth Circuit.  Mr. Pera received his A.B. with honors from Princeton University and his J.D. from Vanderbilt University School of Law. William Freivogel is the principal of Freivogel Ethics Consulting and is an independent consultant to law firms on ethics and risk management.  He was a trial lawyer for 22 years and has practiced in the areas of legal ethics and lawyer malpractice for more than 25 years.  He is chair of the Editorial Board of the ABA/BNA Lawyers’ Manual on Professional Conduct. He maintains the Web site “Freivogel on Conflicts” at www.freivogelonconflicts.com <http://www.freivogelonconflicts.com/> .  Mr. Freivogel is a graduate of the University of Illinois (Champaign), where he received his B.S. and LL.B. Thomas E. Spahn is a partner in the McLean, Virginia office of McGuireWoods, LLP, where he has a substantial practice advising clients on properly creating and preserving the attorney-client privilege and work product protections.  For more than 30 years he has lectured extensively on legal ethics and professionalism and has written “The Attorney-Client Privilege and the Work Product Doctrine: A Practitioner’s Guide,” a 750 page treatise published by the Virginia Law Foundation.  Mr. Spahn has served as a member of the ABA Standing Committee on Ethics and Professional Responsibility and as a member of the Virginia State Bar's Legal Ethics Committee.  He received his B.A., magna cum laude, from Yale University and his J.D. from Yale Law School.   Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 6/8/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

2022 Family and Medical Leave Update

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Patrick F. Martin

This program will provide you with a practical guide to developments under the Family and Medical Leave Act and review trends in employee leave generally. The program will cover significant case law and regulatory developments, as well as the practical trends in dispute and litigation impacting your employer clients. The program will cover the impact of technology, contract employees, and other changes in the workforce, and discuss their impact on traditional leave law.  This program will provide you with a real-world guide to significant legal and practical developments under FMLA and employee leave generally. Case law and regulatory developments under the FMLA Developments related to “appropriate notice” Serious health condition requiring leave and practical application Remote and work-from-home workers and leave under the FMLA Responding to leave requests based on substance abuse Emerging cannabis issues   Speaker: Patrick F. Martin is a partner in the Miami office of Greenburg Traurig, LLP, where he has a national employment law practice. He represents employers of all sizes before state and federal courts, as well as administrative agencies such as the Department of Labor, the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission and the Florida Commission on Human Relations. He regularly litigates cases involving wrongful termination, employment discrimination, workplace harassment, public accommodation, wage and hour matters, and employee disability and leave issues. He also advises employers on preventive strategies to minimize potential litigation and assists in the development of policies to promote constructive employee relations. Mr. Martin earned his B.A. from the University of Virginia and his J.D. from Florida State University College of Law.   Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 7/19/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

2022 Retaliation and Wrongful Discharge Update

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Ryan Derry

Retaliation claims are among the most common form of employment litigation, either as standalone claims or when a substantive claim of harassment or discrimination fails. The scope of an employee’s protected conduct – whistleblower activity, requests for accommodation, and other forms of activity – is not limitless but it expansive. There are also complicated questions of what constitutes an adverse action by an employer and the causal connection between the employee’s protected activity and the adverse action. This program will review of recent case law and other developments impacting each of the elements of an actionable retaliation claim and best practices to avoid liability.   Case law developments impacting elements of retaliation claims – protected conduct, adverse action, and causation Scope of “protected conduct,” including requests for reasonable accommodation What constitutes adverse action by the employer – and when action must be taken Standards for establishing causal link between protected conduct and adverse action Relationship among harassment, discrimination, ADA and retaliation claims  Speaker:  Ryan Derry is a partner in the San Francisco office of Paul Hastings, LLP.  His practice includes all aspects of employment litigation and counseling, including employment discrimination, retaliation, harassment, and wage and hour claims. He represents employers in multiple jurisdictions in state and federal courts as well as in administrative proceedings against individual and class claims. He has been named as a California Super Lawyer Rising Star for multiple years.  Mr. Derry received his B.S., summa cum laude, from the University of Massachusetts Amherst and his J.D. from The George Washington University Law School, with honors, in 2006.   Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 6/2/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

2022 Sex Harassment Update

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Sarah Besnoff

This program will provide you with an update on recent developments in sex harassment claims.  The discussion will include case law developments, trends in claims and defenses, and legislative proposals.  The program will cover how to handle recent allegations of harassment based on conduct occurring years ago and best practices in revising policies and procedures to handle allegations of misconduct. This program will provide you with a wide-ranging discussion of significant developments in sex harassment law. Significant sex harassment case law developments Regulatory developments and legislative proposals How to investigate new complaints of old misconduct Sex harassment issues arising from online posts and messaging Best practices in revising sex harassment policies   Speaker: Sarah Besnoff is an attorney in the Washington, D.C. office of Paul Hastings, LLP, where she represents employers of all sizes in employment matters.She focuses her employment law practice on wage and hour and employment discrimination litigation, and employment counseling.Prior to joining the firm, she served as a judicial clerk to Judge C. Darnell Jones II of the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania. She is a Lecturer at the University of Pennsylvania Law School and the Fels Institute of Government.Ms. Besnoff earned her B.A., magna cum laude, from Barnard College, her M.P.A. from the University of Pennsylvania, Fels Institute of Government, and her J.D. from the University of Pennsylvania Law School.   Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 7/1/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

2022 Solo and Small Firm Conference - Advising the Cannabis Client

$49.00
  • Author/Instructor:  OBA Solo and Small Firm Committee

Filmed during the 2022 Solo and Small Firm Conference   Advising the Cannabis Client Felina N. Rivera and Amber Peckio Garrett     Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 57
    Min.
  • 12/31/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

2022 Solo and Small Firm Conference - Coping with Conflicts of Interest

$49.00
  • Author/Instructor:  OBA Solo and Small Firm Committee

Filmed during the 2022 Solo and Small Firm Conference   Coping with Conflicts of Interest Richard Stevens     Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 45
    Min.
  • 12/31/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

2022 Solo and Small Firm Conference - Dealing with Relocations and Custody Modifications

$49.00
  • Author/Instructor:  OBA Solo and Small Firm Committee

Filmed during the 2022 Solo and Small Firm Conference   Dealing with Relocations and Custody Modifications Professor Robert Spector     Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 49
    Min.
  • 12/31/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

2022 Solo and Small Firm Conference - Digital Legal Marketing in 2022

$49.00
  • Author/Instructor:  OBA Solo and Small Firm Committee

Filmed during the 2022 Solo and Small Firm Conference   Digital Legal Marketing in 2022 Ryan Dobbs     Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 63
    Min.
  • 12/31/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

2022 Solo and Small Firm Conference - Document Generation Workflows and Why They Matter

$49.00
  • Author/Instructor:  OBA Solo and Small Firm Committee

Filmed during the 2022 Solo and Small Firm Conference   Document Generation Workflows and Why They Matter Kenton Brice     Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 55
    Min.
  • 12/31/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

2022 Solo and Small Firm Conference - Evaluating Technology Tools – A Toolkit for Legal Professionals

$49.00
  • Author/Instructor:  OBA Solo and Small Firm Committee

  Filmed during the 2022 Solo and Small Firm Conference   Evaluating Technology Tools – A Toolkit for Legal Professionals Kenton Brice     Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 52
    Min.
  • 12/31/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

2022 Solo and Small Firm Conference - Everything a Small Firm Lawyer Needs to Know About Electronic Discovery

$95.00
  • Author/Instructor:  OBA Solo and Small Firm Committee

Filmed during the 2022 Solo and Small Firm Conference   Everything a Small Firm Lawyer Needs to Know About Electronic Discovery Brett Burney     Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 115
    Min.
  • 12/31/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

2022 Solo and Small Firm Conference - How to Collect, Preserve and Produce Text Messages From Mobile Devices

$49.00
  • Author/Instructor:  OBA Solo and Small Firm Committee

Filmed during the 2022 Solo and Small Firm Conference   How to Collect, Preserve and Produce Text Messages From Mobile Devices Brett Burney     Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 12/31/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

2022 Solo and Small Firm Conference - Reservation? What Does That Mean Post McGirt?

$49.99
  • Author/Instructor:  OBA Solo and Small Firm Committee

Filmed during the 2022 Solo and Small Firm Conference   Reservation?  What Does That Mean Post McGirt? Victoria Holland     Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 54
    Min.
  • 12/31/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

2022 Solo and Small Firm Conference - The Alleged, the Acknowledge, and the Presumed

$49.99
  • Author/Instructor:  OBA Solo and Small Firm Committee

Filmed during the 2022 Solo and Small Firm Conference   The Alleged, the Acknowledge, and the Presumed Krista Steuart     Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 56
    Min.
  • 12/31/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

2022 Trust Litigation Update

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Steven B. Malech

The world is in the midst of the greatest transfer of wealth ever recorded. Baby Boomers retired with more wealth than any earlier generation and retired with more complicated family circumstances.  This wealth and family complexity are giving rise to more trust litigation. This litigation includes the extent to which trust interests are reachable in divorce proceedings; fiduciary investment decisions, the handling of concentrated positions in closely held companies, and arguably tortious interference with trust interests. This program will review significant developments in fiduciary litigation.  Disputes over discretionary decisions, including distributions Tortious interference with inheritance interests Handling concentrated positions in closely held companies Disputes involving operation of family businesses in trusts Counseling clients when fiduciary litigation involves family animosity Speakers:  Steven B. Malech is partner in the New York City office of Wiggin and Dana, LLP, where he is chair of the firm’s probate litigation practice group.  He is represents beneficiaries, fiduciaries and creditors in disputes involving alleged violations of the Prudent Investor Act and its predecessors, alleged breaches of fiduciary duty, disputed accountings, and will contests. He represents clients in cutting edge probate litigation matters involving trusts and estates with assets in the hundreds of millions of dollars. Mr. Malech received his B.A., with special honors, from the University of Texas and his J.D. from the Connecticut School of Law.   Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.   

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 6/3/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

2022 Year End Review - Day One

$175.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Oklahoma Bar Association CLE Department

2022 Year End Review – Day One    Program Moderator  Janet Johnson, Oklahoma Bar Association CLE Director    Health Law Update  Maggie Martin, Crowe & Dunlevy, Oklahoma City    Bankruptcy Law Update  Craig Regens, Gable Gotwals, Tulsa    Oklahoma Tax Law Update  Rachel Mathew, Partner, Polston Tax Resolution & Accounting, Oklahoma City    Criminal Law Update  Barry L. Derryberry, Assistant Federal Public Defender, Tulsa    Cannabis Law Update  Felina Rivera, Renaissance Legal Solutions, Oklahoma City    Wellness Workshop   Robyn Goggs, Chance to Change, Oklahoma City        Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.   

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 295
    Min.
  • 12/31/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

2022 Year End Review - Day Two

$175.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Oklahoma Bar Association CLE Department

2022 Year End Review – Day Two   Program Moderator  Janet Johnson, Oklahoma Bar Association CLE Director      Business and Corporate Law Update  Gary Derrick, Derrick and Briggs, LLP, Oklahoma City    Law Office Management and Technology Update  Jim Calloway, Director of Management Assistance Program, Oklahoma Bar Association, Oklahoma City    Real Property Law Update  Kraettli Epperson, Mee Mee Hoge and Epperson, PLLP, Oklahoma City    Estate Planning and Probate Law Update  Terrell Monks, Oklahoma Estate Attorneys, PLLC, Oklahoma City    Family Law Update   Professor Robert Spector, University of Oklahoma College of Law, Norman    Ethics Update  Gina Hendryx, General Counsel, Oklahoma Bar Association, Oklahoma City      Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.   

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 300
    Min.
  • 12/31/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

2023 Americans with Disabilities Act Update

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Jeanne Goldberg

This program will provide you with a comprehensive update of important developments related to the Americans with Disabilities Act.  The program will cover case law, administrative, and practical developments related to reasonable accommodation of disabilities in the workplace.  The panel will also discuss developments related to permissible job qualification standards, determining essential job functions, and judging the workplace performance of employees subject to the ADA. This program will provide you with a wide-ranging and practical review of important ADA developments.     Review of recent case law and regulatory developments Developments in job qualification standards Reasonable accommodation trends, including EEOC’s guidance Developments related to reassignment to another job category Trends in the interactive process    Speaker: Jeanne Goldberg is a Senior Attorney Advisor in the Office of Legal Counsel at the U.S. Equal Employment Opportunity Commission headquarters in Washington, D.C. She advises the Commission on the interpretation of Americans with Disabilities Act and the Genetic Information Nondiscrimination Act, among other federal statutes.  Prior to joining the EEOC, Ms. Goldberg was in private law practice specializing in civil rights litigation and argued EEO cases before the U.S. Courts of Appeals for the Fourth and D.C. Circuits.  She has also served as an adjunct law professor at the College and Mary.  Ms. Goldberg earned her B.A. from Northwestern University and her J.D. from George Washington University.    Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 1/18/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

2023 Banking and Commercial Law Update

$175.00
  • Author/Instructor:  OBA Banking and Commercial Law Section

2023 Banking and Commercial Law Update Cosponsored by:OBA Banking and Commercial Law Section Program Planner:Eric Johnson, Hudson Cook, LLP     Agenda:   8:30 – 9:00 – Registration   9:00 – 9:50 – Anthony Hendricks, Partner, Crowe Dunlevy, P.C. - Not Experts But Leaders: CEOs, Boards, and Cybersecurity 9:50 – 10:00 - Break 10:00 – 10:50 - Professor Stephen Sepinuck, Special UCC Advisor, Paul Hastings, LLP - Proposed Amendments to the UCC 10:50 – 11:40 – Joshua Snavely, Of Counsel, McAfee Taft, P.C. - Artificial Intelligence Risk and Regulation 11:40 – 12:10 - Lunch 12:10 – 1:00 – Matt Mowdy, Legal Counsel, Oklahoma Banking Department – Banking Law Updates 1:00 – 1:50 – Jason Sansone, Attorney, Phillips Murrah P.C. – Can I Take It? Lenders' Setoff and Recoupment Rights in Bankruptcies 1:50 – 2:00 – Break 2:00 – 2:50 - Jessica Perry, Deputy Criminal Chief, U.S. Department of Justice – DOJ Financial Crimes – Trends and Priorities 2:50 - 3:40 - Eric Johnson, Partner, Hudson Cook, LLP - CFPB Updates for the Banking/Commercial Lawyer           Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 362
    Min.
  • 10/31/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

2023 Ethics in Civil Litigation Update, Part 1

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Thomas E. Spahn

This annual ethics update will cover a wide range of ethical developments important to your civil litigation practice.  The program will provide detailed coverage of developments in conflicts of interest in litigation, confidentiality and the attorney-client privilege, and drafting and negotiating settlement agreements.  The program will feature its annual tour of the waterfront of technology issues in litigation practice.  Please join for this annual program which will provide you with a lively discussion of ethical developments important to civil litigation practice. Day 1: ·         Ethics and technology in law practice review ·         Ethics and settlement agreements ·         Recent developments in conflicts of interest, part 1 Day 2: ·         Ethics, evidence and witnesses ·         Developments in confidentiality and preserving the attorney-client privilege ·         Recent developments in conflicts of interest, part 2 Speakers: Thomas E. Spahn is a partner in the McLean, Virginia office of McGuireWoods, LLP, where he has a substantial practice advising clients on properly creating and preserving the attorney-client privilege and work product protections.  For more than 30 years he has lectured extensively on legal ethics and professionalism and has written “The Attorney-Client Privilege and the Work Product Doctrine: A Practitioner’s Guide,” a 750 page treatise published by the Virginia Law    Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 6/7/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

2023 Ethics in Civil Litigation Update, Part 2

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Thomas E. Spahn

This annual ethics update will cover a wide range of ethical developments important to your civil litigation practice.  The program will provide detailed coverage of developments in conflicts of interest in litigation, confidentiality and the attorney-client privilege, and drafting and negotiating settlement agreements.  The program will feature its annual tour of the waterfront of technology issues in litigation practice.  Please join for this annual program which will provide you with a lively discussion of ethical developments important to civil litigation practice. Day 1: ·         Ethics and technology in law practice review ·         Ethics and settlement agreements ·         Recent developments in conflicts of interest, part 1 Day 2: ·         Ethics, evidence and witnesses ·         Developments in confidentiality and preserving the attorney-client privilege ·         Recent developments in conflicts of interest, part 2 Speakers: Thomas E. Spahn is a partner in the McLean, Virginia office of McGuireWoods, LLP, where he has a substantial practice advising clients on properly creating and preserving the attorney-client privilege and work product protections.  For more than 30 years he has lectured extensively on legal ethics and professionalism and has written “The Attorney-Client Privilege and the Work Product Doctrine: A Practitioner’s Guide,” a 750 page treatise published by the Virginia Law    Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.   

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 58
    Min.
  • 6/8/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

2023 Ethics Update, Part 1

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Lucian T. Pera, William Freivogel, Thomas E. Spahn

This annual ethics program will provide you with a round-table discussion of practical ethical issues important to your practice. The program will provide you with an engaging discussion of ethics developments involving technology and law practice, conflicts of interest, and attoarney-client communications in a digital world where no one is truly unplugged. The panel will also discuss the ethics of withdrawing from a matter and firing a client and the ethics of developing new business.  This program will provide you with a wide-ranging discussion of practical ethics developments important to your practice. Day 1: ·         Ethics and technology: A Potpourri ·         Ethics, competence, and AI: What are competence and the unauthorized practice of law in a specialized world? ·         Emerging issues in conflicts of interest, part 1   Day 2: ·         Ethics of firing a client ·         Ethics and client development ·         Emerging issues in conflicts of interest, part 2   Speakers: Lucian T. Pera is a partner in the Memphis office of Adams & Reese, LLP.  His practice includes professional malpractice litigation as well as counseling lawyers and law firms in the area of ethics and professional responsibility.  He was a member of the ABA’s Ethics 2000 Commission and is co-author of "Ethics and Lawyering Today," a national e-mail newsletter on lawyer ethics, which is accessible at: www.ethicsandlawyering.com.  Before entering private practice, he served as a judicial clerk to Judge Harry W. Wellford of the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Sixth Circuit.  Mr. Pera received his A.B. with honors from Princeton University and his J.D. from Vanderbilt University School of Law. William Freivogel is the principal of Freivogel Ethics Consulting and is an independent consultant to law firms on ethics and risk management.  He was a trial lawyer for 22 years and has practiced in the areas of legal ethics and lawyer malpractice for 20 years.  He is chair of the Editorial Board of the ABA/BNA Lawyers’ Manual on Professional Conduct. and past chair of the ABA Business Law Section Committee on Professional Responsibility.  He maintains the Web site “Freivogel on Conflicts” at www.freivogelonconflicts.com.  Mr. Freivogel is a graduate of the University of Illinois (Champaign), where he received his B.S. and LL.B. Thomas E. Spahn is a partner in the McLean, Virginia office of McGuireWoods, LLP, where he has a broad complex commercial, business and securities litigation practice. He also has a substantial practice advising businesses on properly creating and preserving the attorney-client privilege and work product protections.  For more than 20 years he has lectured extensively on legal ethics and professionalism and has written “The Attorney-Client Privilege and the Work Product Doctrine: A Practitioner’s Guide,” a 750 page treatise published by the Virginia Law Foundation.  Mr. Spahn has served as member of the ABA Standing Committee on Ethics and Professional Responsibility and as a member of the Virginia State Bar's Legal Ethics Committee.  He received his B.A., magna cum laude, from Yale University and his J.D. from Yale Law School.   Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 2/8/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

2023 Ethics Update, Part 2

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Lucian T. Pera, William Freivogel, Thomas E. Spahn

This annual ethics program will provide you with a round-table discussion of practical ethical issues important to your practice. The program will provide you with an engaging discussion of ethics developments involving technology and law practice, conflicts of interest, and attoarney-client communications in a digital world where no one is truly unplugged. The panel will also discuss the ethics of withdrawing from a matter and firing a client and the ethics of developing new business.  This program will provide you with a wide-ranging discussion of practical ethics developments important to your practice.   Day 1: ·         Ethics and technology: A Potpourri ·         Ethics, competence, and AI: What are competence and the unauthorized practice of law in a specialized world? ·         Emerging issues in conflicts of interest, part 1   Day 2: ·         Ethics of firing a client ·         Ethics and client development ·         Emerging issues in conflicts of interest, part 2     Speakers: Lucian T. Pera is a partner in the Memphis office of Adams & Reese, LLP.  His practice includes professional malpractice litigation as well as counseling lawyers and law firms in the area of ethics and professional responsibility.  He was a member of the ABA’s Ethics 2000 Commission and is co-author of "Ethics and Lawyering Today," a national e-mail newsletter on lawyer ethics, which is accessible at: www.ethicsandlawyering.com.  Before entering private practice, he served as a judicial clerk to Judge Harry W. Wellford of the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Sixth Circuit.  Mr. Pera received his A.B. with honors from Princeton University and his J.D. from Vanderbilt University School of Law. William Freivogel is the principal of Freivogel Ethics Consulting and is an independent consultant to law firms on ethics and risk management.  He was a trial lawyer for 22 years and has practiced in the areas of legal ethics and lawyer malpractice for 20 years.  He is chair of the Editorial Board of the ABA/BNA Lawyers’ Manual on Professional Conduct. and past chair of the ABA Business Law Section Committee on Professional Responsibility.  He maintains the Web site “Freivogel on Conflicts” at www.freivogelonconflicts.com.  Mr. Freivogel is a graduate of the University of Illinois (Champaign), where he received his B.S. and LL.B. Thomas E. Spahn is a partner in the McLean, Virginia office of McGuireWoods, LLP, where he has a broad complex commercial, business and securities litigation practice. He also has a substantial practice advising businesses on properly creating and preserving the attorney-client privilege and work product protections.  For more than 20 years he has lectured extensively on legal ethics and professionalism and has written “The Attorney-Client Privilege and the Work Product Doctrine: A Practitioner’s Guide,” a 750 page treatise published by the Virginia Law Foundation.  Mr. Spahn has served as member of the ABA Standing Committee on Ethics and Professional Responsibility and as a member of the Virginia State Bar's Legal Ethics Committee.  He received his B.A., magna cum laude, from Yale University and his J.D. from Yale Law School.   Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 2/9/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

2023 Labor and Employment Law Update

$175.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Oklahoma Bar Association

2023 Labor and Employment Law Update   Description: The 2023 OBA Labor and Employment Law Section’s annual CLE features esteemed speakers who are specialists in their fields covering important and relevant legal updates. CLE attendees will receive their ethics credit for the year, and this event serves as a great opportunity for practitioners to network with other attorneys of the labor & employment section.   Time Topic Speaker 9:00-10:00   Oklahoma's Office of Civil Rights Enforcement: Updates and Tips for Representing Your Client at the OCRE   Charles C. Vaught, Office of Civil Rights Enforcement   10:00-11:00   Updates from the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission: The Current Status of the Pregnant Workers Fairness Act (How Far We've Come and Where We Go From Here)   Patrick Holman, Lauren Johnston, Equal Employment Opportunity Commission   11:00-11:10 Break 11:10-12:10   Litigator to Mediator: Navigating the Legal & Ethical Hurdles to Better Represent Your Client in Mediation (Ethics)   Courtney K. Warmington, Fuller Tubb & Buckford, PLLC   12:10-12:40 Lunch (Included in Registration) 12:40-2:00   Nuances of the Garcetti/Pickering Test: Burdens, Evidentiary Matters, Applications & Exceptions to the Garcetti/Pickering Analysis   Mark Hammons, Hammons, Hurst & Assoc.   2:00-2:10 Break 2:10-3:30   2023 Federal & State Law Update Philip R. Bruce, McAfee & Taft   3:30-4:30   How the Ending Forced Arbitration of Sexual Assault and Sexual Harassment Act Protects a Plaintiff's Right to a Jury Trial (Ethics)   Amber L. Hurst, Hammons, Hurst & Associates     Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 327
    Min.
  • 12/31/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

2023 Legislative Debrief

$99.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Oklahoma Bar Association

2023 Legislative Debrief Welcome Jim Hicks, OBA President Introduction Shanda McKenney, Legislative Monitoring Committee Chair Legislative Panel Jari Askins, Administrative Director of the Courts at Oklahoma Judicial Center 60 Bills in 60 Minutes   Criminal Law Cannabis Laws Family/Juvenile Law Civil Procedure/Courts Health Law Education Bills Ed Blau, Blau Law Firm Amber Garrett, Partner/Owner, Amber Law Group Noel Tucker, Noel Tucker Law Lane Neal, Durbin, Larimore, & Bialick  Leslie Hellman, Senior Legal Counsel at SSM Health Jessica Sherrill, General Counsel, Oklahoma City Public Schools Special Session & Overview for 2024 Clay Taylor     Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 152
    Min.
  • 8/29/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

2023 OBA Annual Meeting Full Day CLE

$150.00
  • Author/Instructor:  OBA CLE Department

CONTINUING LEGAL EDUCATION ANNUAL MEETING PROGRAMMING NOVEMBER 1, 2023 SKIRVIN HOTEL OKLAHOMA CITY – GRAND BALLROOM   MCLE Credit – 4 General and 1 Ethics   CORE CONCEPTS IN NONPROFIT LAW - Jeri D. Holmes, Nonprofit Soultions PROFESSIONALISM COMMITTEE PANEL ON PROFESSIONALISM AND CIVILITY (ETHICS) - Judge Anthony Bonner, Oklahoma Co., - Judge Sheila D. Stinson, Oklahoma Co., - John W. Coyle III, Coyle Law Firm SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS FOR DEPLOYED CLIENTS - Scott Goode and Chelsea Mabrey FILING YOUR FIRST (OR NEXT) EXPUNGEMENT - Melissa Brooks, Oklahoma Access to Justice ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE AND THE LAW - PROMISE OR PERIL? - Julie Bays and Jim Calloway     Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 247
    Min.
  • 1/24/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

2023 OBA Family Law Section Annual Meeting

$125.00
  • Author/Instructor:  OBA Family Law Section

Presented at the 2023 Oklahoma Bar Association Annual Meeting.      Panel Discussion: Mental Health and Substance Abuse Evaluations in Family Law Cases Hon. Charles Gass (Canadian County), Hon. Deborah Reheard (Okmulgee County) & Hon. James M. Siderias (Oklahoma County) Moderator: Brita Cantrell   Mental Health Records and Domestic Violence DVIS, Tulsa Moderator: Ron Gore      RECENT DEVELOPMENTS IN FAMILY LAW Prepared by Professor Robert Spector Virginia Henson, Norman     Confidentiality:  Navigating the Complex Intersections of the Right to Privacy Dewayne Moore, Inspector General with the Oklahoma Department Mental Health and Substance Abuse Services     Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 268
    Min.
  • 11/12/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

2023 Oklahoma Access to Justice Summit: Accessible Legal Forms - Automation and Plain Language

$25.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Oklahoma Access to Justice Foundation

Presented at the 2023 Oklahoma Access to Justice Summit

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 59
    Min.
  • 8/31/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

2023 Oklahoma Access to Justice Summit: Building a Justice-Conscious Practice

$25.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Oklahoma Access to Justice Foundation

Presented at the 2023 Oklahoma Access to Justice Summit

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 56
    Min.
  • 8/31/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

2023 Oklahoma Access to Justice Summit: Closing Plenary - Innovative Technology Solutions for Justice

$25.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Oklahoma Access to Justice Foundation

Presented at the 2023 Oklahoma Access to Justice Summit

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 61
    Min.
  • 8/31/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

2023 Oklahoma Access to Justice Summit: Effective Public Legal Information

$25.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Oklahoma Access to Justice Foundation

Presented at the 2023 Oklahoma Access to Justice Summit

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 59
    Min.
  • 8/31/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

2023 Oklahoma Access to Justice Summit: Emotional Intelligence and Trauma Informed Practice

FREE
  • Author/Instructor:  Oklahoma Access to Justice Foundation

Presented at the 2023 Oklahoma Access to Justice Summit 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 57
    Min.
  • 8/31/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

2023 Oklahoma Access to Justice Summit: Innovative Use of Technology in the Courts

$25.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Oklahoma Access to Justice Foundation

Presented at the 2023 Oklahoma Access to Justice Summit

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 62
    Min.
  • 8/31/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

2023 Oklahoma Access to Justice Summit: Language Access - Removing Barriers to Justice

$25.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Oklahoma Access to Justice Foundation

Presented at the 2023 Oklahoma Access to Justice Summit

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 8/31/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

2023 Oklahoma Access to Justice Summit: Legislative Highlights Hour

$25.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Oklahoma Access to Justice Foundation

Presented at the 2023 Oklahoma Access to Justice Summit

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 31
    Min.
  • 8/31/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

2023 Oklahoma Access to Justice Summit: Opening Plenary

$25.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Oklahoma Access to Justice Foundation

Presented at the 2023 Oklahoma Access to Justice Summit

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 29
    Min.
  • 8/31/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

2023 Oklahoma Access to Justice Summit: Rural and Indigenous Solutions to the Technology Justice Gap

FREE
  • Author/Instructor:  Oklahoma Access to Justice Foundation

Presented at the 2023 Oklahoma Access to Justice Summit

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 59
    Min.
  • 8/31/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

2023 Oklahoma Access to Justice Summit: Student Loan Forgiveness - Where Are We Now?

FREE
  • Author/Instructor:  Oklahoma Access to Justice Foundation

Presented at the 2023 Oklahoma Access to Justice Summit

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 54
    Min.
  • 8/31/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

2023 Solo and Small Conference - Cyber Security Awareness Training

$50.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Susan Wilson

Presented at 2023 OBA Sola and Small Firm Conference  Cyber Security Awareness Training   Designed for legal professionals, this program equips you with essential knowledge to safeguard sensitive client information. Learn from Susan Wilson as she guides you through threat assessment, data protection, incident response, and best practices for securing your firm's digital assets. Don't compromise on the security of your practice—enroll in our program today!   Presented by: SUSAN WILSON Go Security Pro LLC  Susan Wilson is the Co-Founder and President of Go Security Pro, a cybersecurity firm focusing on Risk Assessments, Ethical Hacking/Penetration Testing, Vulnerability Management, and Cybersecurity Advisory Services. Our clients include government agencies, higher education, critical infrastructure including power generation, power distribution, and health care. Proudly, much of our work in health care goes in front of the Office of Civil Rights in HIPAA breach actions. Susan has a Juris Doctorate from The George Washington University Law School and is admitted to practice in Oklahoma and Maryland. She spent 5 years helping build the legal profession for the University of Oklahoma College of Law as the Director of Admissions. Susan brings a unique blend of law and cybersecurity to our consulting practice that strengthens our business relationships, informs every customer engagement, and ensures our deliverables are audit ready.   Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 46
    Min.
  • 6/23/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

2023 Solo and Small Conference - Document Automation to Build an Unbundled Legal Product

$50.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Kenton Brice

Presented at 2023 OBA Solo and Small Firm Conference  Document Automation to Build an Unbundled Legal Product   Unlock the potential of document automation as Kenton Brice guides you through the latest techniques and technologies. Learn how to seamlessly integrate data with your legal expertise, saving valuable time and resources. This program empowers legal professionals to create legal documents such as contracts, agreements, and pleadings with ease. Enroll today and revolutionize your document creation process to maximize productivity and efficiency!   Presented by:  KENTON BRICE  Director of the Law Library at the University of Oklahoma College of Law  Kenton Brice is the Director of the Law Library at the University of Oklahoma College of Law. Prior to joining the College of Law, Kenton practiced as an associate attorney with the firm, Christman Kelley & Clarke, PC, where he gained extensive experience in the trial and appellate courtrooms and the boardroom, handling various litigation and transaction matters for the firm. During his short practice, Kenton earned honors as the Texas Appellate Lawyer of the Week by Texas Lawyer magazine for successfully appealing a case to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Fifth Circuit as well as becoming a member of the Texas Bar Association's Pro Bono College for serving on the board of directors and executive committee for the nonprofit, Serve Denton. In addition to his legal work, Kenton administered all the firm's technology to enhance the firm's efficiency in all aspects of professional and legal work. Brice graduated from the University of Oklahoma College of Law in 2009. Kenton is a member of the American Association of Law Libraries, the Southwestern Association of Law Libraries, and the Texas Bar Association.   Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 52
    Min.
  • 6/23/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

2023 Solo and Small Conference - Ethical Considerations of Using Cash Apps

$50.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Julie Bays and Richard Stevens

Presented at 2023 OBA Solo and Small Firm Conference  Ethical Considerations of Using Cash Apps    “Can I just Venmo you the retainer?” If a potential client hasn’t asked you that question yet, just wait. So many people never write a check today. But many use Cash apps instead of credit cards. Is it appropriate and ethical to accept fee payment by cash app? Is there a difference when it is a retainer versus a payment on a bill for services? Can you ethically attach a payment app to your trust account to facilitate receiving retainers?   Presented by: JULIE BAYS Practice Management Advisor, Oklahoma Bar Association  Ms. Bays joined the Oklahoma Attorney General's Office in April of 2002 where was responsible for prosecuting antitrust and consumer protection cases. Ms. Bays served on various task forces and committees including the Oklahoma Bar Association Unauthorized Practice of Law Committee, the Federal Trade Commission Southwest Netforce, and the National Attorneys General Association Antitrust Policy Task Force. She taught various Continuing Legal Education classes for the State of Oklahoma including Electronic Discovery and Ethics, The Zen of E-Discovery, and The Risks of Identity Theft and Consumer Fraud. Ms. Bays also traveled the state educating consumers regarding identity theft and other types of consumer and internet fraud. In January 2013, she was appointed Chief, Assistant Attorney General of the Consumer Protection Unit. In November of 2018, Ms. Bays joined the Oklahoma Bar Association as their Practice Management Advisor.  She works with the OBA Management Assistance Program to provide assistance to attorneys in using technology and other tools to efficiently manage their offices. Bays is also involved with the Access to Justice initiatives of the OBA such as Oklahoma Free Legal Answers. She is on the Planning Board for the American Bar Association’s TechShow 2024.   RICHARD STEVENS Ethics Counsel, Oklahoma Bar Association Norman attorney Richard Stevens serves as OBA ethics counsel. Most recently he was a solo practitioner following his retirement from the District 21 District Attorney’s Office in 2016 after 33 years as a prosecutor. He received both his B.A. (1978) and J.D. (1982) from OU. He is a member of the OBA Criminal Law Section and the Rules of Professional Conduct Committee. Mr. Stevens has served on the Professional Responsibility Commission (2017-2019), as an at-large governor (2013-2015) and vice president (2016) on the OBA Board of Governors. He is an active member of the Cleveland County Bar Association, having served on its Executive Committee from 2010-2012. He has been active with both the OBA and the Cleveland County Disaster Response and Relief committees and the OBA Lawyers for America’s Heroes Program.   Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 49
    Min.
  • 6/24/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

2023 Solo and Small Conference - Law Firm Efficiency Overhaul: Optimize Your Technology for Maximum Performance

$50.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Trevor Riddle

Presented at 2023 OBA Solo and Small Firm Conference Law Firm Efficiency Overhaul: Optimize Your Technology for Maximum Performance   There are many tools available today to automate and optimize your law practice. Tulsa attorney Trevor Riddle, who gave two presentations at ABA TECHSHOW 2023, will be teaching us about the technology he uses in his estate planning law practice. If you think automation tools are only for large firm lawyers, Riddle wants to introduce you to the tools he uses.   Presented by:  TREVOR RIDDLE Trevor Riddle is the founder of Riddle Law, PLLC, in Tulsa, Oklahoma. The firm helps clients prepare for every stage of life through a full menu of estate and business planning services. The owner of a small firm and former shareholder in another, Trevor is well acquainted with the issues and obstacles faced by solo and small firm attorneys. He has devoted significant time to finding technology-based solutions to these unique challenges. Through technology, Trevor has found opportunities to reduce law firm expenses and increase revenue while delivering outstanding client service. Trevor is licensed in Oklahoma and Kansas. He conducts regular research on legal technology issues and has written and presented on numerous legal technology topics. He is an active member of the Oklahoma and Kansas bar associations, the Tulsa County Bar Association, and the ABA’s Law Practice Division and Solo, Small Firm and General Practice Division. Since 2018, his peers have selected him as one of the Best Lawyers in America. In 2022 and 2023, Best Lawyers in America recognized him as a Lawyer of the Year.  Trevor is an avid outdoors person. He volunteers for several conservation groups and can often be found in the field with his Pudelpointer, Loretta.     Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 55
    Min.
  • 6/23/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

2023 Solo and Small Conference - The Benefits for Lawyers of Using Plain Language

$50.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Melissa Brooks and Shandi Stoner (Campbell)

Presented at 2023 OBA Solo and Small Firm Conference The Benefits for Lawyers of Using Plain Language   The first year of law school involves learning a lot of new legal terminology. It is only natural that we lawyers want to use our expanded vocabulary. But when communicating with clients who haven’t been to law school or drafting  a document that a jury might be examining in litigation, the benefits from avoiding “legalese” and using language that everyone can understand are many. Using plain language is an important skill for today’s lawyer.   Presented by:  MELISSA BROOKS  Director of Legal Information and Engagement of Legal Information and Engagement, Oklahoma Access to Justice Foundation   SHANDI CAMPBELL  Director of Landlord/Tenant Resource Center, Housing Solutions   Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 45
    Min.
  • 6/24/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

2023 Uniform Commercial Code/Commercial Law Update

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Steven O. Weise

The overlapping articles of the UCC impact most business, commercial and real estate transactions.  From the perfection of security interests to the enforceability of promissory notes and investment contracts to equipment leases and the sale of goods, the UCC plays a role in most significant transactions. This program, led by one of the nation’s leading authorities on the UCC, will provide you with a wide-ranging discussion of developments under the many articles of the UCC, including secured transactions, investment notes, sales, and equipment leasing.   Recent UCC developments for transactional attorneys Developments impacting commercial, business and real estate transactions UCC Article 9, asset-based transactions and secured transactions Sales of goods contracts Equipment leases, including computer equipment and capital equipment Notes, guarantees and letters of credit   Speaker: Steven O. Weise is a partner in the Los Angeles office Proskauer Rose, LLP, where his practice encompasses all areas of commercial law. He has extensive experience in financings, particularly those secured by personal property.  He also handles matters involving real property anti-deficiency laws, workouts, guarantees, sales of goods, letters of credit, commercial paper and checks, and investment securities.  Mr. Weise formerly served as chair of the ABA Business Law Section. He has also served as a member of the Permanent Editorial Board of the UCC and as an Advisor to the UCC Code Article 9 Drafting Committee.  Mr. Weise received his B.A. from Yale University and his J.D. from the University of California, Berkeley, Boalt Hall School of Law.   Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 1/6/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

2023 Wage & Hour Update: New Overtime Rules

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Chris Jalian and Jennifer Milazzo

2023 Wage & Hour Update: New Overtime Rules Wage and hour regulations impact every employer. Whether a worker is classified as an employee or independent contractor and employees as “exempt” or “non-exempt” for purposes of overtime has major implications for employer tax and non-tax compliance.  Failure to properly classify a worker can lead to substantial financial liability for employers and compliance has become more difficult as employers, following commercial trends, employee more “gig” workers or independent contractors.  Enforcement by the US Department of Labor and state equivalents is increasing.  This program will provide you with a practical guide to major developments in overtime rules and regulations and provide guidance on best practices to avoid liability.   ·         Major case law and regulatory developments impacting overtime compliance ·         Continuing classification litigation around “gig” economy workers ·         Anticipated Biden Administration changes to overtime rules ·         Changes to the “PAID” independent audit program ·         Best practices to avoid misclassification liability   Speaker: Chris Jalian is an attorney in the Los Angeles office of Paul Hastings, LLP, where he represents employers in all aspects of labor and employment law, including wage-and-hour matters and discrimination. He has experience with class and representative actions, multi-plaintiff, and single-plaintiff lawsuits defending employers in state and federal courts in cases involving federal and state antidiscrimination, equal pay and whistleblower laws, the Fair Labor Standards Act, and a variety of state wage and hour laws. He also counsels clients to ensure compliance with wage and hour requirements. Mr. Jalian earned his B.A., cum laude, from the University of California, Los Angeles and his J.D. from Columbia Law School.   Jennifer Milazzo is an attorney in the Los Angeles office of Paul Hastings, LLP, where she represents employers in all aspects of labor and employment law, including harassment, discrimination, retaliation, wrongful termination, and wage and hour issues, in both single-plaintiff and class-action matters. Prior to entering private practice, Ms. Milazzo served as a judicial extern to the Judge Stephen Wilson of the United States District Court for the District of California. Ms. Milazzo earned her B.A. from the University of San Francisco and her J.D. from the University of California, Los Angeles.   Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 4/19/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

2023 Year End Review - Day One

$175.00
  • Author/Instructor:  OBA CLE Department

2023 Year End Review – Day One  Webcast Program Moderator  Gigi McCormick, Oklahoma Bar Association, Director of Educational Programs   8:30 a.m.  Registration and Continental Breakfast     9:00 a.m.   Exploring the 8 Dimensions of Wellness  Nanci Cosby, A Chance to Change, Oklahoma City ~Sponsored by Lawyers Helping Lawyers~    9:50 a.m.   Break    10:00 a.m.  Bankruptcy Law Update  Brandon Bickle, Gable Gotwals, Tulsa    10:50 a.m.  Break    11:00 a.m.  Cannabis Law Update  Amber Peckio Garrett, Amber Law Group, Tulsa       11:50 a.m.  Networking lunch (included in registration)    12:30 p.m.   Criminal Law Update  Barry L. Derryberry, First Assistant Federal Defender, Tulsa    1:20 p.m.  Break    1:30 p.m.  Health Law Update Maggie Martin, Chief Legal Officer, Oklahoma Hospital Association, Oklahoma City   2:20 p.m.  Break    2:30 p.m.  Oklahoma Tax Law Update  Rachel Mathew, Partner, Polston Tax Resolution & Accounting    3:20 p.m.  Adjourn        Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.   

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 305
    Min.
  • 12/31/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

2023 Year End Review - Day Two

$175.00
  • Author/Instructor:  OBA CLE Department

2023 Year End Review – Day TwoWebcast  Program Moderator Gigi McCormick, OBA, Director of Educational Programs 8:30 a.m. Registration and Continental Breakfast   9:00 a.m.  Business and Corporate Law Update Gary Derrick, Derrick and Briggs, LLP, Oklahoma City  9:50 a.m.  Break  10:00 a.m. Law Office Management and Technology Update Jim Calloway, Director of Management Assistance Program, OBA, Oklahoma City Julie Bays, Practice Management Advisor, OBA, Oklahoma City  10:50 a.m. Break  11:00 a.m. Real Property Law Update Kraettli Epperson, Mee Mee Hoge and Epperson, PLLP, Oklahoma City  11:50 a.m. Networking lunch (included in registration)  12:30 p.m.  Estate Planning and Probate Law Update Terrell Monks, Oklahoma Estate Attorneys, PLLC, Oklahoma City  1:20 p.m. Break  1:30 p.m. Family Law Update  Monica Dionisio, Dionisio Sherwood Law Firm, Oklahoma City  2:20 p.m. Break  2:30 p.m. Ethics Update Gina Hendryx, General Counsel, Oklahoma Bar Association, Oklahoma City  3:20 p.m. Adjourn    Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 298
    Min.
  • 12/31/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

2024 Ethics Update Part 1

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Lucian T. Pera, William Freivogel, Thomas E. Spahn

2024 Ethics Update Part 1 This annual ethics program will provide you with a round-table discussion of practical ethical issues important to your practice. The program will provide you with an engaging discussion of ethics developments involving technology and law practice, conflicts of interest, and attoarney-client communications in a digital world where no one is truly unplugged. The panel will also discuss the ethics of withdrawing from a matter and firing a client and the ethics of developing new business.  This program will provide you with a wide-ranging discussion of practical ethics developments important to your practice.   Day 1: Ethics and technology: A Potpourri Ethics, competence, and AI: What are competence and the unauthorized practice of law in a specialized world? Emerging issues in conflicts of interest, part 1   Day 2: Ethics of firing a client Ethics and client development Emerging issues in conflicts of interest, part 2   Speakers: Lucian T. Pera is a partner in the Memphis office of Adams & Reese, LLP.  His practice includes professional malpractice litigation as well as counseling lawyers and law firms in the area of ethics and professional responsibility.  He was a member of the ABA’s Ethics 2000 Commission and is co-author of "Ethics and Lawyering Today," a national e-mail newsletter on lawyer ethics, which is accessible at: www.ethicsandlawyering.com.  Before entering private practice, he served as a judicial clerk to Judge Harry W. Wellford of the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Sixth Circuit.  Mr. Pera received his A.B. with honors from Princeton University and his J.D. from Vanderbilt University School of Law. William Freivogel is the principal of Freivogel Ethics Consulting and is an independent consultant to law firms on ethics and risk management.  He was a trial lawyer for 22 years and has practiced in the areas of legal ethics and lawyer malpractice for 20 years.  He is chair of the Editorial Board of the ABA/BNA Lawyers’ Manual on Professional Conduct. and past chair of the ABA Business Law Section Committee on Professional Responsibility.  He maintains the Web site “Freivogel on Conflicts” at www.freivogelonconflicts.com.  Mr. Freivogel is a graduate of the University of Illinois (Champaign), where he received his B.S. and LL.B. Thomas E. Spahn is a partner in the McLean, Virginia office of McGuireWoods, LLP, where he has a broad complex commercial, business and securities litigation practice. He also has a substantial practice advising businesses on properly creating and preserving the attorney-client privilege and work product protections.  For more than 20 years he has lectured extensively on legal ethics and professionalism and has written “The Attorney-Client Privilege and the Work Product Doctrine: A Practitioner’s Guide,” a 750 page treatise published by the Virginia Law Foundation.  Mr. Spahn has served as member of the ABA Standing Committee on Ethics and Professional Responsibility and as a member of the Virginia State Bar's Legal Ethics Committee.  He received his B.A., magna cum laude, from Yale University and his J.D. from Yale Law School.       Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 2/8/26
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

2024 Ethics Update Part 2

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Lucian T. Pera, William Freivogel, Thomas E. Spahn

2024 Ethics Update Part 2 This annual ethics program will provide you with a round-table discussion of practical ethical issues important to your practice. The program will provide you with an engaging discussion of ethics developments involving technology and law practice, conflicts of interest, and attoarney-client communications in a digital world where no one is truly unplugged. The panel will also discuss the ethics of withdrawing from a matter and firing a client and the ethics of developing new business.  This program will provide you with a wide-ranging discussion of practical ethics developments important to your practice.   Day 1: Ethics and technology: A Potpourri Ethics, competence, and AI: What are competence and the unauthorized practice of law in a specialized world? Emerging issues in conflicts of interest, part 1   Day 2: Ethics of firing a client Ethics and client development Emerging issues in conflicts of interest, part 2   Speakers: Lucian T. Pera is a partner in the Memphis office of Adams & Reese, LLP.  His practice includes professional malpractice litigation as well as counseling lawyers and law firms in the area of ethics and professional responsibility.  He was a member of the ABA’s Ethics 2000 Commission and is co-author of "Ethics and Lawyering Today," a national e-mail newsletter on lawyer ethics, which is accessible at: www.ethicsandlawyering.com.  Before entering private practice, he served as a judicial clerk to Judge Harry W. Wellford of the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Sixth Circuit.  Mr. Pera received his A.B. with honors from Princeton University and his J.D. from Vanderbilt University School of Law. William Freivogel is the principal of Freivogel Ethics Consulting and is an independent consultant to law firms on ethics and risk management.  He was a trial lawyer for 22 years and has practiced in the areas of legal ethics and lawyer malpractice for 20 years.  He is chair of the Editorial Board of the ABA/BNA Lawyers’ Manual on Professional Conduct. and past chair of the ABA Business Law Section Committee on Professional Responsibility.  He maintains the Web site “Freivogel on Conflicts” at www.freivogelonconflicts.com.  Mr. Freivogel is a graduate of the University of Illinois (Champaign), where he received his B.S. and LL.B. Thomas E. Spahn is a partner in the McLean, Virginia office of McGuireWoods, LLP, where he has a broad complex commercial, business and securities litigation practice. He also has a substantial practice advising businesses on properly creating and preserving the attorney-client privilege and work product protections.  For more than 20 years he has lectured extensively on legal ethics and professionalism and has written “The Attorney-Client Privilege and the Work Product Doctrine: A Practitioner’s Guide,” a 750 page treatise published by the Virginia Law Foundation.  Mr. Spahn has served as member of the ABA Standing Committee on Ethics and Professional Responsibility and as a member of the Virginia State Bar's Legal Ethics Committee.  He received his B.A., magna cum laude, from Yale University and his J.D. from Yale Law School.         Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 2/9/26
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

2024 Legislative Kickoff

$99.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Legislative Monitoring Committee

2024 Legislative Kickoff Welcome from President/Introduction LMC Chair Legislative Basics: Clay Taylor 90 Bills in 90 MinutesBILLS COVERED Government Law | Teena Gunter Courts | Judge Thad Balkman Real Estate/Trusts & Estates | Rhonda McLean Elections | Veronica Laizure Civil Litigation | Jason Reese Criminal Law | Ed Blau Energy & Environment | Kaylee Davis-Maddy Family Law | Stacy Acord Education | Jessica Sherrill Cannabis | Amber Peckio Garrett Legislative Panel: Moderator: Jari Askins Panel: Sen. Kay Floyd, Sen. Brent Howard,  Rep. Jon Echols       Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 170
    Min.
  • 2/1/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

2024 Uniform Commercial Code Update

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Steven O. Weise

2024 Uniform Commercial Code Update The overlapping articles of the UCC impact most business, commercial and real estate transactions.  From the perfection of security interests to the enforceability of promissory notes and investment contracts to equipment leases and the sale of goods, the UCC plays a role in most significant transactions. This program, led by one of the nation’s leading authorities on the UCC, will provide you with a wide-ranging discussion of developments under the many articles of the UCC, including secured transactions, investment notes, sales, and equipment leasing.   Recent UCC developments for transactional attorneys Developments impacting commercial, business and real estate transactions UCC Article 9, asset-based transactions and secured transactions Sales of goods contracts Equipment leases, including computer equipment and capital equipment Notes, guarantees and letters of credit   Speaker: Steven O. Weise is a partner in the Los Angeles office Proskauer Rose, LLP, where his practice encompasses all areas of commercial law. He has extensive experience in financings, particularly those secured by personal property.  He also handles matters involving real property anti-deficiency laws, workouts, guarantees, sales of goods, letters of credit, commercial paper and checks, and investment securities.  Mr. Weise formerly served as chair of the ABA Business Law Section. He has also served as a member of the Permanent Editorial Board of the UCC and as an Advisor to the UCC Code Article 9 Drafting Committee.  Mr. Weise received his B.A. from Yale University and his J.D. from the University of California, Berkeley, Boalt Hall School of Law.     Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 1/11/26
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

37th Annual Advanced Bankruptcy Seminar Day One

$175.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Charles Greenough and Brandon Bickle

          37th Annual Advanced Bankruptcy Seminar Day One Oklahoma Bar Center, Oklahoma City, OK  Program Planner:  Charles Greenough, McAfee and Taft               Penn Square at 40 - Remembering the Good Old Days! Burns Hargis; Blaine Schwabe; Patrick J. Malloy III   Wait, Wait, Don't Disbar Me! Mark Craige; Judge Terry Michael; Judge Sarah Hall; Judge Janice Loyd; Judge Paul Thomas   Chapter 11 Survivors - Tales from General Counsels James Webb; Al Givray; Sharolyn Whiting-Ralson; Matt Thompson   Bankruptcy and the Crypto Winter Professor Kara Bruce   Cannabis Receiverships Andy Turner; David Rhoades; John Hickey; Felina Rivera   Judge Panel Judge Terry Michael; Judge Sarah Hall; Judge Janice Loyd; Judge Paul Thomas     Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 380
    Min.
  • 12/31/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

37th Annual Advanced Bankruptcy Seminar Day Two

$175.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Charles Greenough and Brandon Bickle

          37th Annual Advanced Bankruptcy Seminar Day Two Oklahoma Bar Center, Oklahoma City, OK Program Planner:  Charles Greenough, McAfee and Taft                 Real World Sub-Chapter 5 Steve Moriarity; Clay Ketter; Ron Brown; Gary Hammond   Student Loan Discharge Issues Charles Greenough, McAfee and Taft   Fraud and Forensic Examinations Leah Weitholter   Consumer Fraud Panel Rodney Hunsinger; Michael Avery   Deconstructing The Merchant Cash Advance Professor Kara Bruce, University of Oklahoma   Annual Case Update - Still the Sid and Sam Show Brandon Bickle; Chuck Greenough     Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 380
    Min.
  • 12/31/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

38th Annual Advanced Bankruptcy Seminar - Day One

$175.00
  • Author/Instructor:  OBA Bankruptcy Section

38th Annual Advanced Bankruptcy Seminar Co-sponsored by the OBA Bankruptcy and Reorganization Section DAY ONE   Topic Speaker Welcome   Chuck Greenough, Chair Layla Dougherty, Chair-Elect 2024   Ethical Considerations and Best Practices UST Panel -   Tara Twomey, Executive Director, EOUST  Ilene Lashinsky, U.S. Trustee Region 20 Karen Walsh, AUST/NDO&EDO   MJ Creasey, AUST/WDO  The Intersection of Federal Energy Policy and the Bankruptcy Code Robin Russell Hunton Andrews Kurth Houston, TX   Health Care Issues January Bailey, Prelle Eron & Bailey, PA, Wichita, KS Patricia Hamilton, Topeka, KS Bitcoin ATM and Other Related Debtor Issues in Chapter 11 Brett A. Axelrod, Fox Rothschild, Las Vegas, NV McGirt and Bankruptcy Mark Craige, Michael McBride, Crowe & Dunlevy, Tulsa, OK Those Things Worth Believing: Professionalism and the Search for the Personal Why  Professor Jack Williams, Georgia State University, Atlanta, GA Adjourn   Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 325
    Min.
  • 12/31/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

38th Annual Advanced Bankruptcy Seminar - Day Two

$175.00
  • Author/Instructor:  OBA Bankruptcy Section

38th Annual Advanced Bankruptcy Seminar Co-sponsored by the OBA Bankruptcy and Reorganization Section DAY TWO   Topic Speaker Case Update aka the Chuck and Brandon Show Charles Greenough, McAfee Taft, Tulsa Brandon Bickle, Gable Gotwals, Tulsa Business Bankruptcy Issues Salene Mazur-Kraemer Pittsburg, PA The American Bankruptcy Law Journal Year in Review - 2023  Hon. Terrence L. Michael, Chief Judge, NDO Chapter 13 Issues   Mary Beth Ausbrooks, Nashville, TN Consumer Bankruptcy Issues Panel:  Jerry Brown, Clif Gooding, OKC; Greg Colpitts, Tulsa Bankruptcy Court Panel Blaine Schwabe, Gable Gotwals, Moderator The Honorable Paul R. Thomas, USBC Eastern The Honorable Terrence L. Michael, USBC, Northern The Honorable Sarah Hall, USBC Western The Honorable Janice D. Loyd, USBC Western   Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 294
    Min.
  • 12/31/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

A.I. Assimilation: Resistance is Futile

$100.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Sean Carter

A.I. Assimilation: Resistance is Futile  Artificial Intelligence (AI) has become a transformative force in the legal industry, offering unprecedented opportunities for legal professionals to enhance their efficiency, accuracy, and overall effectiveness. The incorporation of AI technologies into legal practice is no longer a futuristic concept; it's a present reality that is reshaping the way lawyers approach their work. In this transformative two-hour program designed exclusively for legal professionals, you will learn about AI's practical applications in the legal field, from contract and legal brief drafting to legal research and case analysis to client correspondence and so much more. Through live demonstrations, we'll showcase real-world AI tools and platforms that empower lawyers to enhance efficiency, accuracy, and client service. Whether you're a seasoned practitioner or new to AI, our program equips you with the knowledge and tools to embrace the future of legal practice confidently. In this cutting-edge webinar, you will learn the importance and practical benefits of embracing artificial intelligence; and more specifically, through live demonstrations, how to use AI to: Draft contracts Write legal briefs Research and analyze cases Predict case outcomes and assess risk Conduct due diligence Streamline the discovery process Communicate with clients and opposing counsel Market your services And more       Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • Webcast
    Format
  • 120
    Min.
  • 5/23/24
    Presented
  • DETAILS
Course1

A.I. in Healthcare: Revolutionary or Risky?

$50.00
  • Author/Instructor:  OBA Health Law Section

A.I. in Healthcare: Revolutionary or Risky?   At the conclusion of this program, participants should be able to: •          Describe the drivers and barriers to using artificial intelligence (AI) in healthcare. •          Understand the current role of AI in healthcare and potential future roles. •          Describe potential risks to patients and providers related to AI. •          Understand the legal and ethical concerns related to AI in medical care. •          Develop prevention strategies designed to decrease risks associated with the use of AI in healthcare.   Speaker: Graham Billingham, MD, FACEP, FAAEM is the Chief Medical Officer for Princeton Insurance Company and its parent organization, MedPro Group. He is responsible for providing leadership and support in the areas of clinical risk, claims, underwriting and sales efforts, and for leading the organizations' Healthcare Advisory Boards. Learn more about Dr. Billingham at this link.   Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 55
    Min.
  • 3/30/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Appraisals in Commercial Real Estate Finance & Development

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Anthony Licata

Appraisals in Commercial Real Estate Finance & Development Appraisals are part and parcel of every major realistic transaction.  Lenders will not loan without an appraisal.  Loan-to-value ratios are measured against the appraisal.  Investors will not invest without an appraisal. Appraisals are not set-piece documents, however; they involve a multiplicity of valuation metrics and different appraisers looking at the same property can and do generate widely varying valuations.  Because of their centrality to real estate transactions, understanding their structure and content is essential.  This program will provide you with a real-world guide to how appraisals are prepared and used in commercial real estate, their traps, and how they are incorporated into transactional documents.   ·         Use of appraisals in obtaining funding for development projects and acquisitions ·         Ensuring appraisals are prepared according to standards – and fraud risks if they are not ·         Integrating appraisals in underlying operative documents ·         What lawyers should look for in appraisals provided to clients – and how to spot red flags   Speakers:   Anthony Licata is a partner in the Chicago office of Taft Stettinius & Hollister LLP, where he formerly chaired the firm’s real estate practice.  He has an extensive practice focusing on major commercial real estate transactions, including finance, development, leasing, and land use.  He formerly served as an adjunct professor at the Kellogg Graduate School of Management at Northwestern University and at the Illinois Institute of Technology.  Mr. Licata received his B.S., summa cum laude, from MacMurray College and his J.D., cum laude, from Harvard Law School.   Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 4/5/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Arbitration Clauses in Business Agreements

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Shannon M. Bell

Arbitration Clauses in Business Agreements One of the biggest risks in most business, commercial, or real estate agreements is the risk of dispute and costly, protracted litigation. Arbitration agreements are one of the primary methods by which this substantial risk of loss is contained. Rather than the parties resorting to costly litigation, they are required to seek resolution of their dispute before a neutral arbiter, whose decision in the matter is final and cannot be litigated. Though these agreements are effective mechanisms for dispute resolution and cost containment, they are also highly controversial. This program will provide you with a practical guide the law governing arbitration agreements and drafting their major provisions.   Framework of law governing arbitration agreements Practical uses in business, commercial, and real estate transactions Circumstances where arbitration is effective v. ineffective Counseling clients about the benefits, risks, and tradeoffs of arbitration agreements Scope of arbitration, mandatory nature, and rules used Defining applicable law, arbiter selection, and method of arbitration Judgment on award, review by courts (if any), interim relief   Speaker: Shannon M. Bell is a member with Kelly & Walker, LLC, where she litigates a wide variety of complex business disputes, construction disputes, fiduciary claims, employment issues, and landlord/tenant issues.  Her construction experience extends from contract negotiations to defense of construction claims of owners, HOAs, contractors and tradesmen.  She also represents clients in claims of shareholder and officer liability, piercing the corporate veil, and derivative actions.  She writes and speaks on commercial litigation, employment, discovery and bankruptcy topics.  Ms. Bell earned her B.S. from the University of Iowa and her J.D. from the University of Denver.       Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 1/19/26
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Artificial Intelligence and the Law: Promise or Peril? - 2023 OBA Annual Meeting

$49.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Julie A. Bays and Jim Calloway

Presented at the 2023 Oklahoma Bar Association Annual Meeting.                   Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 51
    Min.
  • 11/12/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Artificial Intelligence in a Law Practice

$50.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Julie A. Bays and Catherine Sanders Reach

Artificial Intelligence in a Law Practice   Ever since ChatGPT made its debut in November of 2022 the world has been abuzz about artificial intelligence. In this session we will discuss and demonstrate some AI built into tools that you may already have, plus some that can be useful right away. Putting aside the issues surrounding ethics, IP, security, and robot overlords, how can AI help you to get things done faster? Join Catherine Sanders Reach, Director for the Center for Practice Management at the North Carolina Bar Association and Julie A. Bays, Practice Management Advisor for the Oklahoma Bar Association Management Assistance Program, as we explore practical and tactical uses of AI in your practice.   Catherine Sanders Reach - Catherine Sanders Reach is Director for the Center for Practice Management at the North Carolina Bar Association, providing practice technology and management assistance to lawyers and legal professionals. Formerly she was Director, Law Practice Management and Technology for the Chicago Bar Association and the Director at the American Bar Association's Legal Technology Resource Center. Prior to her work at the NCBA, CBA and ABA she worked in library and information science environments for several years, working at Ross and Hardies as a librarian. She received a master's degree in Library and Information Studies from the University of Alabama, Tuscaloosa in 1997.   Ms. Reach's professional activities include articles published in Law Practice magazine, Law Technology News and GPSolo Magazine, as well as numerous other publications. She has given presentations on the use of technology in law firms for national bar conferences, state and local bar associations and organizations such as the National Association of Bar Council and the Association of American Law Schools. In 2011 she was selected to be one of the inaugural Fastcase 50, celebrating 50 innovators, techies, visionaries, and leaders in the field of law. In 2013 she was inducted as a Fellow of the College of Law Practice Management. In 2015 she was selected to be part of the ABA LTRC Women of Legal Tech. She served on the ABA TECHSHOW Board from 2007-2009, 2014-2016, and was co-chair in 2019 and co-chair in 2020. She is co-editor of the 2023 ABA book Design Your Law Practice.   Julie A. Bays - Julie A. Bays graduated with a Bachelor of Arts degree, summa cum laude, from the University of Oklahoma in 1995 and was inducted into Phi Beta Kappa in April 1995. She graduated from the University of Oklahoma College of Law in 1998. Ms. Bays joined the Oklahoma Attorney General's Office in April of 2002 where was responsible for prosecuting antitrust and consumer protection cases. Ms. Bays served on various task forces and committees including the Oklahoma Bar Association Unauthorized Practice of Law Committee, the Federal Trade Commission Southwest Netforce, and the National Attorneys General Association Antitrust Policy Task Force. She taught various Continuing Legal Education classes for the State of Oklahoma including Electronic Discovery and Ethics, The Zen of E-Discovery, and The Risks of Identity Theft and Consumer Fraud. Ms. Bays also traveled the state educating consumers regarding identity theft and other types of consumer and internet fraud. In January 2013, she was appointed Chief, Assistant Attorney General of the Consumer Protection Unit. In November of 2018, Ms. Bays joined the Oklahoma Bar Association as their Practice Management Advisor. She works with the OBA Management Assistance Program to provide assistance to attorneys in using technology and other tools to efficiently manage their offices. Bays is also involved with the Access to Justice initiatives of the OBA such as Oklahoma Free Legal Answers     Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 56
    Min.
  • 9/8/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Assuming Liabilities/Debt in Transactions: Tricks and Traps

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Steven O. Weise

Assuming Liabilities/Debt in Transactions: Tricks and Traps This program will provide you a practical guide to drafting for the assumption and limitation of liabilities in business and commercial transactions.  The program will cover the mechanics of assuming debt in a transaction, how it is identified, terms negotiated and documented. The program will discuss the related issue of how “bad conduct” carve-outs in indemnification and other limitation of liability provisions can defeat limitations on liability if the carve-outs are not carefully drafted.  Successor liability in business transactions and techniques to mitigate its risk will be covered. This program will provide a real-world guide to handling debt and liabilities in transactions.   ·         Identifying and documenting the assumption of liabilities ·         Successor liability and techniques to mitigate the risk ·         “Bad conduct” carve-outs in indemnification and limitation of liability ·         Risks of carve-out language being over-expansive and defeating liability protection ·         Mistakes in the treatment of liabilities in transactions   Speaker: Steven O. Weise is a partner in the Los Angeles office Proskauer Rose, LLP, where his practice encompasses all areas of commercial law. He has extensive experience in financings, particularly those secured by personal property.  He also handles matters involving real property anti-deficiency laws, workouts, guarantees, sales of goods, letters of credit, commercial paper and checks, and investment securities.  Mr. Weise formerly served as chair of the ABA Business Law Section. He has also served as a member of the Permanent Editorial Board of the UCC and as an Advisor to the UCC Code Article 9 Drafting Committee.     Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 61
    Min.
  • 8/18/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Attorney, Heal Thyself: The Detection, Treatment and Prevention of Substance Abuse

$50.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Sean Carter

Attorney, Heal Thyself: The Detection, Treatment and Prevention of Substance Abuse Substance abuse is a huge problem in the legal profession. Lawyers suffer among the highest rates of alcoholism, drug addiction and being shot in the face by the former Vice President. And while Mr. Carter can't do much about Dick Cheney's aim, he can show you how to detect, treat and prevent substance abuse within your organization. In this webinar, the speaker will discuss substance abuse and common mental illnesses that impair a lawyer's ability to faithfully fulfill his/her duties as both an advocate and an officer of the court. Specifically, the speaker will explain how substance abuse and mental illness play a part in many disciplinary matters / malpractice cases and the most common ethical violations resulting from these ailments (e.g., failure to communicate, lack of diligence, trust account violations, etc.). The speaker will then closely examine the detection, treatment and prevention of each specific malady.       Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • Webcast
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 4/4/24
    Presented
  • DETAILS
Course1

Attorneys Are Not Accomplices: How to Avoid Crossing the Line from Counselor to Co-Conspirator

$50.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Sean Carter

Attorneys Are Not Accomplices: How to Avoid Crossing the Line from Counselor to Co-Conspirator In their efforts to provide the best possible service to their clients, lawyers sometimes forget that they owe an even greater duty of fidelity to the law and the proper administration of justice. As a result, lawyers who "pull out all the stops" for a client run the risk of putting a stop to their law careers and even their very freedom.  In this surprisingly funny webinar, legal humorist Sean Carter will use real-life disciplinary cases to demonstrate the myriad of ways in which lawyers have gone from counselor to co-conspirator in their efforts to serve the client. And even when lawyers don't run afoul of the criminal law and serve jail time, they are often forced to serve suspensions from the practice of law for ethical lapses involving: Assisting in client fraud Bribing judges, public officials and witnesses Fabricating, altering and deleting evidence Harboring fugitives Hiding their assets Lying for friends Providing unethical advice Smuggling contraband into jail for clients Suborning perjury Taking untenable legal positions       Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • Webcast
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 4/23/24
    Presented
  • DETAILS
Course1

Bad Lawyers of Hollywood: An Ethics Program

$50.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Stuart Teicher

The Bad Lawyers of Hollywood: An Ethics Program    Whether it’s fictional lawyers in film, or real lawyers who represent celebrities, a ton of these characters have committed ethical violations. Join the CLE Performer Stuart Teicher as he explores the misdeeds of the real and fake lawyers of Hollywood. Rules addressed include 1.5 (fees), 8.4 (misconduct) and 1.6 (confidentiality)?    STUART TEICHER- Stuart I. Teicher, Esq. is a professional legal educator who focuses on ethics law and writing instruction.   A practicing lawyer for 30 years, Stuart’s career is now dedicated to helping?fellow lawyers survive the practice of law and thrive in the profession.   Mr. Teicher teaches seminars, provides in-house training to law firms and legal departments, provides CLE instruction at law firm client events, and also gives keynote speeches at conventions and association meetings.     Stuart helps lawyers get better at what they do (and enjoy the process) through his entertaining and educational CLE “performances”.  He speaks, teaches, and writes— Thomson Reuters published his book entitled, Navigating the Legal Ethics of Social Media and Technology.    Mr. Teicher is a Supreme Court appointee to the New Jersey District Ethics Committee where he investigates and prosecutes grievances filed against attorneys.  Mr. Teicher also served on the New Jersey Office of Attorney Ethics Fee Arbitration Committee. Mr. Teicher is an adjunct professor of law at Georgetown Law where he teaches Professional Responsibility, and he is an adjunct professor at Rutgers University in New Brunswick where he teaches undergraduate writing courses. He also taught legal writing at St. John’s University School of Law in New York City.       Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.   

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 51
    Min.
  • 10/26/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Baskets and Escrow in Business Transactions

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Steven O. Weise

Identifying and hedging the risk of the unknown is one of the biggest risks in business documentation.  If unknown liabilities arise – or known liabilities are greater than anticipated –parties want recourse to address the economic loss.  “Caps” and “baskets” are used to address this problem.  Caps are the the total amount for which one party may be liable to the other party post-closing. “Baskets” are the amount of loss one party must incur, if any, before seeking recourse to the other party. The variations and interplay between caps and baskets can be highly complex. This program will provide you with a practical guide to the uses, types, and drafting traps of caps and baskets in business transactions.   Types of “baskets” – “tipping baskets” v. “true deductibles” v. hybrids Negotiating “caps” – aggregates limits, specific carve-outs for fraud and other bad acts Intricate relationship between baskets and caps Drafting to reduce risk of dispute and enhance collectability of claims Use of escrow to ensure payment of indemnification claims   Speaker: Steven O. Weise is a partner in the Los Angeles office Proskauer Rose, LLP, where his practice encompasses all areas of commercial law. He has extensive experience in financings, particularly those secured by personal property.He also handles matters involving real property anti-deficiency laws, workouts, guarantees, sales of goods, letters of credit, commercial paper and checks, and investment securities.Mr. Weise formerly served as chair of the ABA Business Law Section. He has also served as a member of the Permanent Editorial Board of the UCC and as an Advisor to the UCC Code Article 9 Drafting Committee.Mr. Weise received his B.A. from Yale University and his J.D. from the University of California, Berkeley, Boalt Hall School of Law.     Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 11/21/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Battling Gender Bias: How Bill Cosby and Other Sexual Predators Escape Punishment

$51.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Philip Bogdanoff, Esq.

Battling Gender Bias: How Bill Cosby and Other Sexual Predators Escape Punishment Bill Cosby victimized nearly sixty women and was convicted of sexually assaulting Andrea Constand and sentenced to prison.  However, the Pennsylvania Supreme Court reversed his convictions indicating he could not be tried again.   In 2006 the FBI did an extensive investigation of Jeffrey Epstein and found that he had sexually assaulted 37 girls, some as young as 14, and prepared a 53-page indictment.  However, Epstein was never charged in federal court and pleaded guilty to state charges where he served only 13 months in jail with work release.   In this presentation we will discuss the Epstein and Cosby prosecutions and other cases where the legal system protects the predator and not the victims.  Further, we will discuss why this occurs, how to prevent these miscarriages of justice and what steps we can take as lawyers to ensure that the legal system treats victims of sexual assault with dignity and respect.   Speaker: Philip Bogdanoff is a nationally recognized continuing legal education speaker on the topics of ethics, professionalism, and other related topics. Previously, as an attorney, he served as assistant prosecutor in the Summit County, Ohio Prosecutor’s Office for more than 25 years, beginning in 1981. Mr. Bogdanoff argued cases before the Ohio Ninth District Court of Appeals and twenty cases before the Ohio Supreme Court including six death penalty cases - before retiring as a senior assistant prosecutor. He is the author of numerous articles on ethics, professionalism and other related legal topics and has taught the members of numerous organizations including the National Association of Legal Administrators, as well as numerous state and local Bar associations, Prosecuting Attorney's Associations, and law firms. More information about Mr. Bogdanoff is available on his Web site at http://www.philipbogdanoff.com/.       Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • Webcast
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 5/22/24
    Presented
  • DETAILS
Course1

Beneficiary Designations in Retirement Accounts: Protecting a Lifetime of Savings

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Jeremiah W. Doyle, IV

Beneficiary Designations in Retirement Accounts: Protecting a Lifetime of Savings Other than a personal residence, the largest single asset class consists of financial assets. These accounts may be 401(k)s or IRAs, annuity or insurance contracts, or a variety of brokerage or bank accounts. The crucial planning aspect of these types of accounts or contracts is that they can be transferred through beneficiary designations. Though a seemingly simple expedient, beneficiary designations vary among types of accounts and each comes with its own nuances – and traps, which can lead to severely adverse tax and practical outcomes.  This program will provide you with a real-world guide to understanding, reviewing, and drafting beneficiary designations in trust and estate planning.   ·         How beneficiary designations vary depending on the type of custodial account involved ·         Differences among retirement accounts, bank accounts, brokerage accounts, life insurance policies ·         How designations differ depending on the type of beneficiary – individual, institutional, trust, etc. ·         “Payable on Death” agreements for bank accounts ·         Practical guidance on how designations are made & common drafting traps   Speaker:   Jeremiah W. Doyle, IV is senior vice president in the Boston office of BNY Mellon Wealth Management, where he provides integrated wealth management advice to high net worth individuals on holding, managing and transferring wealth in a tax-efficient manner.  He is the editor and co-author of “Preparing Fiduciary Income Tax Returns,” a contributing author of Preparing Estate Tax Returns,and a contributing author of “Understanding and Using Trusts,” all published by Massachusetts Continuing Legal Education.  Mr. Doyle received his B.S. from Providence College, his J.D. form Hamline University Law School, and his LL.M. in banking from Boston University Law School.   Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 4/11/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Between Two Weeds - Joint Sessions: 2024 Cannabis Legislation Preview

$75.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Amber Peckio Garrett, Felina Rivera

Between Two Weeds - Joint Sessions: 2024 Cannabis Legislation Preview   Cannabis law attorneys Amber Peckio Garrett and Felina Rivera discuss the pros and cons of bills that are actively being considered by the Oklahoma House and Senate.           Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 80
    Min.
  • 2/14/26
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Brackeen v. Haaland

$75.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Oklahoma Bar Association

  Join for a live overview of:*  the history of the case*  the decision out of the Fifth Circuit*  and the questions presented in the Supreme CourtThe presentation will discuss all of the issues in the questions presented both in the context of Indian Child Welfare Act and the context of the Constitutional implications.     Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 120
    Min.
  • 4/26/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Business Divorce, Part 1

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Frank Ciatto, Norman Lencz

Business divorce can be as complicated, costly and dramatic as traditional divorce. When owners of a closely-held company decide they cannot or will not work together anymore, there are several alternatives for achieving the separation – a division of assets among the owners, a buyout of one owner or several owners by a third party or by the company itself, or a complete or partial sale of the company.  But these and other transactional forms come with risk – the risk that dividing the assets of an operating business will cause substantial destruction of value to the company or that strife will take its toll on operations and employees.  This program will provide you with a practical guide to the alternatives for achieving a business divorce, planning the process, containing the risk and preserving value. Day 1: Overview of techniques to accomplish a divorce – buy-sell arrangements, redemptions, compensation, employment separation and retirement plan techniques Special considerations when the divorce involves LLCs, S Corps or partnerships Valuation methods and disputes in a business divorce Techniques for financing a buyout as part of a business divorce Minimizing adverse tax consequences in a business divorce Day 2: Compensation and retirement plan-based techniques for accomplishing a business divorce Special issues when a business divorce involves a distressed business Role of confidentiality, non-competition, and non-solicitation agreements as part of the divorce Important intellectual property issues, including customer lists, goodwill and trade secrets Preservation of valuable tax attributes   Speakers: Frank Ciatto is a partner in the Washington D.C. office of Venable, LLP, where he has 20 years' experience advising clients on mergers and acquisitions, limited liability cocmpanies, tax and accounting issues, and corporate finance transactions.  He is a leader of his firm's private equity and hedge fund groups and a member of the Mergers & Acquisitions Subcommittee of the ABA Business Law Section.  He is a Certified Public Accountant and earlier in his career worked at what is now PricewaterhouseCoopers in New York.  Mr. Ciatto earned his B.A., cum laude, at Georgetown University and his J.D. from Georgetown University Law Center. Norman Lencz is a partner in the Baltimore, Maryland office of Venable, LLP, where his practice focuses on a broad range of federal, state, local and international tax matters.  He advises clients on tax issues relating to corporations, partnerships, LLCs, joint ventures and real estate transactions.  He also has extensive experience with compensation planning in closely held businesses.  Mr. Lencz earned his B.S. from the University of Maryland and his J.D. from Columbia University School of Law.     Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 11/8/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Business Divorce, Part 2

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Frank Ciatto, Norman Lencz

Business divorce can be as complicated, costly and dramatic as traditional divorce. When owners of a closely-held company decide they cannot or will not work together anymore, there are several alternatives for achieving the separation – a division of assets among the owners, a buyout of one owner or several owners by a third party or by the company itself, or a complete or partial sale of the company.  But these and other transactional forms come with risk – the risk that dividing the assets of an operating business will cause substantial destruction of value to the company or that strife will take its toll on operations and employees.  This program will provide you with a practical guide to the alternatives for achieving a business divorce, planning the process, containing the risk and preserving value. Day 1: Overview of techniques to accomplish a divorce – buy-sell arrangements, redemptions, compensation, employment separation and retirement plan techniques Special considerations when the divorce involves LLCs, S Corps or partnerships Valuation methods and disputes in a business divorce Techniques for financing a buyout as part of a business divorce Minimizing adverse tax consequences in a business divorce Day 2: Compensation and retirement plan-based techniques for accomplishing a business divorce Special issues when a business divorce involves a distressed business Role of confidentiality, non-competition, and non-solicitation agreements as part of the divorce Important intellectual property issues, including customer lists, goodwill and trade secrets Preservation of valuable tax attributes   Speakers: Frank Ciatto is a partner in the Washington D.C. office of Venable, LLP, where he has 20 years' experience advising clients on mergers and acquisitions, limited liability cocmpanies, tax and accounting issues, and corporate finance transactions.  He is a leader of his firm's private equity and hedge fund groups and a member of the Mergers & Acquisitions Subcommittee of the ABA Business Law Section.  He is a Certified Public Accountant and earlier in his career worked at what is now PricewaterhouseCoopers in New York.  Mr. Ciatto earned his B.A., cum laude, at Georgetown University and his J.D. from Georgetown University Law Center. Norman Lencz is a partner in the Baltimore, Maryland office of Venable, LLP, where his practice focuses on a broad range of federal, state, local and international tax matters.  He advises clients on tax issues relating to corporations, partnerships, LLCs, joint ventures and real estate transactions.  He also has extensive experience with compensation planning in closely held businesses.  Mr. Lencz earned his B.S. from the University of Maryland and his J.D. from Columbia University School of Law.     Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 11/9/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Business Torts: How Transactions Spawn Litigation, Part 1

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  William J. Kelly, III and Shannon M. Bell

Business Torts: How Transactions Spawn Litigation, Part 1   Business and commercial transactions are fraught with potential tort liability for attorneys and their clients. Whether out of disappointment at losing a deal or as a negotiating tactic or legitimate belief, counter-parties, competitors and third parties can easily allege tortious interference with existing or prospective business relationships.  There is also the risk of breaching the duty of good faith and fair dealing in transactions or misusing proprietary information obtained in negotiations in a failed deal. This program will you with a practical framework for understanding the range of business torts and real-world defenses.   Day 1: ·         Intentional interference with an existing contractual relationship – and the “business privilege” of competitors ·         Interference with a prospective contract or transaction – what’s an “expectancy”? ·         Fraudulent misrepresentations – how does an attorney spot “intent”? ·         Negligent misrepresentation, including contributory negligence and the economic loss rule   Speakers: William J. Kelly, III is a founding member of Kelly & Walker LLC and has more than 25 years’ experience in the areas of employment and commercial litigation.  In the area of employment law, he litigates trade secret, non-compete, infringement and discrimination claims in federal and state courts nationwide and has advised Fortune 50 companies on workplace policies and practices.  In the area of commercial litigation, his experience includes class action litigation, breach of contract and indemnity, mass-claim complex insurance litigation, construction litigation and trade secrets.  Earlier in career, he founded 15 Minutes Music, an independent music production company.    Shannon M. Bell is a member with Kelly & Walker, LLC, where she litigates a wide variety of complex business disputes, construction disputes, fiduciary claims, employment issues, and landlord/tenant issues.  Her construction experience extends from contract negotiations to defense of construction claims of owners, HOAs, contractors and tradesmen.  She also represents clients in claims of shareholder and officer liability, piercing the corporate veil, and derivative actions.  She writes and speaks on commercial litigation, employment, discovery and bankruptcy topics.   Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 11/28/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Business Torts: How Transactions Spawn Litigation, Part 2

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  William J. Kelly, III and Shannon M. Bell

Business Torts: How Transactions Spawn Litigation, Part 2   Business and commercial transactions are fraught with potential tort liability for attorneys and their clients. Whether out of disappointment at losing a deal or as a negotiating tactic or legitimate belief, counter-parties, competitors and third parties can easily allege tortious interference with existing or prospective business relationships.  There is also the risk of breaching the duty of good faith and fair dealing in transactions or misusing proprietary information obtained in negotiations in a failed deal. This program will you with a practical framework for understanding the range of business torts and real-world defenses.   Day 2: ·         Implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing – what it means for contract negotiations ·         Contract terms involving discretion v. explicit terms ·         Misdeeds by clients in contract negotiations ·         Misappropriation of trade secrets disclosed in contract negotiations ·         Usurpation of business opportunities and the organizational opportunity doctrine ·         Torts in recruiting and hiring key employees away from competitors   Speakers: William J. Kelly, III is a founding member of Kelly & Walker LLC and has more than 25 years’ experience in the areas of employment and commercial litigation.  In the area of employment law, he litigates trade secret, non-compete, infringement and discrimination claims in federal and state courts nationwide and has advised Fortune 50 companies on workplace policies and practices.  In the area of commercial litigation, his experience includes class action litigation, breach of contract and indemnity, mass-claim complex insurance litigation, construction litigation and trade secrets.  Earlier in career, he founded 15 Minutes Music, an independent music production company.    Shannon M. Bell is a member with Kelly & Walker, LLC, where she litigates a wide variety of complex business disputes, construction disputes, fiduciary claims, employment issues, and landlord/tenant issues.  Her construction experience extends from contract negotiations to defense of construction claims of owners, HOAs, contractors and tradesmen.  She also represents clients in claims of shareholder and officer liability, piercing the corporate veil, and derivative actions.  She writes and speaks on commercial litigation, employment, discovery and bankruptcy topics.   Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 11/29/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Buying and Selling Commercial Real Estate, Part 1

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Anthony Licata, John S. Hollyfield and Richard R. Goldberg

Buying and selling commercial real estate is a lengthy and complex undertaking from diligence and letters of intent to mortgage agreements and, ultimately, the underlying purchase and sale agreement. Reps and warranties have become more extensive and exacting in detail. Financing contingencies have become lengthy and complex. Due diligence has become lengthier, more invasive and costlier – or barely permitted at all, in particularly “hot” markets.  Managing all these elements is demanding.  This program will provide you a practical guide to the transactional cycle of buying and selling commercial real estate.   Day 1: ·         Planning the process – letters of intent, negotiations, closing process ·         Due diligence depending on the type of deal – title, environmental, finance issu ·         Understanding the minefield of seller’s reps and warranties ·         Buyer and seller’s covenants in a volatile market ·         Deposits of money   Day 2: ·         Issues for income producing properties, multiple family properties, and distressed properties ·         Finance issues in operative agreements, including finance contingencies, and working with commercial lenders ·         Conditions to closing and reducing the risk of not closing ·         Post-closing issues, baskets, escrow and contingencies ·         Bankruptcy issues in operative agreements   Speakers: Anthony Licata is a partner in the Chicago office of Taft Stettinius & Hollister LLP, where he formerly chaired the firm’s real estate practice.  He has an extensive practice focusing on major commercial real estate transactions, including finance, development, leasing, and land use.  He formerly served as an adjunct professor at the Kellogg Graduate School of Management at Northwestern University and at the Illinois Institute of Technology.  John S. Hollyfield is of counsel and a former partner in the Houston office Norton Rose Fulbright, LLP.  He has more than 40 years’ experience in real estate law practice.  He formerly served as chair of the ABA Real Property, Probate and Trust Law Section, president of the American College of Real Estate Lawyers, and chair of the Anglo-American Real Property Institute.  He has been named a "Texas Super Lawyer" in Real Estate Law by Texas Monthly magazine and is listed in Who’s Who in American Law.  He is co-editor of Modern Banking and Lending Forms (4th Edition), published by Warren, Gorham & Lamont.    Richard R. Goldberg is a retired partner, resident in the Philadelphia office of Ballard Spahr, LLP, where he established an extensive real estate practice, including development, financing, leasing, and acquisition.  Earlier in his career, he served as vice president and associate general counsel of The Rouse Company for 23 years.  He is past president of the American College of Real Estate Lawyers, past chair of the Anglo-American Real Property Institute, and past chair of the International Council of Shopping Centers Law Conference.  Mr. Goldberg is currently a Fellow of the American College of Mortgage Attorneys and is a member of the American Law Institute.     Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 58
    Min.
  • 6/14/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Buying and Selling Commercial Real Estate, Part 2

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Anthony Licata, John S. Hollyfield and Richard R. Goldberg

Buying and selling commercial real estate is a lengthy and complex undertaking from diligence and letters of intent to mortgage agreements and, ultimately, the underlying purchase and sale agreement. Reps and warranties have become more extensive and exacting in detail. Financing contingencies have become lengthy and complex. Due diligence has become lengthier, more invasive and costlier – or barely permitted at all, in particularly “hot” markets.  Managing all these elements is demanding.  This program will provide you a practical guide to the transactional cycle of buying and selling commercial real estate.   Day 1: ·         Planning the process – letters of intent, negotiations, closing process ·         Due diligence depending on the type of deal – title, environmental, finance issu ·         Understanding the minefield of seller’s reps and warranties ·         Buyer and seller’s covenants in a volatile market ·         Deposits of money   Day 2: ·         Issues for income producing properties, multiple family properties, and distressed properties ·         Finance issues in operative agreements, including finance contingencies, and working with commercial lenders ·         Conditions to closing and reducing the risk of not closing ·         Post-closing issues, baskets, escrow and contingencies ·         Bankruptcy issues in operative agreements   Speakers: Anthony Licata is a partner in the Chicago office of Taft Stettinius & Hollister LLP, where he formerly chaired the firm’s real estate practice.  He has an extensive practice focusing on major commercial real estate transactions, including finance, development, leasing, and land use.  He formerly served as an adjunct professor at the Kellogg Graduate School of Management at Northwestern University and at the Illinois Institute of Technology.  John S. Hollyfield is of counsel and a former partner in the Houston office Norton Rose Fulbright, LLP.  He has more than 40 years’ experience in real estate law practice.  He formerly served as chair of the ABA Real Property, Probate and Trust Law Section, president of the American College of Real Estate Lawyers, and chair of the Anglo-American Real Property Institute.  He has been named a "Texas Super Lawyer" in Real Estate Law by Texas Monthly magazine and is listed in Who’s Who in American Law.  He is co-editor of Modern Banking and Lending Forms (4th Edition), published by Warren, Gorham & Lamont.    Richard R. Goldberg is a retired partner, resident in the Philadelphia office of Ballard Spahr, LLP, where he established an extensive real estate practice, including development, financing, leasing, and acquisition.  Earlier in his career, he served as vice president and associate general counsel of The Rouse Company for 23 years.  He is past president of the American College of Real Estate Lawyers, past chair of the Anglo-American Real Property Institute, and past chair of the International Council of Shopping Centers Law Conference.  Mr. Goldberg is currently a Fellow of the American College of Mortgage Attorneys and is a member of the American Law Institute.     Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 66
    Min.
  • 6/16/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Buying Time: Options Contracts in Real Estate

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Anthony Licata

Buying Time: Options Contracts in Real Estate Options in commercial real estate transactions give the option holder more time to conduct due diligence, obtain financing and any necessary governmental approvals, and consider whether the transaction is truly viable.  The property owner, whose land is optioned, loses the right to sell the property to a third party for the duration of the option, but earns a fee for doing so.  In a world of complex and risky commercial real estate transactions, where time is often of the essence and risk is high, options allow developers, investors and others an effective mechanism to buy time and take a wait-and-see-approach.  This program will provide you with a practical guide to drafting essential provisions of options in commercial real estate transactions, including avoiding costly traps.    Negotiating and drafting most essential terms of option contracts in real estate transactions Economics of real estate option contracts, including the purchase price of the underlying property and market volatility Duration of exclusive period, fees, and extensions – and relationship to market conditions Nature of exclusive period – access to property, restrictions on marketing, cooperation in obtaining permits Role of contingencies – financing, regulatory, market variables Practical uses, traps, and alternatives to options   Speaker: Anthony Licata is a partner in the Chicago office of Taft Stettinius & Hollister LLP, where he formerly chaired the firm’s real estate practice.  He has an extensive practice focusing on major commercial real estate transactions, including finance, development, leasing, and land use.  He formerly served as an adjunct professor at the Kellogg Graduate School of Management at Northwestern University and at the Illinois Institute of Technology.  Mr. Licata received his B.S., summa cum laude, from MacMurray College and his J.D., cum laude, from Harvard Law School.     Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 9/1/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Buying, Selling and Exchanging Partnership and LLC Interests

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  C. Ben Huber

As LLCs have become the default choice of entity for most businesses, sales and exchanges of LLC membership interests are commonplace. Despite the frequency of sales and exchanges, exactly what rights of the seller the buyer succeeds to is often mistaken and these mistakes can lead to dispute and litigation. By default, transferees succeed only to the economic interests of the transferor. They do not succeed to the transferor’s governance rights. If governance rights are part of the underlying bargain, the consent of the LLC’s other members generally must be sought.  This program will provide you with a practical guide to drafting and planning for the sale and exchange of LLC interests.   Selling/exchanging LLC and partnership interests and effective alternatives Succession to economic rights of seller v. management and information rights Tax consequences to the entity and buyers/sellers in sales/exchanges of entity interests Disguised sales of LLC/partnership interests – and techniques to avoid adverse tax impact Constructive terminations and their adverse tax consequences Distributions and other alternative to sales and exchanges of LLC/partnership interests   Speaker: C. Ben Huber is a partner in the Denver office of Greenburg Traurig, LLP, where he has a broad transactional practice encompassing mergers and acquisitions, restructurings and reorganizations, corporate finance, capital markets, venture funds, commercial transactions and general corporate law.  He also has substantial experience as counsel to high tech, biotech and software companies in the development, protection and licensing of intellectual property.  His clients include start-up companies, family- and other closely-held businesses, middle market business, Fortune 500 companies, venture funds and institutional investors.  Mr. Huber earned his B.A. from the University of Colorado and his J.D. at the University of Colorado Law School.   Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 12/6/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Capital Calls – Agreements to Contribute More Capital Over Time

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  C. Ben Huber

Many companies need additional capital to fund current operations and fuel growth.  When raising capital, these companies often look first to their existing investor base. The company may build into its operative documents – shareholder agreements, operating agreements, even its articles of incorporation or organization – a plan whereby the company can “call” on existing investors to contribute additional capital. There are various mechanisms for achieving these types of “capital calls” and adjusting the ownership interests and other rights of incumbent investors who do not contribute additional capital. This program will provide you a practical guide to planning capital calls in closely held businesses, including how to adjust the financial and governance rights of the company’s owners. Advantages/disadvantages of requiring capital from existing investor base over time Forms of follow-on contributions – pro-rata and other structures Readjustment of stake in company when certain investors do not participate – dilution issues Voting, informational and related issues on the contribution of additional capital Obtaining additional capital from investors beyond the original Counseling clients about potential investor group disputes   Speaker: C. Ben Huber is a partner in the Denver office of Greenburg Traurig, LLP, where he has a broad transactional practice encompassing mergers and acquisitions, restructurings and reorganizations, corporate finance, capital markets, venture funds, commercial transactions and general corporate law.  He also has substantial experience as counsel to high tech, biotech and software companies in the development, protection and licensing of intellectual property.  His clients include start-up companies, family- and other closely-held businesses, middle market business, Fortune 500 companies, venture funds and institutional investors.  Mr. Huber earned his B.A. from the University of Colorado and his J.D. at the University of Colorado Law School.   Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 1/11/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Caution: Keep Hands Off!

$50.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Sean Carter

Caution: Keep Hands Off! It's been said that the entire legal ethics canon can be summed up in two rules: (1) Keep your hands off the money; and (2) Keep your hands off the client. And while this is a gross oversimplification of the legal ethics rules, it is true that these two breaches of fiduciary trust are among the gravest transgressions that a lawyer can make. Moreover, as they are often amongst the most heavily-punished violations, they often start a cascading effect of rule-breaking as lawyers desperately attempt to avoid their detection. As a result, it never hurts to review these all-important ethical limitations on lawyer conduct. In this laugh-out-loud funny webinar, legal humorist Sean Carter will do just that as he goes through the ins and outs of these two ethical principals, specifically as they apply to: Stealing (and "borrowing") client funds Retaining funds that rightfully belong to others Using undue influence to inherit client wealth Diverting fees from one's law partners Premature withdrawal of earned fees Coercing desperate clients into physical relationships Sending lewd texts and messages to clients Conditioning representation upon sex Leading the client on about a possible relationship       Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • Webcast
    Format
  • 120
    Min.
  • 4/24/24
    Presented
  • DETAILS
Course1

Charging Orders in Business Transactions

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Steven O. Weise and Daniel Kleinberger

Charging Orders in Business Transactions A charging order redirects a partner or LLC member’s distributions, if any, to a creditor.  These court orders are frequently used when an LLC or partnership interest has been pledged to a creditor as collateral and the debtor is in default. Charging orders differ substantially from liens on corporate stock because charging orders do not allow the creditor to foreclose on the LLC or partnership interest but only claim distributions from the entity.  The creditor does not succeed to any other rights of the LLC member – voting rights, management rights – and is totally dependent on the entity to make distributions.  This program will provide you with a real-world guide to the uses and limitations of charging orders in transactions and tips on enhancing their effectiveness.   ·         What does a creditor get with a charging order and what rights does the debtor retain? ·         Impact of charging orders on the entity ·         Enhancing the enforceability of charging orders ·         Enforcement of one state’s charging order statute in another state ·         Tax consequences of charging orders   Speakers: Steven O. Weise is a partner in the Los Angeles office Proskauer Rose, LLP, where his practice encompasses all areas of commercial law. He has extensive experience in financings, particularly those secured by personal property.  He also handles matters involving real property anti-deficiency laws, workouts, guarantees, sales of goods, letters of credit, commercial paper and checks, and investment securities.  Mr. Weise formerly served as chair of the ABA Business Law Section. He has also served as a member of the Permanent Editorial Board of the UCC and as an Advisor to the UCC Code Article 9 Drafting Committee.  Mr. Weise received his B.A. from Yale University and his J.D. from the University of California, Berkeley, Boalt Hall School of Law.   Daniel Kleinberger is an Emeritus Professor of Law at Michell|Hamline where his teaching and scholarship focused on business law.  He has served as the reporter on many uniform laws in business law, including Series Unincorporated Entities and Limited Partnerships.  Before entering academic, he was an in-hose counsel at the 3m Corporation.  He is the author of a leading treatise on LLCs and a popular student treatise on agency, partnerships, and LLCs.  Professor Kleinberger earned his A.B. from Harvard University and his J.D. from Yale Law School.   Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 4/18/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Charitable Giving Options, Strategies and How to Discuss Planning with Clients

$150.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Joe Carter, Oklahoma City Community Foundation

Charitable Giving Options, Strategies and How to Discuss Planning with Clients Program Planner: Joe Carter, Oklahoma City Community Foundation     The OBA presents this CLE program as a service to its members. The OBA is not an investment adviser or a financial planner. The OBA does not recommend or endorse any financial or investment strategy or plan, any type of product, or securities professional. No part of this CLE program shall be taken as investment, financial and/or legal advice by the OBA.     Speaker(s): Joe Carter, Oklahoma City Community Foundation Christin Mugg, Ball Morse Law       Various topics, which include: 1.    Private Foundations, Donor Advised Funds and Supporting Organizations 2.    Charitable Remainder and Charitable Lead Trusts and Charitable Gift Annuities 3.    Charitable Giving Strategies 4.    How to Discuss Charitable Giving with Clients 5.    Ethical Issues of Charitable Planning 6.    Oklahoma Bar Foundation Impact - Presented by the Oklahoma Bar Foundation     Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.    The OBA presents this CLE program as a service to its members. The OBA is not an investment adviser or a financial planner. The OBA does not recommend or endorse any financial or investment strategy or plan, any type of product, or securities professional. No part of this CLE program shall be taken as investment, financial and/or legal advice by the OBA.

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 243
    Min.
  • 12/31/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Charitable Giving Planning in Trusts and Estates, Part 1

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Michael Lehmann, Daniel L. Daniels

Charitable Giving Planning in Trusts and Estates, Part 1 Charitable giving can be a major portion of clients’ trust estate planning and introduce substantial complexity. Charitable giving may be motivated less by a desire for tax savings and more by a desire to have an impact on a specific charity or a community.  Clients may also want to retain some measure of control during their lifetimes over the property they are donating and retain income from the property. Though there is a vast array of vehicles and planning techniques to achieve these goals, working through the alternatives is daunting.  This program will provide you with a practical guide to the range of charitable giving vehicles, planning techniques to achieve client goals, tax and non-tax tradeoffs, and integrating charitable giving with overall estate plans. Day 1: Charitable giving vehicles and techniques & advantages and disadvantages of each Integrating charitable giving into overall estate plans Use of Charitable Remainder Trusts and Charitable Lead Trusts to achieve client goals Donating life insurance policies and proceeds and related trust issues How to restructure restricted charitable gifts Tax pitfalls of charitable giving Post-mortem charitable giving techniques Day 2: Advantages and disadvantages of using private foundations, supporting organizations, and donor-advised funds Structuring funds to provide maximum flexibility to the endowment and satisfy donor demands for control Donating illiquid and difficult-to-value assets to charity – real estate, interests in closely held businesses, works of art Review of faith-based giving initiatives and related legal issues   Speakers:  Michael Lehmann is a partner in the New York office of Dechert, LLP, where he specializes in tax issues related to non-profits and in the tax treatment of cross-border transactions.  He advises hospitals and other health care providers, research organizations, low-income housing developers, trade associations, private foundations and arts organizations.  He advises clients on obtaining and maintaining tax-exempt status, executive compensation, reorganizations and joint ventures, acquisitions, and unrelated business income planning.  Mr. Lehmann received his A.B., magna cum laude, from Brown University, his J.D. from Columbia Law School, and his LL.M. from New York University School of Law. Daniel L. Daniels is a partner in the Greenwich, Connecticut office of Wiggin and Dana, LLP, where his practice focuses on representing business owners, corporate executives and other wealthy individuals and their families.  A Fellow of the American College of Trust and Estate Counsel, he is listed in “The Best Lawyers in America,” and has been named by “Worth” magazine as one of the Top 100 Lawyers in the United States representing affluent individuals. Mr. Daniels is co-author of a monthly column in “Trusts and Estates” magazine.  Mr. Daniels received his A.B., summa cum laude, from Dartmouth College and received his J.D., with honors, from Harvard Law School.       Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 4/7/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Charitable Giving Planning in Trusts and Estates, Part 2

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Michael Lehmann, Dan Daniels

Charitable giving can be a major portion of clients’ trust estate planning and introduce substantial complexity. Charitable giving may be motivated less by a desire for tax savings and more by a desire to have an impact on a specific charity or a community.  Clients may also want to retain some measure of control during their lifetimes over the property they are donating and retain income from the property. Though there is a vast array of vehicles and planning techniques to achieve these goals, working through the alternatives is daunting.  This program will provide you with a practical guide to the range of charitable giving vehicles, planning techniques to achieve client goals, tax and non-tax tradeoffs, and integrating charitable giving with overall estate plans. Day 1: Charitable giving vehicles and techniques & advantages and disadvantages of each Integrating charitable giving into overall estate plans Use of Charitable Remainder Trusts and Charitable Lead Trusts to achieve client goals Donating life insurance policies and proceeds and related trust issues How to restructure restricted charitable gifts Tax pitfalls of charitable giving Post-mortem charitable giving techniques Day 2: Advantages and disadvantages of using private foundations, supporting organizations, and donor-advised funds Structuring funds to provide maximum flexibility to the endowment and satisfy donor demands for control Donating illiquid and difficult-to-value assets to charity – real estate, interests in closely held businesses, works of art Review of faith-based giving initiatives and related legal issues   Speakers:  Michael Lehmann is a partner in the New York office of Dechert, LLP, where he specializes in tax issues related to non-profits and in the tax treatment of cross-border transactions.  He advises hospitals and other health care providers, research organizations, low-income housing developers, trade associations, private foundations and arts organizations.  He advises clients on obtaining and maintaining tax-exempt status, executive compensation, reorganizations and joint ventures, acquisitions, and unrelated business income planning.  Mr. Lehmann received his A.B., magna cum laude, from Brown University, his J.D. from Columbia Law School, and his LL.M. from New York University School of Law. Daniel L. Daniels is a partner in the Greenwich, Connecticut office of Wiggin and Dana, LLP, where his practice focuses on representing business owners, corporate executives and other wealthy individuals and their families.  A Fellow of the American College of Trust and Estate Counsel, he is listed in “The Best Lawyers in America,” and has been named by “Worth” magazine as one of the Top 100 Lawyers in the United States representing affluent individuals. Mr. Daniels is co-author of a monthly column in “Trusts and Estates” magazine.  Mr. Daniels received his A.B., summa cum laude, from Dartmouth College and received his J.D., with honors, from Harvard Law School.   Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 7/8/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Charitable Giving Planning in Trusts and Estates, Part 2

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Michael Lehmann, Daniel L. Daniels

Charitable Giving Planning in Trusts and Estates, Part 2 Charitable giving can be a major portion of clients’ trust estate planning and introduce substantial complexity. Charitable giving may be motivated less by a desire for tax savings and more by a desire to have an impact on a specific charity or a community.  Clients may also want to retain some measure of control during their lifetimes over the property they are donating and retain income from the property. Though there is a vast array of vehicles and planning techniques to achieve these goals, working through the alternatives is daunting.  This program will provide you with a practical guide to the range of charitable giving vehicles, planning techniques to achieve client goals, tax and non-tax tradeoffs, and integrating charitable giving with overall estate plans. Day 1: Charitable giving vehicles and techniques & advantages and disadvantages of each Integrating charitable giving into overall estate plans Use of Charitable Remainder Trusts and Charitable Lead Trusts to achieve client goals Donating life insurance policies and proceeds and related trust issues How to restructure restricted charitable gifts Tax pitfalls of charitable giving Post-mortem charitable giving techniques Day 2: Advantages and disadvantages of using private foundations, supporting organizations, and donor-advised funds Structuring funds to provide maximum flexibility to the endowment and satisfy donor demands for control Donating illiquid and difficult-to-value assets to charity – real estate, interests in closely held businesses, works of art Review of faith-based giving initiatives and related legal issues   Speakers:  Michael Lehmann is a partner in the New York office of Dechert, LLP, where he specializes in tax issues related to non-profits and in the tax treatment of cross-border transactions.  He advises hospitals and other health care providers, research organizations, low-income housing developers, trade associations, private foundations and arts organizations.  He advises clients on obtaining and maintaining tax-exempt status, executive compensation, reorganizations and joint ventures, acquisitions, and unrelated business income planning.   Daniel L. Daniels is a partner in the Greenwich, Connecticut office of Wiggin and Dana, LLP, where his practice focuses on representing business owners, corporate executives and other wealthy individuals and their families.  A Fellow of the American College of Trust and Estate Counsel, he is listed in “The Best Lawyers in America,” and has been named by “Worth” magazine as one of the Top 100 Lawyers in the United States representing affluent individuals. Mr. Daniels is co-author of a monthly column in “Trusts and Estates” magazine.         Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

  • Webcast
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 4/5/24
    Presented
  • DETAILS
Course1

ChatGPT in the Legal Field: Benefits, Pitfalls, and Ethical Issues of Artificial Intelligence

$51.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Becky Howlett and Cindy Sharp

ChatGPT in the Legal Field: Benefits, Pitfalls, and Ethical Issues of Artificial Intelligence Join Attorneys Cynthia Sharp and Rebecca Howlett in this cutting-edge CLE course exploring the benefits, pitfalls and potential ethical considerations as you incorporate ChatGPT into your legal practice. Through real-life examples and live demonstration, we will examine how ChatGPT can enhance legal research, drafting, client communication and even marketing. Don't miss out on this opportunity to gain valuable insights into the world of Artificial Intelligence (AI) and the law. The presenters provide tips on how to comply with the Model Rules of Professional Conduct while integrating ChatGPT into their daily practice lives. Our discussion will include details about MRPC 1.1, 1.3, 1.6 and 5.3 and their relevance in the AI context. Mindfully leveraging technology such as ChatGPT can help promote attorney wellbeing by providing lawyers with an effective means to help reduce workload and stress. For example, ChatGPT can help streamline workflow and communication processes, which can have far-reaching positive effects on reducing the anxiety of uncertainty and managing client expectations. Ultimately, harnessing Artificial Intelligence (AI) tools like ChatGPT lends itself to more balanced work-life integration, including more time for self-care, family, and friends. Learning objectives include: Understand the capabilities of ChatGPT and how it can be used in the legal setting to enhance efficiency.Identify the benefits and pitfalls of using ChatGPT in legal practice. Discussion of issues related to bias, accuracy, and confidentiality when using ChatGPT. Understand the ethical considerations that arise when using ChatGPT with references to relevant Rules of Professional Conduct.   Becky Howlett, Esq. Becky Howlett is an attorney, consultant, and educator dedicated to facilitating positive relationships with others and ourselves.  After graduating from KU Law cum laude with a Tribal Lawyers Certificate in 2014, Becky focused her career on Indian Country advocacy, developing an expertise in federal Indian law and policy and tribal law. After experiencing burnout early on in her legal career, Becky felt compelled to do an in-depth study of meditation techniques and share these practices with others. In spring 2020, she co-founded legalburnout.com with the mission of empowering others to effectively manage their stress by promoting mindfulness practices in the legal field.   Cynthia Sharp, Esq. Veteran Attorney Cynthia Sharp works with motivated lawyers seeking to build sustainable law practices. After building and selling her boutique firm which she ran for over a quarter of a century, she embarked on a professional speaking and consulting career.  For the past 10 years, she has dedicated herself to sharing practice building strategies and processes with solo and small firm attorneys throughout North America. In recognition of her contributions to the profession, the ABA GPSolo Division named her Trainer of the Year.   As Director of Attorney Development, Cindy has established an international presence as an author and speaker on the topics of law firm branding and marketing strategies. She also shares practice management techniques with an emphasis on ethical implications - lecturing extensively to law firms, bar associations and other legal organizations. She can be reached via email at cindy@thesharperlawyer.com.     Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • Webcast
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 4/26/24
    Presented
  • DETAILS
Course1

ChatGPT: Lawyers' Friend or Foe?

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Lenne Espenschied

ChatGPT: Lawyers Friend or Foe?   OpenAI is an artificial intelligence research and development company. On November 30, 2022, Open AI introduced a model called ChatGPT that interacts with humans in a conversational way. In this program, you will learn about what ChatGPT is capable of doing, and in fact is already doing. You will see examples of ChatGPT's drafting and editing abilities. By analyzing what it got and what it got wrong, you will learn how it can assist you in your practice.  You will learn how lawyers are already harnessing the power of AI apps to practice more effectively.   Speaker: LENNE ESPENSCHIED Lawyer, Author, National Speaker and Professor Lenné Eidson Espenschied has earned her status as one of the two most popular contract drafting speakers in the U.S. by continually striving for excellence and providing innovative, practical skills-based training for transactional lawyers. She practiced law in Atlanta, Georgia for 25 years, focusing on corporate and transactional representation of technology-based businesses. She is the author of two books published by the American Bar Association: Contract Drafting: Powerful Prose in Transactional Practice (ABA Fundamentals, 3rd Ed. 2019) and The Grammar and Writing Handbook for Lawyers (ABA Fundamentals, 2011). After graduating from the University of Georgia School of Law magna cum laude, Ms. Espenschied began her legal practice at the firm now known as Eversheds Sutherland; she also served as Senior Counsel in the legal department of Bank of America before eventually opening her own law office. As a law professor, Ms. Espenschied taught commercial law, contracts, and contract drafting. Her passion is helping lawyers acquire the skills they need to be successful in transactional practice.     Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 64
    Min.
  • 5/9/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

ChatOMG: The Ethical Pros and Cons of Using AI

$50.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Sean Carter

 ChatOMG: The Ethical Pros and Cons of Using AI Artificial intelligence is coming and it will completely remake the legal landscape in a remarkably short period of time. These changes will allow for currently unimaginable efficiencies in the provision of legal services, but they will also create a slew of ethical pitfalls for lawyers who fail to look before leaping into this "brave new world."In this cutting-edge webinar, you will learn about both the benefits of using AI in your law practice and the possible ethical problems of this new and promising technology as it applies to: Billing Client communication Competence Confidentiality Diversity and inclusion And more       Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • Webcast
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 4/10/24
    Presented
  • DETAILS
Course1

Choice of Entity for Nonprofits & Obtaining Tax Exempt Status, Part 1

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Michael Lehmann

Choice of Entity for Nonprofits & Obtaining Tax Exempt Status, Part 1 Counseling a client about choice of entity for a nonprofit or charitable enterprise is a multilayered process.  First, clients need to understand that not all nonprofits are charities. Even if the enterprise is nonprofit and charitable in nature that does not necessarily mean the enterprise is eligible for tax-exempt status. Once these distinctions are made, attorneys need to counsel clients about the subtle advantages and disadvantages of four major types of entities, all formed under state law. Second, there is the distinct issue of how that entity is classified for federal tax purposes. Each classification comes with its own subtle tradeoffs.  This program will provide you with a practical guide to non-profit choice of entity and obtaining tax-exempt status.    Day 1 – August 30, 2022: Framework of major choice of entity considerations for nonprofit and charitable organizations – corporations, LLCs and trusts Private foundations v. public charities – tradeoffs, costs, compliance Restrictions on the activities and investments of each type of entity, including joint ventures with profit-making organizations   Day 2 – August 31, 2022: Considerations involving joint ventures between for-profit and non-profit entities Practical Process of obtaining tax-exempt status – eligibility, timelines, and costs Counseling clients about ongoing compliance reporting   Speaker: Michael Lehmann is a partner in the New York office of Dechert, LLP, where he specializes in tax issues related to non-profits and in the tax treatment of cross-border transactions.  He advises hospitals and other health care providers, research organizations, low-income housing developers, trade associations, private foundations and arts organizations.He advises clients on obtaining and maintaining tax-exempt status, executive compensation, reorganizations and joint ventures, acquisitions, and unrelated business income planning.Mr. Lehmann received his A.B., magna cum laude, from Brown University, his J.D. from Columbia Law School, and his LL.M. from New York University School of Law.     Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 8/30/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Clarence Darrow: Crimes, Causes, and the Courtroom

$169.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Graham Thatcher, Anna Marie Thatcher, Brian Guthrie, Charles Abourezk, Alicia Garcia, John Stuart, Barry Vickrey

Clarence Darrow: Crimes, Causes, and the Courtroom A master of the courtroom stage, who possessed an uncanny understanding of human character, Clarence Darrow was arguably the greatest trial lawyer of the twentieth century. He was an adamant opponent of capital punishment and a passionate proponent of civil and human rights. Often called the "Attorney for the Damned," he fought for the underdog and took on criminal cases thought to be hopeless. Yet, while commanding respect as a trial lawyer, Darrow was often embroiled in bitter controversy for his unpopular stands on many issues and criticized for his purported unethical professional behavior. This spellbinding and realistic character portrait of Darrow portrays his deeply held beliefs and hard-fought courtroom battles. Replete with humor, humanity and intense courtroom drama, the movie engages attendees in four of the great defense lawyer' s most famous cases between 1910 and 1928: Loeb and Leopold, Henry Sweet, the McNamara Brothers bombing of the LA Times Building and the Scopes "Monkey Trial." Using Darrow's own thoughts and courtroom summations, the movie explores timeless social, legal and ethical issues and provides a fresh and engaging tool to facilitate discussion of ethical behavior in and out of the courtroom. CLE TIME: The webinar features the movie and a filmed panel discussion and runs 3 hours and 15 minutes (including a ten minute and a five minute break). The filmed panel discussion is moderated by Attorney Brian T. Guthrie. During this simu-live replay, attendees can also ask questions in a chat forum also moderated by Guthrie. Throughout the webinar, this presentation deals with issues relating to the ABA Model Rules of Professional Conduct, including:         Preamble: A Lawyer's Responsibilities         Rule 1.2:     Scope of Representation and Allocation of Authority Between Lawyer and Client         Rule 1.6:     Confidentiality         Rule 1.7:     Conflict of Interest:  General Rule         Rule 1.13:   Organizational Clients         Rule 2.1:     Advisor         Rule 3.5:     Impartiality and Decorum of the Tribunal         Rule 5.1:     Responsibilities of a Partner, Managing Lawyer or Supervisory Lawyer         Rule 5.2:     Responsibilities of a Subordinate Lawyer                          Rule 5.3:     Responsibilities Regarding Nonlawyer Assistants         Rule 8.3:     Reporting Professional Misconduct       Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • Webcast
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 5/8/24
    Presented
  • DETAILS
Course1

Closely Held Company Merger & Acquisitions, Part 1

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Daniel G. Straga, Molly Merritts

Mergers and buyouts of closely held companies are complex, multifaceted processes.  Agreeing on a valuation can be very difficult because there is no regular market of buyers and sellers and information on comparable sales is scarce. Closely held companies are typically structured to benefit a few shareholders, often members of a family, and require their financial statements to be normalized. There can also be substantial issues of liability, including successor liability in asset deals, requiring carefully crafted reps and warranties. Confidentiality is often essential in these transactions as sellers try not to unsettle existing commercial relationships and employees. This program will provide you with a practical guide to major planning and drafting considerations in the mergers and buyouts of closely held companies.   Day 1: Confidentiality considerations in the sale and negotiation process Due diligence – financial, operational and workforce red flags Stock v. asset transactions and forms of consideration – cash v. equity Valuation of closely held companies in an illiquid market Use or of “earnouts” to bridge the gap in valuation   Day 2:  Reps, warranties, indemnity and basket issues common to closely held companies Successor liability concerns where assets are transferred Asset transfer issues – intangible assets, including intellectual property Transition issues – management, employees, business relationship, contract issues Escrow and post-closing issues   Speaker: Daniel G. Straga is a partner in the Washington, D.C. office of Venable, LLP, where he counsels companies on a wide variety of corporate and business matters across a range of industries. He advises clients on mergers and acquisitions, capital raising, venture capital, and governance matters.  He also have extensive experience in private equity and cross-border transactions.  Mr. Straga earned his and his B.A. from the University of Delaware and his J.D. from the George Washington University Law School. Molly Merritts is an attorney in the Washington, D.C. office of Venable, LLP, where she focuses her practice on a wide range of corporate law matters, including mergers and acquisitions, debt and equity financing, and real estate investment trusts. She also advises clients on corporate governance matters, transactional and commercial contract negotiations, and corporate reorganizations.  Ms. Merritt earned her B.S. from the University of Maryland, and her J.D. from the University of Virginia School of Law.   Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 5/10/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Closely Held Company Merger & Acquisitions, Part 2

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Daniel G. Straga, Molly Merritts

Mergers and buyouts of closely held companies are complex, multifaceted processes.  Agreeing on a valuation can be very difficult because there is no regular market of buyers and sellers and information on comparable sales is scarce. Closely held companies are typically structured to benefit a few shareholders, often members of a family, and require their financial statements to be normalized. There can also be substantial issues of liability, including successor liability in asset deals, requiring carefully crafted reps and warranties. Confidentiality is often essential in these transactions as sellers try not to unsettle existing commercial relationships and employees. This program will provide you with a practical guide to major planning and drafting considerations in the mergers and buyouts of closely held companies. Day 1: Confidentiality considerations in the sale and negotiation process Due diligence – financial, operational and workforce red flags Stock v. asset transactions and forms of consideration – cash v. equity Valuation of closely held companies in an illiquid market Use or of “earnouts” to bridge the gap in valuation Day 2:  Reps, warranties, indemnity and basket issues common to closely held companies Successor liability concerns where assets are transferred Asset transfer issues – intangible assets, including intellectual property Transition issues – management, employees, business relationship, contract issues Escrow and post-closing issues   Speaker: Daniel G. Straga is a partner in the Washington, D.C. office of Venable, LLP, where he counsels companies on a wide variety of corporate and business matters across a range of industries. He advises clients on mergers and acquisitions, capital raising, venture capital, and governance matters.  He also have extensive experience in private equity and cross-border transactions.  Mr. Straga earned his and his B.A. from the University of Delaware and his J.D. from the George Washington University Law School. Molly Merritts is an attorney in the Washington, D.C. office of Venable, LLP, where she focuses her practice on a wide range of corporate law matters, including mergers and acquisitions, debt and equity financing, and real estate investment trusts. She also advises clients on corporate governance matters, transactional and commercial contract negotiations, and corporate reorganizations.  Ms. Merritt earned her B.S. from the University of Maryland, and her J.D. from the University of Virginia School of Law.   Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 5/11/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Closely Held Stock Options, Restricted Stock, Etc.

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  C. Ben Huber

Equity-based compensation is often essential to recruiting and retaining key employees in closely held companies.  Whether through the use of stock options, restricted stock, appreciation rights or other instruments and techniques, incentive compensation aligns the financial interests of key employees with the entity. Incentive compensation also often has the benefit of not requiring the immediately outlay of cash. Depending on the instruments used, equity-based compensation may also help defer tax recognition.  Compensation in LLCs takes on different forms but functions similarly. This program will provide you with a practical guide to equity-based incentive compensation in closely held companies.   C and S Corp incentive compensation v. pass-through entity incentive compensation Eligibility for tax-favored Incentive Stock Options v. non-qualified stock options Use of restricted stock – valuation, vesting, and treatment Appreciation rights in corporate and pass-through entities Common structuring and drafting traps Tax treatment, advantages and disadvantages of incentive compensation   Speaker: C. Ben Huber is a partner in the Denver office of Greenburg Traurig, LLP, where he has a broad transactional practice encompassing mergers and acquisitions, restructurings and reorganizations, corporate finance, capital markets, venture funds, commercial transactions and general corporate law.  He also has substantial experience as counsel to high tech, biotech and software companies in the development, protection and licensing of intellectual property.  His clients include start-up companies, family- and other closely-held businesses, middle market business, Fortune 500 companies, venture funds and institutional investors.  Mr. Huber earned his B.A. from the University of Colorado and his J.D. at the University of Colorado Law School.

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 8/9/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Commanding Data: Using A.I. to Review Documents at Warp Speed

$50.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Sean Carter

Commanding Data: Using A.I. to Review Documents at Warp Speed Artificial intelligence can help lawyers navigate with precision and speed the vast expanse of legal documents entailed in conducting discovery and due diligence. Join us as we explore practical applications, ethical considerations, and the latest advancements in AI that will allow lawyers to boldly take their practices to where they've never been before. Through live demonstrations, you will see for yourself the capabilities of artificial intelligence with regards to analyzing, synthesizing and summarizing large amounts of data. Specifically, you will learn how to harness the power of AI to: Review legal documents Summarize large text transcripts Hone in on specific information Find discrepancies Report findings And more       Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • Webcast
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 4/30/24
    Presented
  • DETAILS
Course1

Common Area Maintenance, Insurance, and & Taxes Provisions in Commercial Leases

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Anthony Licata

Common area expenses (CAM) are part of virtually every office and retail lease. These expenses cover everything from parking lots and reception areas to common meeting spaces and restrooms.  In triple net leases, landlords seek to recover these expenses from tenants.  This can be a significant component of a tenant’s lease expense.The scope of CAM, caps or other limitations, and audit rights are highly negotiated. Landlords and lenders are often reluctant to give any concessions. This program will provide you with a practical guide to negotiating and drafting CAM provisions in commercial leases.   Scope of common area maintenance (CAM) expenses Relationship to minimum maintenance standards Treatment of taxes and insurance Differentiating operating v. capital expenses in CAM recovery Caps on CAM, fixed CAM, gross-up considerations Audit and information rights for CAM Understanding landlord, lender, and tenant motivations and concerns   Speaker: Anthony Licata is a partner in the Chicago office of Taft Stettinius & Hollister LLP, where he formerly chaired the firm’s real estate practice.  He has an extensive practice focusing on major commercial real estate transactions, including finance, development, leasing, and land use.  He formerly served as an adjunct professor at the Kellogg Graduate School of Management at Northwestern University and at the Illinois Institute of Technology.  Mr. Licata received his B.S., summa cum laude, from MacMurray College and his J.D., cum laude, from Harvard Law School.     Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 11/10/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Community Grief: Working with Clients Experiencing Grief

$125.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Calm Waters

Community Grief: Working with Clients Experiencing Grief As legal professionals, we are often called upon to support our clients through difficult times. It can be challenging to know the best way to interact with someone who is experiencing such deep emotions and it's essential to respond with sensitivity and compassion. This course is designed to provide you with the language, techniques, and best practices needed to interact with clients who have experienced various types of grief, including death, divorce, incarceration, deportation, deployment, and foster/adoptive care. During the class, you will learn about the most supportive and sensitive response for all types of grief. The training will also provide information about Calm Waters services and other resources available in the community.   Presenters’ Bios Heather Gaglio received her Master's degree at Oklahoma State University in Human Development and Family Science with an option in Marriage and Family Therapy in 2012. She is a Licensed Marital and Family Therapist (LMFT) and an Approved Supervisor through the American Association for Marriage and Family Therapy (AAMFT). Heather has over 10 years of clinical experience and has worked in non-profit and private practice settings. Heather has been involved in supporting research in the field of Healthy Marriage and Responsible Fatherhood programs as well. As the current Clinical Director at Calm Waters in Oklahoma City, Oklahoma, Heather oversees a team of therapists and clinical interns who provide over 250 hours of grief counseling to nearly 150 clients each month. She is passionate about increasing access of grief support and educating the community about healthy and helpful ways to support children and families through grief and loss so that no one has to grieve alone. Hannah Showalter received her Master’s Degree at the University of South Carolina in Social Work with a focus on Health and Mental Health. She has practiced as a Licensed Master Level Social Worker since 2017, with experience in the nonprofit field, child abuse investigations, trauma therapy, and grief. As the Program Director at Calm Waters, a grief center in OKC, she oversees all community and center-based support group programs, a team of program interns, and incarcerated Oklahoman’s jail-based support groups. Her goal in programming is to create spaces where those experiencing grief can share without feeling like a problem to be solved, where our loss is validated, accepted, and remembered.    Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 154
    Min.
  • 7/14/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Core Concepts of Nonprofit Law - 2023 OBA Annual Meeting

$49.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Jeri D. Holmes

Presented at the 2023 Oklahoma Bar Association Annual Meeting.                   Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 50
    Min.
  • 1/22/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Cyber Age Ethics for Transactional Lawyers

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Lenné Espenschied

Cyber Age Ethics for Transactional Lawyers   Got ethics?  This program will explore ethical issues in the Cyber Age from a transactional lawyer's perspective.  Using the ABA's Model Rules of Professional Conduct and recent legal ethics opinions as guides, we'll consider sticky situations that often arise in the course of negotiating and drafting contracts, like these:   •what is required for "competent" representation? •what are “reasonable efforts” to protect client data in an era where hacking is considered a “when” and not an “if”?   •what is “Cloud Computing,” and is it ethical? •is a service like Amazon Web Service immune from hacking? •is a lawyer required to notify clients when a hack occurs? •what is a lawyer’s responsibility for client property when a natural disaster occurs? The following ABA Model Rules of Professional Conduct are discussed:  1.1; 1.4; 1.6; 1.15; 1.16; 5.1; and 5.3.    Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 62
    Min.
  • 12/31/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Data Privacy: What Is It and Why Should You Care?

$50.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Collin R. Walke, Hall Estill, Special Counsel

  Data Privacy: What Is It and Why Should You Care? OBA/CLE Lunch and Learn   This CLE will apprise practitioners on what data privacy is and how it applies to their practice.  From protecting sensitive client data to applying for malpractice insurance, understanding data privacy is critical for both legal and ethical compliance.      SPEAKER: Collin R. Walke, J.D., CIPP/US, CIPM Hall Estill, Special Counsel   Collin Walke leads Hall Estill's Cybersecurity and Data Privacy Practice. Collin is CIPP-US and CIPM certified, and is also a certified AI Systems auditor under the GDPR. Collin received his B.A. in Philosophy from Oklahoma State University, his J.D., magna cum laude, from Oklahoma City University School of Law, and is also a graduate of Harvard's Business Analytics Program.     Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 50
    Min.
  • 12/31/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Defending Against IRS Audits of Closely Held Companies, Part 1

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Stephen J. Turanchik, Lydia Turanchik

This program will provide you with a practical guide to defending closely held businesses and owners against IRS audits and collection activity. The program will discuss counseling clients about what to expect in the process and preparing their documentation for review.  It will also cover assessing their potential liability and preparing strategies accordingly.  The differences between income and employment tax issues will also be covered. This program will provide you with real world guide to defending against IRS audit and collection activity of closely held companies.  Day 1: Ascertaining the IRS’s goals and determining a reasonable range of settlements Types of settlements and IRS settlement standards Appeals process and rates of success at each level Negotiating an audit settlement in anticipation of collections Collections process, defenses, and forms of penalty Day 2: Counseling clients about the scope and nature of IRS collection activity IRS use of asset freezes – cash and liquid assets Liens and levies – and how to obtain releases Obtaining injunctive relief from collection activity Interrelationship of bankruptcy law and collection activity   Speakers: Stephen J. Turanchik is an attorney in the Los Angeles office of Paul Hastings, LLP, where his practice focuses on tax litigation at the state and federal levels as well as tax controversy work at the administrative levels. Before entering private practice, he is previously litigated for six years for the U.S. Department of Justice, Tax Division, where he litigated over 300 tax cases in federal, bankruptcy, state and probate court. He has also lectured at Loyola Law School and California State University, Fullerton on topics relating to tax litigation and is chair-elect of the executive committee of the Los Angeles Bar Association’s Tax Section. Mr. Turanchik received his B.A. from the College of the Holy Cross, his J.D. from Fordham University School of Law, and his LL.M. in Taxation from New York University School of Law. Lydia Turanchik is a partner in the Los Angeles office of Nardiello Turanchik, LLP, where her practice focuses on tax litigation and controversy matters against the United States Department of Justice, the Internal Revenue Service, and state tax agencies.  She has handled tax disputes at all levels, including audit, appeal, settlement, litigation and collection.  Before entering private practice, she was a trial attorney with the U.S. Department of Justice’s Tax Division in Washington, D.C.  Ms. Turanchik earned her B.A. from Tufts University, J.D. from Vermont Law School, and her LL.M. from Boston University.     Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 9/20/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Defending Against IRS Audits of Closely Held Companies, Part 2

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Stephen J. Turanchik, Lydia Turanchik

This program will provide you with a practical guide to defending closely held businesses and owners against IRS audits and collection activity. The program will discuss counseling clients about what to expect in the process and preparing their documentation for review.  It will also cover assessing their potential liability and preparing strategies accordingly.  The differences between income and employment tax issues will also be covered. This program will provide you with real world guide to defending against IRS audit and collection activity of closely held companies.  Day 1: Ascertaining the IRS’s goals and determining a reasonable range of settlements Types of settlements and IRS settlement standards Appeals process and rates of success at each level Negotiating an audit settlement in anticipation of collections Collections process, defenses, and forms of penalty Day 2: Counseling clients about the scope and nature of IRS collection activity IRS use of asset freezes – cash and liquid assets Liens and levies – and how to obtain releases Obtaining injunctive relief from collection activity Interrelationship of bankruptcy law and collection activity   Speakers: Stephen J. Turanchik is an attorney in the Los Angeles office of Paul Hastings, LLP, where his practice focuses on tax litigation at the state and federal levels as well as tax controversy work at the administrative levels. Before entering private practice, he is previously litigated for six years for the U.S. Department of Justice, Tax Division, where he litigated over 300 tax cases in federal, bankruptcy, state and probate court. He has also lectured at Loyola Law School and California State University, Fullerton on topics relating to tax litigation and is chair-elect of the executive committee of the Los Angeles Bar Association’s Tax Section. Mr. Turanchik received his B.A. from the College of the Holy Cross, his J.D. from Fordham University School of Law, and his LL.M. in Taxation from New York University School of Law. Lydia Turanchik is a partner in the Los Angeles office of Nardiello Turanchik, LLP, where her practice focuses on tax litigation and controversy matters against the United States Department of Justice, the Internal Revenue Service, and state tax agencies.  She has handled tax disputes at all levels, including audit, appeal, settlement, litigation and collection.  Before entering private practice, she was a trial attorney with the U.S. Department of Justice’s Tax Division in Washington, D.C.  Ms. Turanchik earned her B.A. from Tufts University, J.D. from Vermont Law School, and her LL.M. from Boston University.     Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 9/21/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Defending Estate and Gift Tax Audits

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Brian R. Harris

Defending Estate and Gift Tax Audits The IRS reviews every estate and gift tax return and audits them at a far higher rates than income tax returns. When a client return is chosen for examination and audit, an estate is subject to a very time-consuming and costly process.  Understanding the steps in the process, the personnel involved, and the limits of what you can reasonably expect as part of a settlement are all essential to successfully concluding an audit. It’s also very important to understand how returns are selected for exam. This program will provide you with a practical guide preparing for and defending and audit and tips for reducing the risk of triggering an audit. Timeline, process, personnel and deadlines – understanding how an audit unfolds Common audit triggers and how returns are selected for examination Review of common issues on audit – FLP/FLLCs, defined value clauses, insurance policies and lifetime gifts Drafting responses and working with IRS personnel Determining the range of reasonable settlement proposals Important attorney-client privilege, statute of limitation, and evidentiary considerations   Speakers: Brian R. Harris is a partner in the Tampa, Florida office of Fogarty Mueller Harris, PLLC, where he represents clients in federal, state, and local tax controversy and litigation throughout the United States. He also represents clients before the IRS, state departments of revenue, and municipalities.  Earlier in his career, he was a trial attorney with the U.S. Department of Justice, Tax Division, and lead attorney for the United States and IRS in federal courts across the country. Mr. Harris received his B.S. and M.S. from the University of Florida and his J.D. from the University of Florida College of Law.       Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 5/5/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Digital Signatures

$51.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Jeffrey Schoenberger, Esq.

Digital Signatures Law and medicine were always the pair: well-respected professions, pathways to middle class (or better!) comfort, and laggards with technology. Whether you went to a doctor’s office or a lawyer’s office, paper ruled the day. But that’s changing. One of the last bastions of “paper is king” is the executed document – “wet” signatures serving as proof that a certain person signed a document. This is true…to a point. Depending on your state, some “wet” originals govern. But, for many transactions, digital signatures have the same full legal effect as “wet” signatures and they’re more secure to boot. A digital signature platform produces proof not only of who signed a document, but also when and where, as well as a “chain of custody” for the document. This seminar explores all things “digital signature” and starts you down the right path for a digital John Hancock.   Speaker: Jeffrey R. Schoenberger is an attorney and senior consultant for Affinity Consulting. Prior to joining Affinity, Jeffrey practiced law as an Equal Justice Works / AmeriCorps Legal Fellow for the Legal Aid Society of Southwest Ohio. His practice focused on representing homeowners in foreclosure cases, tenants in eviction actions, and individuals in divorce actions. While with Legal Aid, Jeffrey worked with over 130 distressed homeowners in their counseling and litigation activities and represented over 90 tenants in eviction and living conditions advocacy. Finally, he led seminars training non-profit housing counselors on the rapidly evolving government and private sector foreclosure prevention programs. Jeffrey received a B.A. in History from Yale University and J.D. from the University of Virginia. He became a member of the Ohio Bar in 2008. He is a member of the Ohio State Bar Association, Columbus Bar Association, and Cincinnati Bar Association.       Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • Webcast
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 5/23/24
    Presented
  • DETAILS
Course1

Director and Officer Liability

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Frank Ciatto

Statutory and common law impose certain fiduciary duties—care, diligence, good faith, and fair dealing—on directors and managers of corporate entities, managers of LLCs, and in certain instances members of LLCs. The corporate and organizational opportunity doctrines also operate to restrict the activity of closely held company stakeholders, preventing misappropriation of certain corporate or LLC opportunities. In certain instances, the owners of the entity may want to expand, limit, or even entirely eliminate these duties. Depending on the entity involved and the specific duty, the law may allow modification by agreement, but unintended consequences may be substantial. This program provides you with a practical guide to fiduciary duties in corporations and LLCs, how they may be modified, and the possible consequences.   • Fiduciary duties in closely held corporations and LLCs• Corporate fiduciary duties and standards of review—duty of loyalty and duty of care• Conflicts of interest and self-dealing issues in closely held corporations• Fiduciary duties in LLCs—standards set by contract and by law• Which duties may be modified or eliminated—and which may not• How the corporate and organizational opportunity doctrines work in closely held companies.   Speaker: Frank Ciatto is a partner in the Washington, DC, office of Venable LLP, where he advises clients on mergers and acquisitions, limited liability companies, tax and accounting issues, and corporate finance transactions. He is a leader of his firm’s private equity and hedge fund groups and a member of the ABA Business Law Section Mergers & Acquisitions Subcommittee. He is also a Certified Public Accountant. James DePaoli is an attorney in the Washington, DC, office of Venable LLP, where his practice focuses on corporate and commercial matters. He represents clients in the acquisition and disposition of assets and securities, mergers, and other business combinations and reorganizations.     Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 9/30/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Discipline or No Discipline: A CLE Game Show

$50.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Sean Carter

Discipline or No Discipline: A CLE Game In this interactive game modeled after the popular television game show, you will be presented with 30 briefcases. Each briefcase contains the details of an actual disciplinary case that was filed against a U.S. lawyer. When you select a case, you will hear the facts of the case and then, as counsel for the respondent, you will be offered a "deal" (e.g., a reprimand, 1-year suspension, etc.). You will then be asked to accept the proposed discipline or to reject it, in hopes that the actual sanction imposed was less severe than the proposed sanction. If you choose correctly (accepting a good deal or rejecting a bad deal), you will be awarded the points contained in that briefcase. In this interactive game modeled after the popular television game show, lawyers from across the country will compete by attempting to correctly advise real-life lawyers who have run afoul of the ethical canon as it relates to: Civility Client communication Competence Conflicts of interest Fees Legal marketing Trust accounting And much more       Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • Webcast
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 5/29/24
    Presented
  • DETAILS
Course1

Domestic Asset Protection Strategies for Trust and Estate Planners

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Jonathan E. Gopman

Domestic Asset Protection Strategies for Trust and Estate Planners Though asset protection planning often seems to be the province of off-shore trusts available to only a limited range of clients, in fact asset protection planning utilizes a wide range of domestic planning vehicles, tools, and techniques that are of great value to many clients.  Exemption planning allows clients to preserve real estate and other forms of property against claims of creditors and tort claimants. Retirement plans, annuity and insurance contracts, properly structured and held, also provide creative solutions to protect assets.Each of these vehicles and techniques comes with risks that must be carefully explored, explained and hedged.  This program will provide you with a practical guide to utilizing domestic asset protection techniques to achieve client goals in trust and estate planning.   ·         Asset protection with self-settled trusts, single member LLCs, and other entities ·         Use of retirement fund accounts and plans to shield assets ·         Strategies using annuity and insurance products to preserve assets ·         Planning to maximize “exempt” assets under federal & state bankruptcy and creditor laws ·         Risks and penalties if certain transfers are deemed fraudulent conveyances   Speaker:   Jonathan E. Gopman is the managing partner of the Naples, Florida office of Akerman. LLP, where his practice focuses on sophisticated wealth accumulation and preservation planning strategies for entrepreneurs.  He is co-author of the revised version of the BNA Tax Management Portfolio “Estate Tax Payments and Liabilities.”  He is also a commentator on asset protection planning matters for Leimberg Information Services, Inc., a member of the legal advisory board of Commonwealth Trust Company in Wilmington, Delaware, and a member of the Society of Trust and Estate Practitioners.    Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 64
    Min.
  • 7/11/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Domestic Self-Settled Trusts

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Jonathan E. Gopman

In recent years, many states have begun to allow self-settled spendthrift trusts. These new trusts allow the settlor to obtain the benefits of offshore asset protection trusts without the complexity, cost, and byzantine application of foreign law. A settlor can shield assets from his or her creditors or tort claimants, remove those assets from his or her gross estate, and obtain other tax and non-tax benefits.Though more accessible than offshore trusts, domestic asset protection trusts still come with risk. This program will provide you with a practical guide to using self-settled spendthrift trusts and drafting their instruments.     What are domestic asset protection trusts? When are they best used and what are the risks? What states allow these trusts and subject to what limits? How do domestic trusts and offshore trust compare? What are the tax benefits and risks of thee trusts?   Speakers: Jonathan E. Gopman is a partner with Akerman, LLP in Naples, Florida and chair of the firm’s trust and estate group. His practice focuses on sophisticated wealth accumulation and preservation planning strategies for entrepreneurs.  He is a Fellow of the American College of Tax Counsel and co-author of the revised version of the BNA Tax Management Portfolio “Estate Tax Payments and Liabilities.”  He is also a commentator on asset protection planning matters for Leimberg Information Services, Inc., a member of the legal advisory board of Commonwealth Trust Company in Wilmington, Delaware, and a member of the Society of Trust and Estate Practitioners. Mr. Gopman received his B.A. from the University of South Florida, his J.D. from Florida State University College of Law, and his LL.M. from the University of Miami.     Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 9/12/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Don't Be an Outlaw: The Ethical Imperative to Follow the Law

$50.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Sean Carter

Don't Be an Outlaw: The Ethical Imperative to Follow the Law  Lawyers must not only have a fundamental understanding of the law, but also, a fundamental commitment to abiding by it. And while the necessity to avoid committing major felonies is obvious to everyone, some lawyers forget about the necessity to follow the "little laws" as well. In this eye-opening webinar, legal humorist Sean Carter will recount the tales of past Ethy Award nominees (those who were recognized the best of the worst ethics violations). These lawyers learned, albeit too late, that if you do even a minor crime, you will do the disciplinary time. For an officer of the court and one who has sworn an oath of fidelity to the law, there is very little tolerance for any unlawful behavior, even that which would be considered minor or insignificant to most citizens. In this webinar, humorist Sean Carter will demonstrate how even the smallest legal infractions can carry large ethical sanctions. And he will provide tips to help lawyers from inadvertently crossing the legal trip wires as they pertain to: The unauthorized practice of law Moral character and fitness Low crimes and misdemeanors Criminal infractions Crimes of passion       Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • Webcast
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 5/29/24
    Presented
  • DETAILS
Course1

Drafting Arbitration Agreements in Business and Commercial Transactions

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Shannon M. Bell

Drafting Arbitration Agreements in Business and Commercial Transactions One of the biggest risks in most business, commercial, or real estate agreements is the risk of dispute and costly, protracted litigation. Arbitration agreements are one of the primary methods by which this substantial risk of loss is contained. Rather than the parties resorting to costly litigation, they are required to seek resolution of their dispute before a neutral arbiter, whose decision in the matter is final and cannot be litigated. Though these agreements are effective mechanisms for dispute resolution and cost containment, they are also highly controversial. This program will provide you with a practical guide the law governing arbitration agreements and drafting their major provisions.   ·         Framework of law governing arbitration agreements ·         Practical uses in business, commercial, and real estate transactions ·         Circumstances where arbitration is effective v. ineffective ·         Counseling clients about the benefits, risks, and tradeoffs of arbitration agreements ·         Scope of arbitration, mandatory nature, and rules used ·         Defining applicable law, arbiter selection, and method of arbitration ·         Judgment on award, review by courts (if any), interim relief   Speaker: Shannon M. Bell is a member with Kelly & Walker, LLC, where she litigates a wide variety of complex business disputes, construction disputes, fiduciary claims, employment issues, and landlord/tenant issues.  Her construction experience extends from contract negotiations to defense of construction claims of owners, HOAs, contractors and tradesmen.  She also represents clients in claims of shareholder and officer liability, piercing the corporate veil, and derivative actions.  She writes and speaks on commercial litigation, employment, discovery and bankruptcy topics.       Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 61
    Min.
  • 10/13/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Drafting Business Service Agreements

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Joel R. Buckberg

Drafting Business Service Agreements Companies are increasingly focused on their “core competencies,” outsourcing all other functions – sales, bookkeeping, IT, customer and product support, warranty work – to third party professionals and their companies.  Drafting agreements to capture this work is unlike drafting a conventional employment agreement.  It requires a sophisticated understanding of the service, benchmarks for performance and reporting, and the protection of confidential business information. The underlying agreement must comprehend how all of these elements operate together.  This program will provide you with a practical guide to drafting services agreements in business.  Drafting services agreements for “hard” and “soft” services Scope of services provided, modification of services, and relationship to fees Performance standards and timeliness of delivery of services Types of fee structures and common traps Ensuring ownership of key files, records, “know how,” customer lists, and trade secrets Issues related to sub-contracting, designation of agents, and assignment of the contract Conflicts of interest, limitation of liability, and indemnification  Speaker:   Joel R. Buckberg is a partner in the Nashville office of Baker Donelson, LLP.  He more than 40 years’ experience in corporate and business transactions.  His practice focuses on corporate and asset transactions and operations, particularly in hospitality, franchising and distribution.  He also counsels clients on strategic planning, financing, mergers and acquisitions, system policy and practice development, regulatory compliance and contract system drafting. Prior to joining Baker Donelson, he was executive vice president and deputy general counsel of Cendant Corporation.  Mr. Buckberg received his B.S. form Union College, his M.B.A. from Vanderbilt University, and his J.D. from Vanderbilt University School of Law.       Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 5/26/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Drafting Buy/Sell Agreements for Closely Held Companies, Part 1

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Daniel G. Straga

Drafting Buy/Sell Agreements for Closely Held Companies, Part 1 There is rarely a liquid market for the sale or exchange of ownership interests in closely-held companies.  Buy/sell agreements fix that problem by creating a market among the owners of a company, providing a mechanism for owners to liquidate their interests in a reliable manner. The owners may agree to buy and sell interests among themselves on the occurrence of certain events and using certain valuation metrics, or they may agree that the company itself will redeem an owner’s interest. Without these agreements, there is often no alternative for an owner to cash out, short of liquidating the company. This program will provide you with a practical guide to the different types of buy/sell agreements, drafting the essential provisions of each, and common negotiating and drafting tips. Day 1: ·         Types of buy/sell agreements – cross-purchase among owners, entity redemption, and hybrid approaches ·         Most highly negotiated provisions of buy/sell agreements ·         Triggering events – voluntary sale, retirement, death, bankruptcy of shareholder or member ·         Valuation of interests – appraisals, formula clauses,comps, and dispute resolution ·         Rights of first offer v. rights of first refusal, and sales to third parties Day 2: ·         Funding buy/sell arrangements  – payouts/earnouts over time, commercial borrowing, key-man insurance, other funding sources ·         Special issues involving S Corps and unincorporated entities ·         Drag-along and tag-along rights in buy/sell agreements ·         Major tax issues in buy/sell agreements for buyer, seller and the entity   Speaker: Daniel G. Straga is counsel in the Washington, D.C. office of Venable, LLP, where he counsels companies on a wide variety of corporate and business matters across a range of industries. He advises clients on mergers and acquisitions, capital raising, venture capital, and governance matters.  He also have extensive experience in private equity and cross-border transactions.   Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 6/21/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Drafting Buy/Sell Agreements for Closely Held Companies, Part 2

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Daniel G. Straga

Drafting Buy/Sell Agreements for Closely Held Companies, Part 2 There is rarely a liquid market for the sale or exchange of ownership interests in closely-held companies.  Buy/sell agreements fix that problem by creating a market among the owners of a company, providing a mechanism for owners to liquidate their interests in a reliable manner. The owners may agree to buy and sell interests among themselves on the occurrence of certain events and using certain valuation metrics, or they may agree that the company itself will redeem an owner’s interest. Without these agreements, there is often no alternative for an owner to cash out, short of liquidating the company. This program will provide you with a practical guide to the different types of buy/sell agreements, drafting the essential provisions of each, and common negotiating and drafting tips. Day 1: ·         Types of buy/sell agreements – cross-purchase among owners, entity redemption, and hybrid approaches ·         Most highly negotiated provisions of buy/sell agreements ·         Triggering events – voluntary sale, retirement, death, bankruptcy of shareholder or member ·         Valuation of interests – appraisals, formula clauses,comps, and dispute resolution ·         Rights of first offer v. rights of first refusal, and sales to third parties Day 2: ·         Funding buy/sell arrangements  – payouts/earnouts over time, commercial borrowing, key-man insurance, other funding sources ·         Special issues involving S Corps and unincorporated entities ·         Drag-along and tag-along rights in buy/sell agreements ·         Major tax issues in buy/sell agreements for buyer, seller and the entity   Speaker: Daniel G. Straga is counsel in the Washington, D.C. office of Venable, LLP, where he counsels companies on a wide variety of corporate and business matters across a range of industries. He advises clients on mergers and acquisitions, capital raising, venture capital, and governance matters.  He also have extensive experience in private equity and cross-border transactions.   Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 6/22/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Drafting Client Engagement Letters in Trust and Estate Planning

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Daniel L. Daniels

Client engagement letters are the foundation of a successful representation in trust and estate planning, administration or fiduciary litigation.  It’s where expectations are set – about fees, timelines, and who you are representing. Difficult issues involving conflicts of interests and decision-making can also be framed and addressed. These letters clarify goals and substantially reduce the risk of later dispute.  This program will provide you a practical guide to using client engagement letters to provide the foundation of a successful relationship in trust and estate planning, administration and litigation.   Most important elements of successful client engagement letter Spousal representations – joint representation or separate, and practical difficulties of each Representing multiple generations of a family – who is in charge?   Lawyer as fiduciary – what must you do if you’re the trustee How to handle extant or developing client incapacity Ongoing communication and billing issues Providing for withdrawal from an engagement – when and how   Speaker: Daniel L. Daniels is a partner in the Greenwich, Connecticut office of Wiggin and Dana, LLP, where his practice focuses on representing business owners, corporate executives and other wealthy individuals and their families.  A Fellow of the American College of Trust and Estate Counsel, he is listed in “The Best Lawyers in America,” and has been named by “Worth” magazine as one of the Top 100 Lawyers in the United States representing affluent individuals. Mr. Daniels is co-author of a monthly column in “Trusts and Estates” magazine.  Mr. Daniels received his A.B., summa cum laude, from Dartmouth College and received his J.D., with honors, from Harvard Law School.   Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 12/31/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Drafting Demand Letters

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Shannon M. Bell

Drafting Demand Letters Demand letters may seem like they’re merely hammer-strokes, the first blow of litigation.  But the most effective demand letters are more subtly crafted.  Tone is important.  Vitriolic letters – letters that do not keep a client’s goals in mind and misjudge the reader’s range of likely reactions – may be counterproductive.  Rather than moving the process toward a good outcome, the letter may actually result in setbacks and greater costs.  There’s a subtle balance between precision and vagueness, stimulating favorable response by being sufficiently vague so that the reader speculates about adverse consequences. There’s also the issue of how much of your case – favorable facts and persuasive law – to include in the letter. This program will provide you with a real-world guide to setting goals and carefully crafted demand letters to advance client goals.          Setting goals and realistic expectations          Striking the right tone – how aggressive is too aggressive?          Precision v. vagueness - leaving room for speculation and negotiation.          How much of your case – the facts and the law – to include in the letter?          Common traps and mistakes in demand letters   Speaker: Shannon M. Bell is a member with Kelly Law Partners, LLC, where she litigates a wide variety of complex business disputes, construction disputes, fiduciary claims, employment issues, and landlord/tenant issues.  Her construction experience extends from contract negotiations to defense of construction claims of owners, HOAs, contractors and tradesmen.  She also represents clients in claims of shareholder and officer liability, piercing the corporate veil, and derivative actions.  She writes and speaks on commercial litigation, employment, discovery and bankruptcy topics.  Ms. Bell earned her B.S. from the University of Iowa and her J.D. from the University of Denver.       Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 5/12/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Drafting Distribution Provisions in Trusts

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Daniel L. Daniels

Drafting Distribution Provisions in Trusts Distribution provisions are the most essential provisions of trust instruments – and risk lurks everywhere.  If a trustee has unbounded discretion, he or she risks a “general power of appointment,” which would cause the trust’s assets to be taxable to the holder of the power of appointment.  But distribution standards – especially for “standard of living” or “emergencies” – are inherently susceptible to multiple interpretations and dispute, and potentially to litigation.  Ultimately, planning and drafting these provisions is an exercise in risk management and tradeoffs.  This program will provide you with a real world guide to planning and drafting distribution provisions in trust instruments, including the tradeoffs and risks.   Risks of discretionary distributions – power of appointment, taxable inclusion, litigation Cost/benefit of heavily detailed v. general distribution provisions Ascertainable standards – health, education, maintenance, and support (HEMs) Drafting sole and absolute discretion, emergencies, best interests, and standard of living Role of fiduciary duties in making distribution decisions Tax considerations when making distributions   Speaker: Daniel L. Daniels is a partner in the Greenwich, Connecticut office of Wiggin and Dana, LLP, where his practice focuses on representing business owners, corporate executives and other wealthy individuals and their families.  A Fellow of the American College of Trust and Estate Counsel, he is listed in “The Best Lawyers in America,” and has been named by “Worth” magazine as one of the Top 100 Lawyers in the United States representing affluent individuals. Mr. Daniels is co-author of a monthly column in “Trusts and Estates” magazine.  Mr. Daniels received his A.B., summa cum laude, from Dartmouth College and received his J.D., with honors, from Harvard Law School.       Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 1/17/26
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Drafting Employee Handbooks

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Stefanee Handon

Employee handbooks define the relationship of employer and employee for most employees.  These handbooks establish leave policies, polices for working from home, sick leave, and grounds for dismissal. They also help ensure the protection of employer trade secrets.  In a highly interconnected age, they establish policies for the use of smartphones, tablets, and other devices on and for the job. If a handbook is carefully planned and drafted, it provides for a stable workplace, reducing the risk of employer liability. The absence of a handbook can lead to just the opposite – a workplace with ad hoc policies and abounding risk.  This program will provide you with a practical guide to drafting employee handbooks.   ·         Essential elements of employee handbooks ·         Work from home policies and protections ·         Ensuring handbooks are not enforceable contracts and are subject to change by employers. ·         Compliance with EEO laws, including the ADA, FMLA and others. ·         Prohibition of discrimination, harassment, and other unlawful conduct ·         Defining workplace policies for personal smartphones, tablets, and other devices ·         Time off, leave of absence, and discipline and dismissal procedures.   Speaker:   Stefanee Handon is an attorney in the Washington, D.C. office of Paul Hastings, LLP, where she represents employers in all aspects of employment law, including wage and hour compliance, fair employment practices, and individual employment rights.  She also counsel’s employers on all aspects of the employer-employee relationship, including hiring, pay, promotion, and termination.     Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 6/2/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Drafting Employment Agreements for Commission-based Employees

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Jennifer S. Baldocchi

Every organization depends on generating sales, often sales made by sales agents.  Drafting agreements for sales people is complex and unlike other employment agreements. The primary task is defining a workable sales commission and incentive structure that is durable while the sales agent works for your client and that limits legal liability and practical damage after the sales agent separates from employment.  There are also complex issues of post-employment payments, internal reporting and support, and preserving the confidentiality of proprietary employer information such as client/customer lists, pricing schedules, vendor information and more after the sales agent has departed – perhaps to a competitor. This program will provide you with a practical guide to drafting sales agents’ agreements for business clients.   Commission and incentive structures – and common traps after an agent departs Differences between employee v. independent contractor sales staff Common traps employers make in including unlawful terms Wage and hour issues in commission and incentive compensation agreements Protecting client and price lists, vendor information & other sensitive information when a sales agent leaves Scope of protectable interests and practical steps required to enforce confidentiality   Speaker: Jennifer S. Baldocchi is a partner in the Los Angeles office of Paul Hastings, LLP, and co-chair of the firm’s employment department. She has a broad-based employment practice, with a focus on intellectual property, including employee mobility, trade secrets, covenants not to compete, unfair competition, and related business tort claims. Her practice also involves advising and defending employers in complex employment claims such as wrongful discharge, discrimination, retaliation, and harassment. She also counsels clients in wage and hour issues and investigations.  Ms. Baldocchi earned her B.A., with honors, from the University of California, Berkeley, and her J.D. from Loyola Law School.   Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 2/3/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Drafting Escrow Agreements in Business & Commercial Transactions

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Steven O. Weise

Drafting Escrow Agreements in Business & Commercial Transactions Every escrow agreement has a degree of intrinsic uncertainty.  Whether the agreement is for the release of money, property title, software code, or something else, the escrow agent must determine whether certain conditions have been met before releasing the property held in escrow.  That involves a degree of judgement, and like all judgments, subject to dispute.  In this sense, escrow agreements, which are intended to limit risk and enhance the certainty of a transaction, introduce another layer of risk. This puts a priority on carefully drafting the material details of the underlying transaction in as clear terms as possible.This program will provide you with a practical guide to drafting escrow agreements in transactions. ·         Defining conditions for release of property in basic, clear, explicit terms to reduce risk ·         Drafting release instructions to tightly synchronize with the underlying transaction ·         Inherent risks involved with escrow agent determinations ·         Co-mingled and held in trust funds v. segregated funds ·         Timing – how drafting too early might miss key terms in the underlying agreement ·         Choosing the right escrow agent depending on the nature of the transaction ·         Reducing escrow agent through E&O or other insurance   Speaker:   Steven O. Weise is a partner in the Los Angeles office Proskauer Rose, LLP, where his practice encompasses all areas of commercial law. He has extensive experience in financings, particularly those secured by personal property.  He also handles matters involving real property anti-deficiency laws, workouts, guarantees, sales of goods, letters of credit, commercial paper and checks, and investment securities.  Mr. Weise formerly served as chair of the ABA Business Law Section. He has also served as a member of the Permanent Editorial Board of the UCC and as an Advisor to the UCC Code Article 9 Drafting Committee.     Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 7/27/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Drafting Ground Leases, Part 1

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Anthony Licata, John S. Hollyfield

Ground leases are sophisticated contracts combining the elements of buy/sell agreements, commercial leases, and a sophisticated financing.  A landowner enters a long-term lease with a developer who constructs a building or other improvements on the land. The developer generally finances the building, occupying it or leasing it out to other tenants, paying the landowner rent on the underlying ground over a long period of time.  There are many benefits of ground leases for the landowner and the tenant. But they are very complex agreements involving sophisticated economic calculations and require very careful review. This program will provide you with a practical guide to how ground leases work, and negotiating and drafting them.   Day 1: Overview of important provisions of ground leases  Underlying economics of ground leases Permitted use and change of use Methodologies for setting and adjusting rent to reflect risk and value over time Day 2: Major financing issues, including subordination Construction and development issues  Special condemnation and casualty considerations   Speaker: Anthony Licata is a partner in the Chicago office of Taft Stettinius & Hollister LLP, where he formerly chaired the firm’s real estate practice.  He has an extensive practice focusing on major commercial real estate transactions, including finance, development, leasing, and land use.  He formerly served as an adjunct professor at the Kellogg Graduate School of Management at Northwestern University and at the Illinois Institute of Technology.  Mr. Licata received his B.S., summa cum laude, from MacMurray College and his J.D., cum laude, from Harvard Law School.   John S. Hollyfield is of counsel and a former partner in the Houston office Norton Rose Fulbright, LLP.  He has more than 40 years’ experience in real estate law practice.  He formerly served as chair of the ABA Real Property, Probate and Trust Law Section, president of the American College of Real Estate Lawyers, and chair of the Anglo-American Real Property Institute.  He has been named a "Texas Super Lawyer" in Real Estate Law by Texas Monthly magazine and is listed in Who’s Who in American Law.  He is co-editor of Modern Banking and Lending Forms (4th Edition), published by Warren, Gorham & Lamont.  He received his B.B.A. from the University of Texas and his LL.B. from the University of Texas School of Law.   Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 4/26/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Drafting Ground Leases, Part 2

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Anthony Licata, John S. Hollyfield

Ground leases are sophisticated contracts combining the elements of buy/sell agreements, commercial leases, and a sophisticated financing.  A landowner enters a long-term lease with a developer who constructs a building or other improvements on the land. The developer generally finances the building, occupying it or leasing it out to other tenants, paying the landowner rent on the underlying ground over a long period of time.  There are many benefits of ground leases for the landowner and the tenant. But they are very complex agreements involving sophisticated economic calculations and require very careful review. This program will provide you with a practical guide to how ground leases work, and negotiating and drafting them.   Day 1: Overview of important provisions of ground leases  Underlying economics of ground leases Permitted use and change of use Methodologies for setting and adjusting rent to reflect risk and value over time Day 2: Major financing issues, including subordination Construction and development issues  Special condemnation and casualty considerations   Speaker: Anthony Licata is a partner in the Chicago office of Taft Stettinius & Hollister LLP, where he formerly chaired the firm’s real estate practice.  He has an extensive practice focusing on major commercial real estate transactions, including finance, development, leasing, and land use.  He formerly served as an adjunct professor at the Kellogg Graduate School of Management at Northwestern University and at the Illinois Institute of Technology.  Mr. Licata received his B.S., summa cum laude, from MacMurray College and his J.D., cum laude, from Harvard Law School.   John S. Hollyfield is of counsel and a former partner in the Houston office Norton Rose Fulbright, LLP.  He has more than 40 years’ experience in real estate law practice.  He formerly served as chair of the ABA Real Property, Probate and Trust Law Section, president of the American College of Real Estate Lawyers, and chair of the Anglo-American Real Property Institute.  He has been named a "Texas Super Lawyer" in Real Estate Law by Texas Monthly magazine and is listed in Who’s Who in American Law.  He is co-editor of Modern Banking and Lending Forms (4th Edition), published by Warren, Gorham & Lamont.  He received his B.B.A. from the University of Texas and his LL.B. from the University of Texas School of Law.   Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 4/27/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Drafting Indemnity Agreements in Business and Commercial Transactions

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Joel R. Buckberg, William J. Kelly, III

Indemnity agreements are central to the risk allocation and limitation of liability system built into most transactionalarrangements. The indemnitor agrees to indemnify the indemnitee on the occurrence of certain events. The scope of liability in these agreements is very carefully defined, often including actual costs but excluding consequential damages or any damages arising from third-party claims. All of the pieces of the indemnity puzzle – scope, measure of damages, exclusions and procedures for cost recovery – must be very carefully considered, negotiated and drafted. This program will provide you with a practical guide to drafting key provisions of indemnity agreements in transactional agreements.    Scope of indemnity – indemnity v. hold harmless, damages v. liabilities, direct v. third-party claims Types of losses subject to indemnity – breaches of reps and warranties, covenants, losses, specific circumstances Determining recoverable damages and costs, including attorneys’ fees Implied or equitable indemnity – and use of disclaimers to limit liability Difference between the duty to defend v. indemnification  Procedure for claiming and obtaining indemnification reimbursements   Speakers: Joel R. Buckberg is a shareholder in the Nashville office of Baker, Donelson, Bearman, Caldwell & Berkowitz, P.C. and chair of the firm’s commercial transactions and business consulting group. He has more than 45 years’ experience structuring and drafting commercial, corporate and business transactions.  He also counsels clients on strategic planning, financing, mergers and acquisitions, system policy and practice development, regulatory compliance and contract system drafting. Prior to joining Baker Donelson, he was executive vice president and deputy general counsel of Cendant Corporation.  Mr. Buckberg received his B.S. form Union College, his M.B.A. from Vanderbilt University, and his J.D. from Vanderbilt University School of Law. William J. Kelly, III is a founding member of Kelly Law Partners, LLC, and has more than 30 years’ experience in the areas of employment and commercial litigation.  In the area of employment law, he litigates trade secret, non-compete, infringement and discrimination claims in federal and state courts nationwide and has advised Fortune 50 companies on workplace policies and practices.  In the area of commercial litigation, his experience includes class action litigation, breach of contract and indemnity, mass-claim complex insurance litigation, construction litigation and trade secrets.  Earlier in career, he founded 15 Minutes Music, an independent music production company.  Mr. Kelly earned his B.A. from Tulane University and his J.D. from St. Louis University School of Law.   Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 12/31/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Drafting Indemnity Agreements in Business and Commercial Transactions

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Joel R. Buckberg and William J. Kelly, III

Drafting Indemnity Agreements in Business and Commercial Transactions Indemnity agreements are central to the risk allocation and limitation of liability system built into most transactional arrangements. The indemnitor agrees to indemnify the indemnitee on the occurrence of certain events. The scope of liability in these agreements is very carefully defined, often including actual costs but excluding consequential damages or any damages arising from third-party claims. All of the pieces of the indemnity puzzle – scope, measure of damages, exclusions and procedures for cost recovery – must be very carefully considered, negotiated and drafted. This program will provide you with a practical guide to drafting key provisions of indemnity agreements in transactional agreements.   ·         Scope of indemnity – indemnity v. hold harmless, damages v. liabilities, direct v. third-party claims ·         Types of losses subject to indemnity – breaches of reps and warranties, covenants, losses, specific circumstances ·         Determining recoverable damages and costs, including attorneys’ fees ·         Implied or equitable indemnity – and use of disclaimers to limit liability ·         Difference between the duty to defend v. indemnification ·         Procedure for claiming and obtaining indemnification reimbursements   Speakers: Joel R. Buckberg is a shareholder in the Nashville office of Baker, Donelson, Bearman, Caldwell & Berkowitz, P.C. and chair of the firm’s commercial transactions and business consulting group. He has more than 45 years’ experience structuring and drafting commercial, corporate and business transactions.  He also counsels clients on strategic planning, financing, mergers and acquisitions, system policy and practice development, regulatory compliance and contract system drafting. Prior to joining Baker Donelson, he was executive vice president and deputy general counsel of Cendant Corporation.  Mr. Buckberg received his B.S. form Union College, his M.B.A. from Vanderbilt University, and his J.D. from Vanderbilt University School of Law.   William J. Kelly, III is a founding member of Kelly Law Partners, LLC, and has more than 30 years’ experience in the areas of employment and commercial litigation.  In the area of employment law, he litigates trade secret, non-compete, infringement and discrimination claims in federal and state courts nationwide and has advised Fortune 50 companies on workplace policies and practices.  In the area of commercial litigation, his experience includes class action litigation, breach of contract and indemnity, mass-claim complex insurance litigation, construction litigation and trade secrets.  Earlier in career, he founded 15 Minutes Music, an independent music production company.  Mr. Kelly earned his B.A. from Tulane University and his J.D. from St. Louis University School of Law.   Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 4/14/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Drafting Legal Holds in Civil Litigation

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Stanley E. Woodward Jr.

Legal holds are essential documents in civil litigation.  Presented by one party to the other, often by the plaintiff to the defendant in anticipation of filing a complaint, the hold demands the other party preserve specified evidence – documents or other items – which is essential underlying claiming.  But these no mere matter of issuing a form letter. Their scope and demands must be carefully tailored to the underlying claim. There are also issues of notice, who should receive the hold, remedies for breach, and potentially sanctions. This program will provide you with a practical guide to planning and drafting legal holds in civil litigation. ·         Giving notice of a litigation hold – and practical legal effect ·         Who should receive the hold? ·         Defining the scope of hold ·         Standards in federal and state courts ·         Electronically stored information – preservation v. pulling ·         Termination of litigation ·         Remedies for violation of hold – sanctions, adverse judgement Speaker: Stanley E. Woodward Jr. is partner with Brand | Woodward, where he has a broad civil litigation and white collar criminal defense practice.  He also conducts internal corporate investigations.  He serves as an adjunct professor of law at Catholic University of America Columbus School of Law, where he teaches pre-trial litigation and employment law. Before entering private practice, he served as a judicial clerk to Judge Vanessa Ruiz of the District of Columbia Court of Appeals, and Judges Joan Zeldon and Judge Rufus King III of the Superior Court of the District of Columbia.  Mr. Woodward earned his B.A., cum laude, and his M.S., magna cum laude, from American University, and his J.D., cum laude, from The Catholic University of America Columbus School of Law.   Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 5/31/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Drafting Liquidated Damages Clauses

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Shannon M. Bell

Liquidated damages clauses are a risk allocation tool used across business, commercial, real estate and sometimes employment agreements.  On the occurrence of certain carefully defined triggering events, the breaching party is liable for the liquidated damages amount.  Triggering events run the gamut from failure to deliver marketable products on a timely basis to early termination of an employment contract. Though these clauses are intended reduce the risk of post-closing litigation over damages, the scope of damages is not always knowable at closing and poorly drafted clauses may cause more litigation. This program will provide you a real world guide to the essential elements of enforceable liquidated damages clauses.   Law governing liquidated damages clauses Elements of clauses – damages difficult to quantify and liquidated amount reasonably related to actual damages Guidance on optionality, specificity, self-justification, and triggers Circumstances in which clauses are most effectively used – and those where they are ineffective Practical tips of enhancing enforceability and collecting damages   Speaker: Shannon M. Bell is a member with Kelly & Walker, LLC, where has litigates a wide variety of complex business disputes, construction disputes, fiduciary claims, employment issues, and landlord/tenant issues.  Her construction experience extends from contract negotiations to defense of construction claims of owners, HOAs, contractors and tradesmen.  She also represents clients in claims of shareholder and office liability, piercing the corporate veil, and derivate actions.  She writes and speaks on commercial litigation, employment, discovery and bankruptcy topics.  Ms. Bell earned her B.S. from the University of Iowa and her J.D. from the University of Denver.   Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 1/13/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Drafting Property Management Agreements

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  John S. Hollyfield

Drafting Property Management Agreements   Commercial real estate as a recurring source of income is only as good as it is managed.  Well managed properties not only provide stable income but also hold their underlying value.  Management of commercial real estate is mostly outsourced to third parties. Management agreements vary widely according to the type of property managed – official, retail, multi-family, etc.  This program will provide you with a practical guide to the types of property management agreements, varying fee arrangements, defining the scope of a manager’s duties, rent collection and operational controls, allocating risk and liability, and much more.         Property management agreements for office and multi-family properties        Defining scope of manager’s duties and responsibilities        Understanding management fee alternatives        Collection of rent and handling of funds        Insurance, liability and indemnity issues for manager and property owner        Operating decisions, controls, termination, and sale of property   Speaker: John S. Hollyfield is of counsel and a former partner in the Houston office Norton Rose Fulbright, LLP.  He has more than 40 years’ experience in real estate law practice.  He formerly served as chair of the ABA Real Property, Probate and Trust Law Section, president of the American College of Real Estate Lawyers, and chair of the Anglo-American Real Property Institute.  He has been named a "Texas Super Lawyer" in Real Estate Law by Texas Monthly magazine and is listed in Who’s Who in American Law.  He is co-editor of Modern Banking and Lending Forms (4th Edition), published by Warren, Gorham & Lamont.     Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 62
    Min.
  • 12/15/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Drafting Sales Agreements: UCC Issues and More

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Christopher Tompkins

The sale of goods is one of the most common forms of commercial transactions.  The sales contracts governing these transactions can be quite complex and they must all comply with the Uniform Commercial Code Article 2.  The UCC governs contract formation, express and implied warranties, and outlines forms of breach of contract and types of remedies.  Compliance with the code enhances enforceability of the contract and expedites remedies upon breach.  However, when its many requirements are overlooked, contracts for sale of goods may be invalid and the underlying transaction void. This program will provide you with a practical guide to drafting and reviewing contracts for the sale of goods under UCC Article 2. ·         “Battle of forms,” methods of acceptance or rejection, and electronic contracting ·         Delivery, acceptance or rejection of goods by buyer ·         Breaches for failure to deliver, non-conforming product, repudiation, failure to pay ·         Types and measure of damages for breach of contract by seller or buyer ·         Express and implied warranties – fitness for purpose, merchantability, title infringement ·         Disclaimer of warranties and other techniques to limit scope of liability Speaker:   Christopher Tompkins is a partner in the Chicago office of Jenner & Block, LLP, where he counsels clients in such areas as breach of contract, the Uniform Commercial Code, equipment leasing, business torts, and intellectual property.  He has handled all phases of litigation in state and federal court and before arbitration tribunals, including pre-litigation investigation, motion practice, discovery, working with expert witnesses, trial, and appeal. Previously, he served as a legislative intern for the National Council of Commissioners on Uniform State Laws where he worked on legislation related to commercial law.  Mr. Tompkins received his B.A., cum laude, from The Catholic University of America and his J.D., magna cum laude, from Loyola University Chicago School of Law.   Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 3/9/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Drafting Settlement Agreements in Civil Litigation

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Steven B. Malech

A settlement in litigation is only as good as the settlement agreement.  The case may have stopped short of trial or stopped in the middle of trial as the parties realized that settlement was the best course of action but preserving the informal agreement to settle places immense pressure on getting the underlying agreement right – not only settling the present dispute but preserving the settlement as things change over time. Understanding the law governing these agreements and carefully drafting their essential provisions – mutual releases, scope, financial terms, non-disclosure, non-disparagement– are essential to preserving the value of the settlement. This program will provide you with a practical guide to the essential provisions, traps and opportunities of litigation settlement agreements.   ·         Framework of law governing settlement agreements ·         Essential provisions of settlement agreements, including traps for the unwary ·         Defining scope of settlement and mutual releases – either to prevent resumption of litigation or leave related litigation untouched ·         Role of non-disclosure and non-disparagement provisions, violations, and remedies. ·         Enhancing the enforceability and decreasing the costs of settlement agreements   Speaker: Steven B. Malech is partner in the New York City office of Wiggin and Dana, LLP, where he is chair of the firm’s probate litigation practice group.  He represents beneficiaries, fiduciaries and creditors in disputes involving alleged violations of the Prudent Investor Act and its predecessors, alleged breaches of fiduciary duty, disputed accountings, and will contests. He represents clients in cutting-edge probate litigation matters involving trusts and estates with assets in the hundreds of millions of dollars. Mr. Malech received his B.A., with special honors, from the University of Texas and his J.D. from the Connecticut School of Law.       Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 2/21/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Drafting Small Commecial Real Estate Leases

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  David C. Camp

In small space leases, tenants are much more sensitive to the cost or reviewing and negotiating lengthy leases.  Also, use restrictions in lengthier leases can unduly restrict a tenant’s ability to use the space to operate their business.  Landlord rights and remedies in “short “form” leases tend to leave tenants with little flexibility and few remedies for landlord breaches.  At the same time, landlords fear the instability and costs associated with small tenants. This program will provide you a real-world guide to reviewing a small commercial lease, including economics, use restrictions, subleasing, and remedies. Red flags in “short form” leases for small tenants Ensuring “use” restrictions allow tenant to operate its business Common area maintenance, taxes, insurance, fees and penalties Scope of landlord services to tenant – and landlord remedies Exit issues – “go dark” provisions, subletting, tail liability Speaker: David C. Camp is a partner in the Denver office of Senn Visciano Canges, PC, where he represents clients in all aspects of real estate transactions.  He has extensive experience in leasing, development, construction, financing and ownership issues.  He also has substantial experience in commercial finance matters, most frequently corporate and real estate financing, including mezzanine loans, construction loans, and traditional loan matters.  Mr. Camp received his B.A. cum laude from Middlebury College and his J.D. from the University of Pennsylvania Law School.   Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 5/24/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Drafting Special Needs Trusts for Vulnerable Clients

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Martha C. Brown

Drafting Special Needs Trusts for Vulnerable Clients Special Needs Trusts are designed to provide for the long-care of individuals who have physical or intellectual impairments and are unable to provide for themselves, whatever their age.  SNTs are intended to preserve the beneficiary’s eligibility for public benefits – Social Security, Medicare, and Medicaid – while maximizing the private resources of the beneficiary’s family.  Drafting distribution clauses and selecting the right trustee to make financial and health-care related decisions for the beneficiary are the essential steps in the planning process. This program will provide you with a practical guide to the types of SNTs, the situations in which each is most appropriate, preserving public benefit eligibility, distribution provisions, and trustee selection.          Planning and drafting issues with Special Needs Trusts   Types of SNTs and eligibility standards   Relationship of SNTs to public benefits – Social Security, Medicare, Medicaid, SSI   Key considerations in drafting distribution clauses   Choosing individual and institutional trustees, and the use of “pooled trusts”   Administrative issues in SNTs   Speaker: Martha C. Brown is an attorney at the law firm of Martha C. Brown & Associates, LLC in St. Louis, Missouri, where she has more than 25 years’ experience in the fields of elder law and estate planning.  She has an extensive practice advising the elderly and their families on their trust and estate planning matters with an emphasis on Special Needs Trusts.  She is a Fellow of the American College of Trust and Estate Counsel, a former board member and Fellow of the National Academy of Elder Law Attorneys, and a board member of the Special Needs Alliance.       Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 9/13/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Drafting Stockholder Agreements, Part 1

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Frank Ciatto, Molly Merritts

Stockholders’ agreements can make or break a closely held company.  Voting control is allocated, distribution policies established, buy-sell mechanisms defined, and the relationship of the owners organized.  Most of the big decisions of a closely held company are made in the stockholders’ agreement. In the context of S Corporations, these agreements take on even more importance in the form of various restrictions to ensure the corporation does not lose its pass-through status for federal income tax purposes. This program will provide you with a guide to planning and drafting the most essential provisions of stockholders’ agreements for C and S corporations.  Day 1: Practical uses of stockholders’ agreements Management and voting rights – what events trigger a vote and by whom Economic rights – distributions, taxes, and liquidations Information rights – access to operational, financial and tax information Day 2: Restrictions on transferability and mechanisms to buy/sell restricted stock Valuation methodologies for stock that does not have a liquid market Protective provisions for S Corps – preventing transfers to ineligible holders Provisions for approving the termination an S Corp election Close corporations and the ability to govern the company without a board of directors   Speaker: Frank Ciatto is a partner in the Washington, D.C. office of Venable, LLP, where he has 20 years’ experience advising clients on mergers and acquisitions, limited liability companies, tax and accounting issues, and corporate finance transactions.  He is a leader of his firm’s private equity and hedge fund groups and a member of the Mergers & Acquisitions Subcommittee of the ABA Business Law Section.  He is a Certified Public Accountant and earlier in his career worked at what is now PricewaterhouseCoopers in New York.  Mr. Ciatto earned his B.A., cum laude, at Georgetown University and his J.D. from Georgetown University Law Center. Molly Merritts is an attorney in the Washington, D.C. office of Venable, LLP, where she focuses her practice on a wide range of corporate law matters, including mergers and acquisitions, debt and equity financing, and real estate investment trusts. She also advises clients on corporate governance matters, transactional and commercial contract negotiations, and corporate reorganizations.  Ms. Merritt earned her B.S. from the University of Maryland, and her J.D. from the University of Virginia School of Law.   Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 6/14/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Drafting Stockholder Agreements, Part 2

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Frank Ciatto, Molly Merritts

Stockholders’ agreements can make or break a closely held company.  Voting control is allocated, distribution policies established, buy-sell mechanisms defined, and the relationship of the owners organized.  Most of the big decisions of a closely held company are made in the stockholders’ agreement. In the context of S Corporations, these agreements take on even more importance in the form of various restrictions to ensure the corporation does not lose its pass-through status for federal income tax purposes. This program will provide you with a guide to planning and drafting the most essential provisions of stockholders’ agreements for C and S corporations.  Day 1: Practical uses of stockholders’ agreements Management and voting rights – what events trigger a vote and by whom Economic rights – distributions, taxes, and liquidations Information rights – access to operational, financial and tax information Day 2: Restrictions on transferability and mechanisms to buy/sell restricted stock Valuation methodologies for stock that does not have a liquid market Protective provisions for S Corps – preventing transfers to ineligible holders Provisions for approving the termination an S Corp election Close corporations and the ability to govern the company without a board of directors Speakers: Frank Ciatto is a partner in the Washington, D.C. office of Venable, LLP, where he has 20 years’ experience advising clients on mergers and acquisitions, limited liability companies, tax and accounting issues, and corporate finance transactions.  He is a leader of his firm’s private equity and hedge fund groups and a member of the Mergers & Acquisitions Subcommittee of the ABA Business Law Section.  He is a Certified Public Accountant and earlier in his career worked at what is now PricewaterhouseCoopers in New York.  Mr. Ciatto earned his B.A., cum laude, at Georgetown University and his J.D. from Georgetown University Law Center. Molly Merritts is an attorney in the Washington, D.C. office of Venable, LLP, where she focuses her practice on a wide range of corporate law matters, including mergers and acquisitions, debt and equity financing, and real estate investment trusts. She also advises clients on corporate governance matters, transactional and commercial contract negotiations, and corporate reorganizations.  Ms. Merritt earned her B.S. from the University of Maryland, and her J.D. from the University of Virginia School of Law.   Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 12/15/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Drafting Subleases & Assignments in Commercial Real Estate, Part 1

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Michael P. Williams

Subleasing and assignments are essential instruments for tenants to reduce the size and cost of their space as their needs change. Landlords (and their lenders) often disfavor subleases and assignments because they might lose control of who occupies the space. Subleases come in a variety of forms, all of which need to conform to the provisions of the master lease. Because of this, subleases can quickly become wildly complex, and have the potential to give rise to multiple levels of friction and possibly litigation. This program will provide you with a practical guide to the types of subleases and assignments, key issues for landlords, tenants, and subtenants, and drafting tips Day 1: Subleasing v. assignments – when is each used or allowed? Types of subleases – no reference to master leases, reference by incorporation, custom subleases Standards of “reasonableness” in obtaining landlord consent to assignment or sublease Identifying and mitigating risks to tenants and subtenants in subleasing Landlord and lender concerns in subleases and methods to address Day 2: Space recapture, profit sharing, and other landlord remedies Restrictions on use in subleases and subtenant risks Non-disturbance agreements with landlord and lender Subtenant remedies when tenant defaults on master lease Most important provisions of lease assignments   Speaker: Michael P. Williams is a partner in the Denver, Colorado office of Senn Visciano Canges, P.C., where he has extensive experience in commercial leasing and tenant relations, acquisition and disposition of office, industrial, retail and multi-family properties, representing real estate professionals in disputes before their boards or in litigation, and advising homeowner associations.  He also assists lenders in pre-foreclosure workouts, foreclosures, loan modifications and servicing REO property needs.  He is a member of the banking law subcommittee of the ABA’s Business Law Section.  Mr. Williams received his B.A. from Colorado State University and his J.D. from the University of Denver College of Law.   Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 3/29/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Drafting Subleases & Assignments in Commercial Real Estate, Part 2

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Michael P. Williams

Subleasing and assignments are essential instruments for tenants to reduce the size and cost of their space as their needs change. Landlords (and their lenders) often disfavor subleases and assignments because they might lose control of who occupies the space. Subleases come in a variety of forms, all of which need to conform to the provisions of the master lease. Because of this, subleases can quickly become wildly complex, and have the potential to give rise to multiple levels of friction and possibly litigation. This program will provide you with a practical guide to the types of subleases and assignments, key issues for landlords, tenants, and subtenants, and drafting tips Day 1: Subleasing v. assignments – when is each used or allowed? Types of subleases – no reference to master leases, reference by incorporation, custom subleases Standards of “reasonableness” in obtaining landlord consent to assignment or sublease Identifying and mitigating risks to tenants and subtenants in subleasing Landlord and lender concerns in subleases and methods to address Day 2: Space recapture, profit sharing, and other landlord remedies Restrictions on use in subleases and subtenant risks Non-disturbance agreements with landlord and lender Subtenant remedies when tenant defaults on master lease Most important provisions of lease assignments   Speaker: Michael P. Williams is a partner in the Denver, Colorado office of Senn Visciano Canges, P.C., where he has extensive experience in commercial leasing and tenant relations, acquisition and disposition of office, industrial, retail and multi-family properties, representing real estate professionals in disputes before their boards or in litigation, and advising homeowner associations.  He also assists lenders in pre-foreclosure workouts, foreclosures, loan modifications and servicing REO property needs.  He is a member of the banking law subcommittee of the ABA’s Business Law Section.  Mr. Williams received his B.A. from Colorado State University and his J.D. from the University of Denver College of Law.   Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.     

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 3/30/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Drafting Supply Agreements

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Joel R. Buckberg

Supply contracts are the backbone of many businesses, providing the buying with essential goods for a production process or finished product inventory for sale.  In the supply chains these agreements create, time is of the essence.  Buyers rely on timely delivery of quality raw material or inventory.  Production and sales are often finely calibrated for just in time delivery.  In addition, there area wide range of liability issues involved in these agreements because any disruption of the supply chain can cause substantial losses.  This program will provide you with a practical guide to reviewing the most important provisions of supply agreements for clients.  Drafting and negotiating most essential terms of supply agreements Issues for both suppliers and buyers in different industries Framework of law governing supply issue, including UCC warranty and title issues Product quality, volume commitments, delivery, and more Identifying, allocating, and mitigating risk – indemnity and insurance Spotting red flags in “form” supply agreements   Speaker: Joel R. Buckberg is a shareholder in the Nashville office of Baker, Donelson, Bearman, Caldwell & Berkowitz, P.C. and chair of the firm’s commercial transactions and business consulting group. He has more than 45 years’ experience structuring and drafting commercial, corporate and business transactions.  He also counsels clients on strategic planning, financing, mergers and acquisitions, system policy and practice development, regulatory compliance and contract system drafting. Prior to joining Baker Donelson, he was executive vice president and deputy general counsel of Cendant Corporation.  Mr. Buckberg received his B.S. form Union College, his M.B.A. from Vanderbilt University, and his J.D. from Vanderbilt University School of Law.   Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 7/21/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Drafting Waivers of Conflicts of Interest

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  William Freivogel

Drafting Waivers of Conflicts of Interest A bedrock principle of lawyer ethics is that lawyers owe their clients loyalty, free of conflicts of interest unless those conflicts are waived by a client in writing. Clients are entitled to zealous representation without the lawyer being conflicted by other representations or interests. When a conflict arises, the lawyer is required to decline the representation unless the conflict is waived by the client.  But waivers are not always easily accomplished.  They must be carefully drafted, particularly when it purports to be of an anticipated conflict, not an existing conflict. This program will provide you with a practical guide to the rules governing conflict waivers, types of waivers, and drafting tips. Key provisions of waivers and ensuring there is “informed” consent Advance waivers – drafting waivers for anticipated conflicts Types of advance waivers – stating subject area, adverse parties, neither or both Sources of rules and practical guidance on drafting waivers Common mistakes made in drafting waivers Consequences of ineffective waivers   Speaker: William Freivogel is the principal of Freivogel Ethics Consulting and is an independent consultant to law firms on ethics and risk management.  He was a trial lawyer for 22 years and has practiced in the areas of legal ethics and lawyer malpractice for more than 25 years.  He is chair of the Editorial Board of the ABA/BNA Lawyers’ Manual on Professional Conduct. He maintains the Web site “Freivogel on Conflicts” at www.freivogelonconflicts.com <http://www.freivogelonconflicts.com/> .  Mr. Freivogel is a graduate of the University of Illinois (Champaign), where he received his B.S. and LL.B.       Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 5/6/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Drafting Wills & Trust Documents to Reduce Risks of Challenge

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Steven B. Malech

Drafting Wills & Trust Documents to Reduce Risks of Challenge A last will and testament is not always the final word of a testator. Wills frequently trigger long-suppressed family rivalries and resentments. With the testator no longer on the scene, children or other heirs are freed to express their resentments. These resentments often worsen when the will’s plan for allocating of money, valuable property or sentimental items is made known, leading to dispute and litigation. These disputes can be very time-consuming and costly resolve, sharply diminishing the value of an estate. This program will discuss grounds for will contests and practical steps lawyers and their clients can take to avoid challenge. Spotting red flags in will contests – disinheriting close family members, unequal treatment of children, unusual behavior of testator & more Sources of law in will contests – grounds for challenging wills Practical steps to avoid will contests – will ceremonies, videotaped testaments, witness selection, affidavits Use of In Terrorem provisions to prevent will contests Issues surrounding holographic wills and other informal wills   Speaker: Steven B. Malech is partner in the New York City office of Wiggin and Dana, LLP, where he is chair of the firm’s probate litigation practice group.  He is represents beneficiaries, fiduciaries and creditors in disputes involving alleged violations of the Prudent Investor Act and its predecessors, alleged breaches of fiduciary duty, disputed accountings, and will contests. He represents clients in cutting edge probate litigation matters involving trusts and estates with assets in the hundreds of millions of dollars. Mr. Malech received his B.A., with special honors, from the University of Texas and his J.D. from the Connecticut School of Law.       Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 1/25/26
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Due Diligence in Business Transactions

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  C. Ben Huber

Due Diligence in Business Transactions Due diligence, often guided by lawyers, is essential to the success of major business transactions and poorly planned or conducted diligence can contribute to a buyer not getting the benefit of its bargain.  Diligence helps confirm essential assumptions about the value of a transaction and aids the discovery of unknown liabilities. There’s also a subtle relationship between the content of diligence and the time allowed to conduct it.  In more robust market environments, sellers have the upper hand and can limit diligence, making the process about time allocation and risk management. This program will provide you with a practical guide to planning the diligence process, understanding the most important areas of inquiry depending on the type of transaction, and review checklists.   ·         What to diligence, utilizing experts, and managing the process and time ·         Impact of market environment on the length and scope of diligence ·         Checklists – what information do you need to get, from whom, and on what timeline? ·         Hard assets v. soft assets – how to diligence the validity and title to each ·         Contracts with suppliers and customers – ensuring stability and visibility of revenue ·         Financial records and statements – what should attorneys look for?   Speaker:   C. Ben Huber is a partner in the Denver office of Greenburg Traurig, LLP, where he has a broad transactional practice encompassing mergers and acquisitions, restructurings and reorganizations, corporate finance, capital markets, venture funds, commercial transactions and general corporate law.  He also has substantial experience as counsel to high tech, biotech and software companies in the development, protection and licensing of intellectual property.  His clients include start-up companies, family- and other closely-held businesses, middle market business, Fortune 500 companies, venture funds and institutional investors.  Mr. Huber earned his B.A. from the University of Colorado and his J.D. at the University of Colorado Law School.     Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 4/4/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Due Diligence in Commercial Real Estate Transactions

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  John S. Hollyfield

This program will provide you with a practical guide to due diligence in real estate transactions – what information you need, where to get it, and the timeframes involved.  The program will also cover the relationship between the duration and depth of due diligence depending on the state of the market – i.e., how “hot” markets involve more risk because sellers or othersare reluctant to give lengthy diligence periods. The program will also discuss using information obtained in diligence to draft specific reps and warranties. This program will provide you with a practical guide to planning due diligence in real estate transaction and how that information is used.   Planning diligence – what information you need, where to get it, and timeframes Relationship between diligence and market conditions – willingness of sellers to cooperate or not Using diligence – tying information obtained to specific reps and warranties Review of leases, rent rolls, and financial statements Service contracts, condominium HOAs, and other contracts Title work – liens and other encumbrances   Speaker: John S. Hollyfield is of counsel and a former partner in the Houston office Norton Rose Fulbright, LLP.He has more than 40 years’ experience in real estate law practice.He formerly served as chair of the ABA Real Property, Probate and Trust Law Section, president of the American College of Real Estate Lawyers, and chair of the Anglo-American Real Property Institute.He has been named a "Texas Super Lawyer" in Real Estate Law by Texas Monthly magazine and is listed in Who’s Who in American Law.He is co-editor of Modern Banking and Lending Forms (4th Edition), published by Warren, Gorham & Lamont.He received his B.B.A. from the University of Texas and his LL.B. from the University of Texas School of Law.   Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 8/2/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Due Diligence in Commercial Real Estate Transactions

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  John S. Hollyfield

This program will provide you with a practical guide to due diligence in real estate transactions – what information you need, where to get it, and the timeframes involved.  The program will also cover the relationship between the duration and depth of due diligence depending on the state of the market – i.e., how “hot” markets involve more risk because sellers or othersare reluctant to give lengthy diligence periods. The program will also discuss using information obtained in diligence to draft specific reps and warranties. This program will provide you with a practical guide to planning due diligence in real estate transaction and how that information is used.   Planning diligence – what information you need, where to get it, and timeframes Relationship between diligence and market conditions – willingness of sellers to cooperate or not Using diligence – tying information obtained to specific reps and warranties Review of leases, rent rolls, and financial statements Service contracts, condominium HOAs, and other contracts Title work – liens and other encumbrances   Speaker: John S. Hollyfield is of counsel and a former partner in the Houston office Norton Rose Fulbright, LLP.He has more than 40 years’ experience in real estate law practice.He formerly served as chair of the ABA Real Property, Probate and Trust Law Section, president of the American College of Real Estate Lawyers, and chair of the Anglo-American Real Property Institute.He has been named a "Texas Super Lawyer" in Real Estate Law by Texas Monthly magazine and is listed in Who’s Who in American Law.He is co-editor of Modern Banking and Lending Forms (4th Edition), published by Warren, Gorham & Lamont.He received his B.B.A. from the University of Texas and his LL.B. from the University of Texas School of Law.     Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 11/1/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Due Diligence in Real Estate: How to Conduct and Use

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Richard R. Goldberg

This program will provide you with a real-world guide to due diligence in real estate transactions – what information you need, where to get it, and the timeframes involved – depending on the type of transaction involved.  The relationship between the duration and depth of due diligence and the state of the market – how “hot” markets involve more risk because sellers or others are reluctant to give lengthy diligence periods – will be discussed.  The program will also discuss using information obtained in diligence to draft specific reps and warranties. This program will provide you with a real-world guide to planning due diligence in real estate transaction – essential information to obtain depending on the transaction involved and how to tie that information the transaction’s reps and warranties.   ·         Relationship between diligence and market conditions – willingness of sellers to cooperate or not ·         Using diligence to draft specific reps and warranties ·         Service contracts, condominium HOAs, and other contracts ·         Review of leases, rent rolls, and financial statements ·         Title work – liens and other encumbrances ·         Zoning, regulatory and tax issues ·         Notices of new or special tax assessments   Speaker: Richard R. Goldberg is a retired partner, resident in the Philadelphia office of Ballard Spahr, LLP, where he established an extensive real estate practice, including development, financing, leasing, and acquisition.  Earlier in his career, he served as vice president and associate general counsel of The Rouse Company for 23 years.  He is past president of the American College of Real Estate Lawyers, past chair of the Anglo-American Real Property Institute, and past chair of the International Council of Shopping Centers Law Conference.  Mr. Goldberg is currently a Fellow of the American College of Mortgage Attorneys and is a member of the American Law Institute.  Mr. Goldberg received his B.A. from Pennsylvania State University and his LL.B. from the University of Maryland School of Law.     Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 2/14/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Earnouts: Taking a Wait and See Approach to Valuation of Closely Held Companies

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Frank Ciatto, Daniel G. Straga, James DePaoli

The most highly negotiated provision of most transactions is price. Sellers want to maximize the value of the deal, putting the most optimistic spin historical and forward-looking projections.  Sellers take a more skeptical view, questioning the sustainability of growth and the accuracy of forecasts.  When differences over valuation cannotbe bridged, the parties may use an earnout, which allows them to both take a wait-and-see approach and still close the transaction. Earnouts generally involve a current payment from buyer to seller together with ongoing payments to the seller if the company performs as the seller projected.  But there are many drafting and operational traps when using earnouts.  This program will provide you with a practical guide to structuring and drafting earnouts to later disputes and litigation.   Most highly negotiated and litigated provisions in earnout agreements Post-closing operations – control by buyer, but informational access to seller Defining key metrics – objective, measurable and potential traps Relationship of earnouts to senior debt and other preferential returns Debt issues and how it impacts financial results – and post-closing payments How earnouts are different than escrow and holdbacks   Speakers: Frank Ciatto is a partner in the Washington, D.C. office of Venable, LLP, where he has 20 years’ experience advising clients on mergers and acquisitions, limited liability companies, tax and accounting issues, and corporate finance transactions.  He is a leader of his firm’s private equity and hedge fund groups and a member of the Mergers & Acquisitions Subcommittee of the ABA Business Law Section.  He is a Certified Public Accountant and earlier in his career worked at what is now PricewaterhouseCoopers in New York.  Mr. Ciatto earned his B.A., cum laude, at Georgetown University and his J.D. from Georgetown University Law Center. Daniel G. Straga is an attorney in the Washington, D.C. office of Venable, LLP, where he counsels companies on a wide variety of corporate and business matters across a range of industries. He advises clients on mergers and acquisitions, capital raising, venture capital, and governance matters.  Mr. Straga earned his J.D. from the George Washington University Law School and his B.A. from the University of Delaware. James DePaoli is an attorney in the Washington, D.C. office of Venable, LLP, where his practice focuses on corporate and commercial matters. He represents clients in the acquisition and disposition of assets and securities, mergers, and other business combinations and reorganizations. Mr. Paoli earned his B.S/B.A., magna cum laude, from Georgetown University and his J.D. from Duke University School of Law.     Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 10/18/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Easements in Real Estate

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  John S. Hollyfield

Easements in Real Estate Easements are nonpossessory rights to use a third party’s property.  They can be conveyed by deed or contract and may have a significant impact on the underlying property. When valid and enforceable, easements may have a major impact on the use of property, its development and ultimately the value of the underlying property. It isvery important to timely identify easements in diligence, value them, and perhaps obtain their termination or release. If your client depends on an easement, ensuring that they are properly drafted and filed, and are enforceable are essential.  This program will provide you with a real-world guide to easements in real estate transactions, including their types, how they are created and released, or enforced in transactions.            Types of easements – prescriptive, appurtenant, in gross, mortgage-related, estoppel, necessity and quasi-easements          How they are used in real estate transactions – which are best for your client?          Due diligence in transactions – identifying and valuing easements          Creation of easements – drafting essential terms and filing for maximum enforcement          Enforcement – methods and measure of damages          Termination and release – effective drafting to eliminate easements   Speaker: John S. Hollyfield is of counsel and a former partner in the Houston office Norton Rose Fulbright, LLP.  He has more than 40 years’ experience in real estate law practice.  He formerly served as chair of the ABA Real Property, Probate and Trust Law Section, president of the American College of Real Estate Lawyers, and chair of the Anglo-American Real Property Institute.  He has been named a "Texas Super Lawyer" in Real Estate Law by Texas Monthly magazine and is listed in Who’s Who in American Law.  He is co-editor of Modern Banking and Lending Forms (4th Edition), published by Warren, Gorham & Lamont.       Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 57
    Min.
  • 8/17/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Effective Strategies for Identifying and Litigating Domestic Violence

$175.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Family Law Section

Effective Strategies for Identifying and Litigating Domestic Violence Looking to improve your knowledge and skills in identifying and litigating domestic violence cases? Look no further than the Effective Strategies for Identifying and Litigating Domestic Violence program offered by the Family Law Section. This comprehensive program features speakers in the field, including Kelley A. Baker, Ph.D., Angela Beatty, Brandon Pasley, and Sharon Byers. Topics covered include parental alienation, intimate partner violence typologies, and the GAL's perspective on alienation and domestic violence matters.   Speakers        ·        Kelley A. Baker, Ph.D., LPC Licensed Professional Counselor ·        Angela Beatty & Brandon Pasley: Intimate Partner Violence Typologies Angela Beatty is the Chief Programs Officer for YWCA Oklahoma City and Brandon Pasley is the Senior Director of Compliance & Education for YWCA Oklahoma City. ·        Sharon Byers: The GAL's Perspective on Alienation and the Different Domestic Violence Matters Discussed Sharon Byers is the Senior Staff Attorney for the Oklahoma Guardian Ad Litem Institute. Previous to this position, she served as the Executive Director for the Oklahoma GAL Institute for 6 years.   Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.     

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 304
    Min.
  • 5/17/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Employee Leave Law

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Kenneth M. Willner

Employee Leave Law Employers are required to provide leave to employees and often reinstate them to the same job category when they return.  The FMLA, ADA and other federal statues establish a variety of eligibility standards and circumstances in which employers must offer leave or incur liability for failure to do so. The complexity of these statutes exposes clients to substantial risk and liability if leave policy is not properly drafted and administered. This program will provide you with a practical guide to the sources of federal employee leave law, covered employees and qualifying circumstances, how leave can and should be incorporated into employer policies and handbooks to avoid liability.   ·         Recent developments impacting employee leave ·         Who is covered by leave law and what circumstances are entitled to leave? ·         Duration of leave and what compensation/benefits must employers provide ·         Job category reinstatement after leave ·         Incorporating leave into employer policies and employee handbooks ·         Medical certificate, proof of eligibility, administration of leave policy   Speaker:   Kenneth M. Willner is a partner in the Washington, D.C. office of Paul Hastings, LLP, and chair of the office's employment law practice.  He represents employers in all aspects of employment law and litigation including wrongful discharge, discrimination, sexual harassment, disability discrimination, class actions, and individual cases in federal and state courts and before the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission and Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs.       Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 58
    Min.
  • 7/7/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Employment Agreements: Drafting Key Provisions and Avoiding Liability, Part 1

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Jerrold F. Goldberg

Employment Agreements: Drafting Key Provisions and Avoiding Liability, Part 1 This program will provide you a practical guide to the most important provisions of employment agreements, common sources of dispute and litigation, and traps. The program will cover scope of duties (and how they may change over time), forms of compensation and benefits (including deferred compensation), and objective/measurable performance standards.  The program will also discuss planning for the possible release of the employee, limiting liability, and protecting confidential information and trade secrets to which the employee may have had access. This program will provide you with a practical guide to drafting successful employment agreements.   Day 1: Scope of an employee’s duties and modification as facts and circumstances change Objective and measurable performance benchmarks tied to incentive compensation Forms of compensation, deferred compensation, and fringe benefits Protecting trade secrets – non-competition and non-disclosure mechanisms   Day 2: Term of employment – fixed or variable terms, extensions, and discharge Anticipating severance and building in dispute mitigation and resolution provisions Severance benefits on voluntary and involuntary separation – and tying them to confidentiality and non-competition Non-disparagement of employer on discharge or voluntary departure Essential mediation and choice of law considerations   Speaker: Jerrold F. Goldberg is a partner in the New York City office of Greenburg Traurig, LLP, where co-chairs the firm’s labor and employment practice group and he has more than 35 years’ experience practicing in virtually all aspects of labor and employment.  His expertise includes employee leave under federal and state law, traditional labor/union-management issues, employment discrimination, executive employment, severance agreements and wage and hour laws.  He represents clients before the EEOC, the FRLB, and federal and state courts.  Mr. Goldberg received his B.S. from Cornell University and his J.D. from New York University School of Law.       Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 1/30/26
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Employment Agreements: Drafting Key Provisions and Avoiding Liability, Part 2

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Jerrold F. Goldberg

Employment Agreements: Drafting Key Provisions and Avoiding Liability, Part 2 This program will provide you a practical guide to the most important provisions of employment agreements, common sources of dispute and litigation, and traps. The program will cover scope of duties (and how they may change over time), forms of compensation and benefits (including deferred compensation), and objective/measurable performance standards.  The program will also discuss planning for the possible release of the employee, limiting liability, and protecting confidential information and trade secrets to which the employee may have had access. This program will provide you with a practical guide to drafting successful employment agreements.   Day 1: Scope of an employee’s duties and modification as facts and circumstances change Objective and measurable performance benchmarks tied to incentive compensation Forms of compensation, deferred compensation, and fringe benefits Protecting trade secrets – non-competition and non-disclosure mechanisms   Day 2: Term of employment – fixed or variable terms, extensions, and discharge Anticipating severance and building in dispute mitigation and resolution provisions Severance benefits on voluntary and involuntary separation – and tying them to confidentiality and non-competition Non-disparagement of employer on discharge or voluntary departure Essential mediation and choice of law considerations   Speaker: Jerrold F. Goldberg is a partner in the New York City office of Greenburg Traurig, LLP, where co-chairs the firm’s labor and employment practice group and he has more than 35 years’ experience practicing in virtually all aspects of labor and employment.  His expertise includes employee leave under federal and state law, traditional labor/union-management issues, employment discrimination, executive employment, severance agreements and wage and hour laws.  He represents clients before the EEOC, the FRLB, and federal and state courts.  Mr. Goldberg received his B.S. from Cornell University and his J.D. from New York University School of Law.       Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 1/31/26
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Employment Law Torts

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Alex J. Maturi

The workplace is deep with potential torts.  Hiring can be a delicate balance of adequately investigating the background of an applicant without making legally prohibited searches or inquiries.  Workplace supervision in a technologically interconnected age can easily give rise to claims of invasions of privacy. Workplace investigations, often involving conflicts among employees, can implicate claims of basis, discrimination, harassment, intentional infliction of emotional distress, defamation, and retaliation.  At every stage of the employment process there are potential torts.  This program will provide you with a practical guide to employer tort liability in the workplace.    Torts in hiring –balancing act of background checks, drug/cannabis checks, and the standard of foreseeability Privacy based torts – monitoring employee social media and other digital communications/posts Negligent retention of potentially dangerous employees Torts in workplace investigations – intentional infliction of emotional distress, defamation, false light torts Negligent supervision of troubled employees Best practices and defenses for employers to avoid or limit liability   Speaker: Alex J. Maturi is an attorney in the Chicago office of Paul Hastings, LLP, where he represents employers in all aspects of employment law, including discrimination, harassment, wrongful discharge, and wage and hour matters. He also counsels clients on compliance with state and federal law, and advises employers facing investigations initiated by the EEOC, OFCCP, and various state agencies.  During law school, he served as an extern judicial clerk to Judge Robert W. Gettleman of the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Illinois. Mr. Maturi earned his B.A., cum laude, Illinois Wesleyan University and his J.D., cum laude, from Northwestern University School of Law.     Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 11/22/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Encouraging Responsible Business Conduct: The OECD Guidelines and U.S. Businesses

$50.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Oklahoma Bar Association

General Welcome/Introduction of officers by Section Officer Section Officer will introduce Professor Evelyn Aswad and Guest Speaker David SullivanProfessor Aswad and Section Officer will lead Question and Answers style panel with David SullivanQuestion and Answers from audience/conclusion by Section Officer     Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 12/31/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Equipment Leases: Drafting & UCC Article 2A Issues

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Equipment Leases: Drafting & UCC Article 2A Issues

Equipment Leases: Drafting & UCC Article 2A Issues Many companies lease rather than buy computers and servers, company cars and other capital equipment.  These leases are government by UCC Article 2A, an intricate set of provisions governing their validity, treatment, and enforcement.  If the lease is not properly drafted to comply with the UCC, it risks being re-characterized as a sale or a security interest, which give rise to substantially adverse financial and tax consequences. This program will also provide you with a practical guide to reviewing equipment leases, including spotting red flags and avoiding recharacterization. Types of equipment leases – “true” leases, synthetic leases, “lease to own” arrangements, and more Spotting red flags of financeable leases – and how to ensure UCC 2A compliance Rights and obligations of the parties – manufacturer, lessor and lessee – and remedies for breach Circumstances leading to re-characterization of a “true lease” as a sale or financing Adverse financial, tax and practical ramifications of lease re-characterization   Speaker: Steven O. Weise is a partner in the Los Angeles office Proskauer Rose, LLP, where his practice encompasses all areas of commercial law. He has extensive experience in financings, particularly those secured by personal property.  He also handles matters involving real property anti-deficiency laws, workouts, guarantees, sales of goods, letters of credit, commercial paper and checks, and investment securities.  Mr. Weise formerly served as chair of the ABA Business Law Section. He has also served as a member of the Permanent Editorial Board of the UCC and as an Advisor to the UCC Code Article 9 Drafting Committee.  Mr. Weise received his B.A. from Yale University and his J.D. from the University of California, Berkeley, Boalt Hall School of Law.       Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 4/21/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Equipment Leases: Drafting & UCC Article 2A Issues

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Steven O. Weise

Equipment Leases: Drafting & UCC Article 2A Issues Many companies lease rather than buy computers and servers, company cars and other capital equipment.  These leases are government by UCC Article 2A, an intricate set of provisions governing their validity, treatment, and enforcement.  If the lease is not properly drafted to comply with the UCC, it risks being re-characterized as a sale or a security interest, which give rise to substantially adverse financial and tax consequences. This program will also provide you with a practical guide to reviewing equipment leases, including spotting red flags and avoiding recharacterization. Types of equipment leases – “true” leases, synthetic leases, “lease to own” arrangements, and more Spotting red flags of financeable leases – and how to ensure UCC 2A compliance Rights and obligations of the parties – manufacturer, lessor and lessee – and remedies for breach Circumstances leading to re-characterization of a “true lease” as a sale or financing Adverse financial, tax and practical ramifications of lease re-characterization   Speaker: Steven O. Weise is a partner in the Los Angeles office Proskauer Rose, LLP, where his practice encompasses all areas of commercial law. He has extensive experience in financings, particularly those secured by personal property.  He also handles matters involving real property anti-deficiency laws, workouts, guarantees, sales of goods, letters of credit, commercial paper and checks, and investment securities.  Mr. Weise formerly served as chair of the ABA Business Law Section. He has also served as a member of the Permanent Editorial Board of the UCC and as an Advisor to the UCC Code Article 9 Drafting Committee.         Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • Webcast
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 4/18/24
    Presented
  • DETAILS
Course1

Escrow Agreements in Real Estate Transactions

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  John S. Hollyfield

Escrow Agreements in Real Estate Transactions Escrow agreements are essential documents in every significant real estate transaction. They are mechanisms for allocating risk among the parties to the transaction.  Escrow agents are charged with determining whether certain contractual conditions are satisfied, thereby triggering the disbursement of money or property. Escrow arrangements mitigate the risk of non-performance by one of the parties.  But escrow agreements are fraught with potential conflicts and traps that may give rise to delays in finally closing a transaction. This program will provide you with a practical guide to drafting effective escrow agreements, risk allocation, conflict avoidance and working with escrow agents. Essential terms – property held, conditions for release/disbursement, fees Defining an agent’s duties, authority, and liability Practical problems with escrow arrangements – holding all the documents, breaking escrow, death of party Issues in construction contracts, development transactions, and property sales Letter of credit, tax and bankruptcy issues to consider   Speakers: John S. Hollyfield is of counsel and a former partner in the Houston office Norton Rose Fulbright, LLP.  He has more than 40 years’ experience in real estate law practice.  He formerly served as chair of the ABA Real Property, Probate and Trust Law Section, president of the American College of Real Estate Lawyers, and chair of the Anglo-American Real Property Institute.  He has been named a "Texas Super Lawyer" in Real Estate Law by Texas Monthly magazine and is listed in Who’s Who in American Law.  He is co-editor of Modern Banking and Lending Forms (4th Edition), published by Warren, Gorham & Lamont.  He received his B.B.A. from the University of Texas and his LL.B. from the University of Texas School of Law.       Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 4/19/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Escrow Agreements in Real Estate Transactions

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  John S. Hollyfield

Escrow Agreements in Real Estate Transactions Escrow agreements are essential documents in every significant real estate transaction. They are mechanisms for allocating risk among the parties to the transaction.  Escrow agents are charged with determining whether certain contractual conditions are satisfied, thereby triggering the disbursement of money or property. Escrow arrangements mitigate the risk of non-performance by one of the parties.  But escrow agreements are fraught with potential conflicts and traps that may give rise to delays in finally closing a transaction. This program will provide you with a practical guide to drafting effective escrow agreements, risk allocation, conflict avoidance and working with escrow agents. Essential terms – property held, conditions for release/disbursement, fees Defining an agent’s duties, authority, and liability Practical problems with escrow arrangements – holding all the documents, breaking escrow, death of party Issues in construction contracts, development transactions, and property sales Letter of credit, tax and bankruptcy issues to consider   Speakers: John S. Hollyfield is of counsel and a former partner in the Houston office Norton Rose Fulbright, LLP.  He has more than 40 years’ experience in real estate law practice.  He formerly served as chair of the ABA Real Property, Probate and Trust Law Section, president of the American College of Real Estate Lawyers, and chair of the Anglo-American Real Property Institute.  He has been named a "Texas Super Lawyer" in Real Estate Law by Texas Monthly magazine and is listed in Who’s Who in American Law.  He is co-editor of Modern Banking and Lending Forms (4th Edition), published by Warren, Gorham & Lamont.   Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

  • Webcast
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 4/16/24
    Presented
  • DETAILS
Course1

Estate Planning for Digital Assets

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Michael Sneeringer

Some of the most valuable assets a client has are the most difficult to define, value, and transfer on death.  “Digital assets” – everything from digital music and pictures stored online, to bank and credit card reward programs, Facebook pages and online TurboTax files, bank and retirement account credentials – are a class of asset that every client has, yet planning for them is new.  These assets are not governed by a conventional set of federal or state laws, rather by a complex set of rules set by a variety of organizations, none of which are standardized but which planners need to understand nonetheless to satisfy client expectations.  This program will provide you guide to the nature of digital assets, how they are controlled, and how to plan for them.   ·         Digital assets in estate planning – defining and transferring them on death ·         How failure to plan for these assets can scuttle estate plans and disappoint client expectations ·         Fiduciary access to digital assets under current law ·         Practical planning for digital assets – what works, what doesn’t, and what’s not at all clear ·         How user polices impact the planning process – what you need to know about how these assets are titled and controlled ·         How federal law impacts the planning process and unconventional planning issues   Speaker: Michael Sneeringer is an attorney in the Naples, Florida office of Porter Wright Morris & Arthur LLP, where his practice focuses on trust and estate planning, probate administration, asset protection planning, and tax law. He has served as vice chair of the asset protection planning committee of the ABA’s Real Property, Trust and Estate Section and is an official reporter of the Heckerling Institute.  Mr. Sneeringer received his B.A. from Washington & Jefferson College, his J.D., cum laude, St. Thomas University School of Law, and his LL.M. from the University of Miami School of Law.       Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 2/16/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Estate Planning, Probate and Trust Section - 2022 Annual Meeting

$175.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Stephanie Alleman

  Estate Planning, Probate and Trust Section - 2022 Annual Meeting   * Personal Injury and Wrongful Death Cases in Probate Proceedings by Terrell Monks and Shanika Chapman * Intro to Adoption by Shannon Taylor * Walker/Fulks:  Where Are We Now? by Roberto Seda * Guardian ad Litem 101 by Shannon Taylor * An Introduction to Probate by Lam Nguyen * 72 Counties in 50 Minutes by Jorjana Marx, Chantelle Hickman, Stephanie Alleman, and more. .   Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 260
    Min.
  • 12/31/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Ethical Issues for Small Law Firms: Technology, Paralegals, Remote Practice & More

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Thomas E. Spahn and H. Michael Drumm

Solo and small firm practitioners wear many hats. They practice law but also run the office and manage all of its information technology – file storage, email, and Web sites.  They may supervise paralegals or contract attorneys. They also need to be attentive to developing new clients. Each of these and other roles comes with ethical issues and traps.  Email, file storage, and law firm web sites implicate issues of competence, confidentiality, and potentially the attorney-client privilege.  Supervising paralegals or junior attorneys implicates supervisory ethics and conflicts of interest.  Client development also implicates a range of ethics issues.  It’s a lot to manage for a firm of any size, but particularly for smaller firms.This program will provide you with a practical guide to major ethics issues for solo and small firm practitioners.   ·         Ethical issues for small law firms and solo practitioners ·         Technology – storing client files in “the Cloud,” email traps, and remote networks ·         Pooled Resources – shared office/meeting space, shared support staff, shared technology ·         Client Development – web sites and lawyer biographies, email/newsletters, social media, advertising and more ·         Paralegals – training and billing, confidentiality and the attorney-client privilege ·         Co-Counsel – ethical responsibilities when practicing with other lawyers   Speakers:   Thomas E. Spahn is a partner in the McLean, Virginia office of McGuireWoods, LLP, where he has a substantial practice advising clients on properly creating and preserving the attorney-client privilege and work product protections.  For more than 30 years he has lectured extensively on legal ethics and professionalism and has written “The Attorney-Client Privilege and the Work Product Doctrine: A Practitioner’s Guide,” a 750 page treatise published by the Virginia Law Foundation.  Mr. Spahn has served as a member of the ABA Standing Committee on Ethics and Professional Responsibility and as a member of the Virginia State Bar's Legal Ethics Committee.  He received his B.A., magna cum laude, from Yale University and his J.D. from Yale Law School.   H. Michael Drumm is the founder and member of Drumm Law, LLC in Denver, Colorado, where he has an extensive franchise, trademark and business transactional practice.  He works with franchisors across industries nationwide helping them draft, file and renew their franchise Disclosure Documents and franchise agreements.  He has a specialty representing craft breweries to help them trademark their brands and protect their intellectual property. He has been repeatedly honored by Franchise Times magazine as a “Legal Eagle” and has been designated by the International Franchise Association as a “Certified Franchise Executive.”  Mr. Drumm received his BSBA from the University of Missouri-Columbia and his J.D. from the University of Texas School of Law.   Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 3/1/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Ethical Issues in Contract Drafting

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Thomas E. Spahn

Negotiating, drafting and reviewing contracts are processes fraught with ethical issues.  Negotiations sometimes require zealous advocacy, taking maximal positions; other times, they require delicacy and balance. Reviewing and drafting complex contracts is a similar ethical minefield. If you discover that the draft of a contract contains materially incorrect assumptions about the law but which will benefit your client, do you have the duty to disclose or correct the error?  In the same way, if the contract contains faulty assumptions about material facts, must you disclose those faulty assumptions?  And how do these rules apply when drafting a contract?  This program will provide you with a real world guide to the ethics of negotiating, drafting and reviewing contracts. ·         The law – when you know a counterparty has made faulty assumptions benefiting your client, must you say? ·         The facts – when a counterparty makes faulty factual assumptions, must you correct? ·         Ethics and rescission – are you ever ethically obligated to rescind or restate a contract? ·         Ethics in negotiations – what’s the line between zealous representation and deception? Speaker:   Thomas E. Spahn is a partner in the McLean, Virginia office of McGuireWoods, LLP, where he has a broad complex commercial, business and securities litigation practice. He also has a substantial practice advising businesses on properly creating and preserving the attorney-client privilege and work product protections.  For more than 20 years he has lectured extensively on legal ethics and professionalism and has written “The Attorney-Client Privilege and the Work Product Doctrine: A Practitioner’s Guide,” a 750 page treatise published by the Virginia Law Foundation.  Mr. Spahn has served as member of the ABA Standing Committee on Ethics and Professional Responsibility and as a member of the Virginia State Bar's Legal Ethics Committee.  He received his B.A., magna cum laude, from Yale University and his J.D. from Yale Law School.   Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 3/7/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Ethical Issues When Representing the Elderly

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Thomas E. Spahn, Missia H. Vaselaney

  Many ethical issues arise when lawyers represent elderly clients. Foremost among these issues is determining whether a client has the capacity to make valid decisions – and if not, then what? There are many conflict of interest issues, including whether direction is taken from the elderly person or another person (often an adult child) who is paying for the representation. There are also issues involving the exercise of undue influence by a caregiver or other person, including the validity of gifts to that person. Issues of preserving confidentiality and the attorney-client privilege when meetings are held in the presence of children or caregivers are also very important. This program will provide you with a practical guide to the most important ethical issues when lawyers represent elderly clients.   Determining whether your elderly client has capacity – and identifying your client Practical alternatives if you determine a client doesn’t have capacity Conflicts of interest between the elderly client and the person paying for the representation, including the validity of gifts Preserving confidentiality and the attorney-client privilege when a caregiver or third party is in client meetings Clients who lose capacity during a continuing representation Ethical issues involved with undue influence over the elderly – what should you do? Elder abuse issues – how to spot it and what to do if you discover it   Speakers: Thomas E. Spahn is a partner in the McLean, Virginia office of McGuireWoods, LLP, where he has a substantial practice advising clients on properly creating and preserving the attorney-client privilege and work product protections.  For more than 30 years he has lectured extensively on legal ethics and professionalism and has written “The Attorney-Client Privilege and the Work Product Doctrine: A Practitioner’s Guide,” a 750 page treatise published by the Virginia Law Foundation.  Mr. Spahn has served as a member of the ABA Standing Committee on Ethics and Professional Responsibility and as a member of the Virginia State Bar's Legal Ethics Committee.  He received his B.A., magna cum laude, from Yale University and his J.D. from Yale Law School. Missia H. Vaselaney is a partner in the Cleveland office of Taft, Stettinius & Hollister, LLP, where her practice focuses on estate planning for individuals and businesses.  She also represents clients before federal and state taxing authorities.  Ms. Vaselaney is a member of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and has been a member of the Steering Committee for AICPA’s National Advanced Estate Planning Conference since 2001.  Ms. Vaselaney received her B.A. from the University of Dayton and her J.D. from the Cleveland-Marshall College of Law.   Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 1/10/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Ethical Pitfalls Lawyers Should Avoid On Social Media

$95.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Claude Ducloux and Jim Calloway

Ethical Pitfalls Lawyers Should Avoid On Social Media So many experts advise lawyers to market via social media. Prospective clients use social media. And, at least at the entry level, social media is free.  But unlike many other businesses using social media to market, most of lawyer’s best examples of accomplishments are given by client confidentiality an d attorney client privilege. Sharing something the client considers confidential with thousands of internet users is a problem, and deleting the post does not address all resulting issues.  Out two presenters have spent a great deal of time counseling lawyers who found themselves in social media hot water for possible ethics violations. Among the items covered will be: What are three ethical pitfalls attorneys should be mindful of regarding their social media presence? What are three ethical pitfalls attorneys need to be mindful of regarding their client's social media presence? What are the ethical issues with online reviews? Several examples of lawyer mistakes, inadvisable posts and other social media posts gone very wrong will be covered.   Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 100
    Min.
  • 6/16/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Ethics & Artifcial Intelligence: What Lawyers Should Know

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Thomas E. Spahn

Ethics and Artificial Intelligence: What Lawyers Should Know The use of artificial intelligence is not some distant prospect.  Many of the tools lawyers use today – online research platforms that suggest other areas for research, software packages that help complete forms or propose or assemble language, and discovery tools that sort through documents – are driven by artificial intelligence. These and other AI engineered legal tools raise substantial ethical issues. Are they the unauthorized practice of law? Have lawyers researched their capabilities such that they are competent to use them? How must lawyers supervise their use by non-lawyer staff?  This program will provide you with a guide to ethics issues when using software and other technology tools based on AI in law practice.   What duties do lawyers have to investigate and understand AI in the tools they use? Does AI constitute the unauthorized practice of law (UPL) in a state? Do software packages that draft language and assemble forms violate ethics rules? What supervisory and training obligations do lawyers have for non-lawyer staff using these tools? Are there ethics concerns of using AI in discovery? Must lawyers warn clients that they use AI?   Speaker: Thomas E. Spahn is a partner in the McLean, Virginia office of McGuireWoods, LLP, where he has a substantial practice advising clients on properly creating and preserving the attorney-client privilege and work product protections.  For more than 30 years he has lectured extensively on legal ethics and professionalism and has written “The Attorney-Client Privilege and the Work Product Doctrine: A Practitioner’s Guide,” a 750 page treatise published by the Virginia Law Foundation.  Mr. Spahn has served as a member of the ABA Standing Committee on Ethics and Professional Responsibility and as a member of the Virginia State Bar's Legal Ethics Committee.  He received his B.A., magna cum laude, from Yale University and his J.D. from Yale Law School.   Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 12/10/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Ethics & Artifcial Intelligence: What Lawyers Should Know

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Thomas E. Spahn

Ethics and Artificial Intelligence: What Lawyers Should Know   The use of artificial intelligence is not some distant prospect.  Many of the tools lawyers use today – online research platforms that suggest other areas for research, software packages that help complete forms or propose or assemble language, and discovery tools that sort through documents – are driven by artificial intelligence. These and other AI engineered legal tools raise substantial ethical issues. Are they the unauthorized practice of law? Have lawyers researched their capabilities such that they are competent to use them? How must lawyers supervise their use by non-lawyer staff?  This program will provide you with a guide to ethics issues when using software and other technology tools based on AI in law practice.        What duties do lawyers have to investigate and understand AI in the tools they use?        Does AI constitute the unauthorized practice of law (UPL) in a state?        Do software packages that draft language and assemble forms violate ethics rules?        What supervisory and training obligations do lawyers have for non-lawyer staff using these tools?        Are there ethics concerns of using AI in discovery?        Must lawyers warn clients that they use AI?   Speaker: Thomas E. Spahn is a partner in the McLean, Virginia office of McGuireWoods, LLP, where he has a substantial practice advising clients on properly creating and preserving the attorney-client privilege and work product protections.For more than 30 years he has lectured extensively on legal ethics and professionalism and has written “The Attorney-Client Privilege and the Work Product Doctrine: A Practitioner’s Guide,” a 750 page treatise published by the Virginia Law Foundation.Mr. Spahn has served as a member of the ABA Standing Committee on Ethics and Professional Responsibility and as a member of the Virginia State Bar's Legal Ethics Committee.     Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 12/8/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Ethics and Changing Law Firm Affiliation

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Matthew Corbin

When a lawyer moves from one firm to another, it can be a fairly dramatic event.  The ethical issues for the lawyer and for his or her prior firm and new firm are substantial.  There are issues of when and how to communicate to clients and whether it’s done by the lawyer or the firm. There are issues of ongoing matters and what to do with client files.  In ongoing litigation or transactional matters, do lawyers withdraw pending a client decision about whether to move the matter to the lawyer’s next firm?  Is withdrawal even permitted?  There are also issues of conflicts of interest and how they are managed – for the lawyer who is changing law firm affiliation and for the firms involved. This program will provide you with a practical guide to ethical issues when lawyers change law firm affiliation.   Ethical issues when lawyers change law firm affiliation Propriety and timing of communications with the departing lawyer’s clients – by the lawyer or the firm? Ownership and transfer of client files among law firms Ongoing litigation or transactional matters – is withdrawal permissible? Diligence for the new firm– conflicts, confidentiality, and screening Issues when a solo practitioner joins a multi-lawyer firm   Speaker: Matthew Corbin is Senior Vice President and Executive Director in the Professional Services Group of AON Risk Services, where he consults with the company’s law firm clients on professional responsibility and liability issues.  Before joining AON, he was a partner with Lathrop & Gage, LLP, where he was a trial and appellate lawyer handling professional liability, commercial, business tort, employment, construction, insurance, and regulatory matters. Before entering private practice, he served as a judicial clerk to Judge Mary Briscoe of the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Tenth Circuit.  Mr. Corbin earned his B.A. from the University of Kansas and his J.D. from the University of Kansas School of Law.     Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 11/18/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Ethics and Client Money: Trust Funds, Expenses, Setoffs & More

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Thomas E. Spahn

Whenever an attorney takes money from a client – for fees billed, to cover expenses, as a retainer, or held in trust – there are substantial ethical issues involved.  Many ethical complaints arise from accusations that an attorney mishandled funds. In billing and collecting fees and expenses, there are issues about whether the fees and expenses were explained in advance and are proper in relation to services provided.  If an attorney accepts credit cards from clients, there are significant issues related to disclosure, Truth-in-Lending laws, chargebacks, pass-through of merchant processing fees, and confidentiality.  In trust funds, there are issues of segregation of funds, accounting, and more. This program will provide you with a practical guide to the many ethical issues that arise when attorneys, clients, and money mix.   Traps in trust fund accounting and the risks of “set-offs” of disputed amounts Disclosure and documentation of trust accounting of client money Retainers – use, accounting, and regular communications Accepting credit card payments from clients –  pass-through processing fees, Truth-in-Lending, disclosure and confidentiality Confidentiality when a client has a dispute with his credit card company – ethical tension of client duties and contractual obligations Use of credit cards to fund a retainer and related trust fund accounting issues – trust funds v. operating funds   Speaker: Thomas E. Spahn is a partner in the McLean, Virginia office of McGuireWoods, LLP, where he has a substantial practice advising clients on properly creating and preserving the attorney-client privilege and work product protections.  For more than 30 years he has lectured extensively on legal ethics and professionalism and has written “The Attorney-Client Privilege and the Work Product Doctrine: A Practitioner’s Guide,” a 750 page treatise published by the Virginia Law Foundation.  Mr. Spahn has served as a member of the ABA Standing Committee on Ethics and Professional Responsibility and as a member of the Virginia State Bar's Legal Ethics Committee.  He received his B.A., magna cum laude, from Yale University and his J.D. from Yale Law School.   Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 1/30/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Ethics and Conflicts with Clients, Part 1

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  William Freivogel

Ethics and Conflicts with Clients, Part 1 Despite best efforts, lawyers may develop ethical conflicts with their clients.  Sometimes these conflicts may initially seem like positive developments. The lawyer may seek to buy into a client’s business enterprise or participate in a transaction, be offered a gift by a client, or even develop a romantic relationship with a client.  But these and many others come with substantial ethical issues.  Sometimes these conflicts may be more immediately problematic, as when a lawyer leaves a law firm and wants to take his or her clients to the new firm, or when a client refuses to pay legal fees, or worse, as when the lawyer has a duty to disclose certain acts of his or her own malpractice.  This program will provide you with a real world guide to lawyer conflicts with their clients and how to avoid or resolve them.   Day 1:        Gifts – can lawyers accept from clients?        Business – can lawyers go into business with a client?        Departure – can lawyers take their clients to a firm?        Former clients – what duties does a lawyer have?   Speaker: William Freivogel is the principal of Freivogel Ethics Consulting and is an independent consultant to law firms on ethics and risk management.He was a trial lawyer for 22 years and has practiced in the areas of legal ethics and lawyer malpractice for more than 25 years.He is chair of the Editorial Board of the ABA/BNA Lawyers’ Manual on Professional Conduct. He maintains the Web site “Freivogel on Conflicts” at www.freivogelonconflicts.com.     Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 12/21/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Ethics and Conflicts with Clients, Part 2

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  William Freivogel

Despite best efforts, lawyers may develop ethical conflicts with their clients.  Sometimes these conflicts may initially seem like positive developments. The lawyer may seek to buy into a client’s business enterprise or participate in a transaction, be offered a gift by a client, or even develop a romantic relationship with a client.  But these and many others come with substantial ethical issues.  Sometimes these conflicts may be more immediately problematic, as when a lawyer leaves a law firm and wants to take his or her clients to the new firm, or when a client refuses to pay legal fees, or worse, as when the lawyer has a duty to disclose certain acts of his or her own malpractice.  This program will provide you with a real world guide to lawyer conflicts with their clients and how to avoid or resolve them. Day 1: Gifts – can lawyers accept from clients? Business – can lawyers go into business with a client? Departure – can lawyers take their clients to a firm? Former clients – what duties does a lawyer have? Day 2: Dishonest clients – what must you do? Lawyers as witnesses – how do you handle the conflict and privilege issues? Clients with diminished capacity – from whom do you take instructions?  What are the other issues? Settlements – what if a client’s tactics are improper? Malpractice – do you have a duty to disclose?   Speaker: William Freivogel is the principal of Freivogel Ethics Consulting and is an independent consultant to law firms on ethics and risk management.  He was a trial lawyer for 22 years and has practiced in the areas of legal ethics and lawyer malpractice for more than 25 years.  He is chair of the Editorial Board of the ABA/BNA Lawyers’ Manual on Professional Conduct. He maintains the Web site “Freivogel on Conflicts” at www.freivogelonconflicts.com.  Mr. Freivogel is a graduate of the University of Illinois (Champaign), where he received his B.S. and LL.B.   Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 12/31/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Ethics and Conflicts with Clients, Part 2

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  William Freivogel

Ethics and Conflicts with Clients, Part 2 Despite best efforts, lawyers may develop ethical conflicts with their clients.  Sometimes these conflicts may initially seem like positive developments. The lawyer may seek to buy into a client’s business enterprise or participate in a transaction, be offered a gift by a client, or even develop a romantic relationship with a client.  But these and many others come with substantial ethical issues.  Sometimes these conflicts may be more immediately problematic, as when a lawyer leaves a law firm and wants to take his or her clients to the new firm, or when a client refuses to pay legal fees, or worse, as when the lawyer has a duty to disclose certain acts of his or her own malpractice.  This program will provide you with a real world guide to lawyer conflicts with their clients and how to avoid or resolve them.   Day 2:        Dishonest clients – what must you do?        Lawyers as witnesses – how do you handle the conflict and privilege issues?        Clients with diminished capacity – from whom do you take instructions?  What are the other issues?        Settlements – what if a client’s tactics are improper?        Malpractice – do you have a duty to disclose?   Speaker: William Freivogel is the principal of Freivogel Ethics Consulting and is an independent consultant to law firms on ethics and risk management.  He was a trial lawyer for 22 years and has practiced in the areas of legal ethics and lawyer malpractice for more than 25 years.  He is chair of the Editorial Board of the ABA/BNA Lawyers’ Manual on Professional Conduct. He maintains the Web site “Freivogel on Conflicts” at www.freivogelonconflicts.com.       Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 12/22/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Ethics and Dishonest Clients

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Thomas E. Spahn, Elizabeth Treubert Simon

One of the dangers of practicing law is that, now and again, you get a dishonest client.  Your client may be misleading you – and others – about the facts of their case, either through silence or affirmative misstatements.  Or they may be telling you one thing and others something else different.  You may discover proof of the dishonesty or just suspect it. Client dishonesty raises many ethical issues.  What must you do to ensure your client is telling you the truth?  What if you discover a client is lying to a court or tribunal?  Are you allowed to disclose the dishonesty despite the duty of client confidentiality?  Are there degrees of client dishonesty – some acceptable, others not?  This program will provide you with a guide to the substantial ethical issues when client dishonesty is discovered or suspected.    Tension between the duty of confidentiality and the duty to be honest in communications Determining whether a client is lying – active v. passive, fact v. opinion, affirmative statements v. silence Unknowing attorney representations on basis of client dishonesty Duties of disclosure and to whom – the tribunal, third parties? Mandatory and permissive withdrawals from a case, including “noisy” withdrawals Discovery of dishonesty in closed matters   Speaker: Thomas E. Spahn is a partner in the McLean, Virginia office of McGuireWoods, LLP, where he has a substantial practice advising clients on properly creating and preserving the attorney-client privilege and work product protections.  For more than 40 years he has lectured extensively on legal ethics and professionalism and has written “The Attorney-Client Privilege and the Work Product Doctrine: A Practitioner’s Guide,” a 750-page treatise published by the Virginia Law Foundation.  Mr. Spahn has served as a member of the ABA Standing Committee on Ethics and Professional Responsibility and as a member of the Virginia State Bar's Legal Ethics Committee.  He received his B.A., magna cum laude, from Yale University and his J.D. from Yale Law School. Elizabeth Treubert Simon is an ethics attorney in the Washington, D.C. office of Akin Gump Strauss Hauer & Feld LLP, where she advises on a wide range of ethics and compliance-related matters to support Akin Gump’s offices worldwide.  Previously, her practice focused on business and commercial litigation and providing counsel to clients regarding professional ethics and attorney disciplinary procedures.  She is a member of the New York State Bar Association Committee on Professional Discipline and the District of Columbia Rules of Professional Conduct Rules Review Committee.  She is the immediate past chair of the District of Columbia Legal Ethics Committee.  She writes and speaks extensively on attorney ethics issues.   She received her B.A. and M.S. from the University of Pennsylvania and her J.D. from Albany Law School.

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 7/29/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Ethics and Virtual Law Offices

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  H. Michael Drumm, Thomas E. Spahn

Technology allows lawyers far more flexibility to practice law virtually – from home or in shared settings – than ever before.  No longer must they maintain freestanding offices, support staff, and libraries. Lawyers can set-up offices in their homes, communicate with clients, adversaries and the courts electronically, outsource overflow work to co-counsel or vendors, and establish web sites that can reach potential clients. These “virtual” practices are increasingly commonplace, but the relative ease with which they are established obscures many significant ethical issues.This program will provide you with a practical guide to significant issues when lawyers and law firms establish “virtual” law practices.   Disclosure to clients of the virtual character of a law practice Electronic communications, confidentiality, and ethical risks in virtual practices Ethical issues when lawyers share office space or other resources but practice separately How Web sites and a “virtual” presence implicate multijurisdictional practice issues Outsourcing work to vendors or co-counsel, and ensuring its competently performed Requirements and risks when offering legal advice across state lines Duty to understand law office technology as a duty of competence   Speakers: H. Michael Drumm is the founder and member of Drumm Law, LLC in Denver, Colorado, where he has an extensive franchise, trademark and business transactional practice.  He works with franchisors across industries nationwide helping them draft, file and renew their franchise Disclosure Documents and franchise agreements.  He has a specialty representing craft breweries to help them trademark their brands and protect their intellectual property. He has been repeatedly honored by Franchise Times magazine as a “Legal Eagle” and has been designated by the International Franchise Association as a “Certified Franchise Executive.”  Mr. Drumm received his BSBA from the University of Missouri-Columbia and his J.D. from the University of Texas School of Law. Thomas E. Spahn is a partner in the McLean, Virginia office of McGuireWoods, LLP, where he has a substantial practice advising clients on properly creating and preserving the attorney-client privilege and work product protections.  For more than 30 years he has lectured extensively on legal ethics and professionalism and has written “The Attorney-Client Privilege and the Work Product Doctrine: A Practitioner’s Guide,” a 750 page treatise published by the Virginia Law Foundation.  Mr. Spahn has served as a member of the ABA Standing Committee on Ethics and Professional Responsibility and as a member of the Virginia State Bar's Legal Ethics Committee.  He received his B.A., magna cum laude, from Yale University and his J.D. from Yale Law School.     Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 10/24/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Ethics for Business Lawyers

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Thomas E. Spahn, William Freivogel

Lawyers advising businesses on transactions or negotiating on their behalf often confront a range of important ethical questions.  The biggest is, who is your client?  Often a company’s owners or managers will not understand the distinction between representing them and representing the company? There are also issues of identifying and clearing conflicts among clients when they are negotiating transaction.  And what can a lawyer say or do when negotiating for a client? Also, lawyers are sometimes confronted with issues about what to do when clients are dishonest.  This program will provide you with a real world guide to ethical issues when representing clients in business transactions.    Ethical issues in business and corporate practice Identifying your client in a variety of transactional contexts – the company v. its managers? Conflicts of interest in representing both sides of a transaction Ethical issues in transactional negotiations and communications with represented parties Representing clients you know to be dishonest and reporting wrong-doing “up and out”   Speakers: Thomas E. Spahn is a partner in the McLean, Virginia office of McGuireWoods, LLP, where he has a substantial practice advising clients on properly creating and preserving the attorney-client privilege and work product protections.  For more than 30 years he has lectured extensively on legal ethics and professionalism and has written “The Attorney-Client Privilege and the Work Product Doctrine: A Practitioner’s Guide,” a 750 page treatise published by the Virginia Law Foundation.  Mr. Spahn has served as a member of the ABA Standing Committee on Ethics and Professional Responsibility and as a member of the Virginia State Bar's Legal Ethics Committee.  He received his B.A., magna cum laude, from Yale University and his J.D. from Yale Law School. William Freivogel is the principal of Freivogel Ethics Consulting and is an independent consultant to law firms on ethics and risk management.  He was a trial lawyer for 22 years and has practiced in the areas of legal ethics and lawyer malpractice for more than 25 years.  He is chair of the Editorial Board of the ABA/BNA Lawyers’ Manual on Professional Conduct. He maintains the Website“Freivogel on Conflicts” at www.freivogelonconflicts.com<http://www.freivogelonconflicts.com/> .Mr. Freivogel is a graduate of the University of Illinois (Champaign), where he received his B.S. and LL.B.   Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 9/14/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Ethics for Business Lawyers

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Thomas E. Spahn, William Freivogel

Lawyers advising businesses on transactions or negotiating on their behalf often confront a range of important ethical questions.  The biggest is, who is your client?  Often a company’s owners or managers will not understand the distinction between representing them and representing the company? There are also issues of identifying and clearing conflicts among clients when they are negotiating transaction.  And what can a lawyer say or do when negotiating for a client? Also, lawyers are sometimes confronted with issues about what to do when clients are dishonest.  This program will provide you with a real world guide to ethical issues when representing clients in business transactions.    Ethical issues in business and corporate practice Identifying your client in a variety of transactional contexts – the company v. its managers? Conflicts of interest in representing both sides of a transaction Ethical issues in transactional negotiations and communications with represented parties Representing clients you know to be dishonest and reporting wrong-doing “up and out”   Speakers: Thomas E. Spahn is a partner in the McLean, Virginia office of McGuireWoods, LLP, where he has a substantial practice advising clients on properly creating and preserving the attorney-client privilege and work product protections.  For more than 30 years he has lectured extensively on legal ethics and professionalism and has written “The Attorney-Client Privilege and the Work Product Doctrine: A Practitioner’s Guide,” a 750 page treatise published by the Virginia Law Foundation.  Mr. Spahn has served as a member of the ABA Standing Committee on Ethics and Professional Responsibility and as a member of the Virginia State Bar's Legal Ethics Committee.  He received his B.A., magna cum laude, from Yale University and his J.D. from Yale Law School. William Freivogel is the principal of Freivogel Ethics Consulting and is an independent consultant to law firms on ethics and risk management.  He was a trial lawyer for 22 years and has practiced in the areas of legal ethics and lawyer malpractice for more than 25 years.  He is chair of the Editorial Board of the ABA/BNA Lawyers’ Manual on Professional Conduct. He maintains the Website“Freivogel on Conflicts” at www.freivogelonconflicts.com<http://www.freivogelonconflicts.com/> .Mr. Freivogel is a graduate of the University of Illinois (Champaign), where he received his B.S. and LL.B.   Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 11/29/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Ethics for Transactional Lawyers

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  William Freivogel and Thomas E. Spahn

Ethics for Transactional Lawyers   Representing a client in a business, commercial or real estate transaction can get ethically complicated very quickly.  There is the question of who you represent.  In a closely held company, with multiple shareholders or members, this can be problematic if the officer or manager from whom you are taking instructions thinks you represent that person and not the entity.  The client may offer you the opportunity to buy into a transaction, which puts your role as lawyer in tension with your role as investor.  There are also substantial ethical issues involved in negotiations and whether a party on the other side of the transaction is represented by legal counsel or not. This program will provide you with a real world guide to the ethics of representing clients in business, commercial, and legal transactions.   ·         Representation – who is your client? The company’s board or its owners? Do they know that? ·         Counter-parties – how do you negotiate on behalf of your client with unrepresented parties? ·         Business with clients – can you buy into (or be given) a stake in a client’s business or a transaction? ·         Serving on a client’s board of directors – how do you separate your legal role from your fiduciary obligation? ·         Negotiations – how do ethics rules limit your flexibility to negotiate?   Speakers: William Freivogel is the principal of Freivogel Ethics Consulting and is an independent consultant to law firms on ethics and risk management.  He was a trial lawyer for 22 years and has practiced in the areas of legal ethics and lawyer malpractice for more than 25 years.  He is chair of the Editorial Board of the ABA/BNA Lawyers’ Manual on Professional Conduct. He maintains the Web site “Freivogel on Conflicts” at www.freivogelonconflicts.com.  Thomas E. Spahn is a partner in the McLean, Virginia office of McGuireWoods, LLP, where he has a substantial practice advising clients on properly creating and preserving the attorney-client privilege and work product protections.  For more than 30 years he has lectured extensively on legal ethics and professionalism and has written “The Attorney-Client Privilege and the Work Product Doctrine: A Practitioner’s Guide,” a 750 page treatise published by the Virginia Law Foundation.  Mr. Spahn has served as a member of the ABA Standing Committee on Ethics and Professional Responsibility and as a member of the Virginia State Bar's Legal Ethics Committee.     Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 11/21/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Ethics in Discovery Practice

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Elizabeth Treubert Simon, Thomas E. Spahn

Discovery can be the most important phase of litigation, directing the course and outcome of the case.  How evidence is discovered, how it is used, and how mistakes in its handling are disclosed and remedied all raise very significant ethical issues. These issues – the risk of mishandling – are increased by the vast growth of ESI, electronically stored information. Litigators have certain obligations that their vendors comply with ethics rules. There are also issues surrounding the use of paralegals in discovery practice.  Failure to ensure ethics compliance during discovery can have a material adverse impact on the underlying litigation and draw an ethics complaint.  This program will provide you with a real-world guide to substantial issues ethical issues that arise in discovery practice and how to avoid ethics complaints.    Duty of candor to the tribunal during discovery Ethical issues when you learn that a client is dishonest Inadvertent disclosure privileged documents and their handling Ethics in depositions – conferring with witnesses, using video depositions and more Ethical issues in widespread data mining of discovery documents Issues involving metadata in electronic files – documents, email, text messages Attorney-client privilege and security issues of working with outside e-discovery vendors Ethics and social media discovery   Speakers: Elizabeth Treubert Simon is an ethics attorney in the Washington, D.C. office of Akin Gump Strauss Hauer & Feld LLP, where she advises on a wide range of ethics and compliance-related matters to support Akin Gump’s offices worldwide.  Previously, she practiced law in Washington DC and New York, focusing on business and commercial litigation and providing counsel to clients regarding professional ethics and attorney disciplinary procedures.  She is a member of the New York State Bar Association Committee on Professional Discipline and the District of Columbia Legal Ethics Committee.  She writes and speaks extensively on attorney ethics issues.   She received her B.A. and M.S. from the University of Pennsylvania and her J.D. from Albany Law School. Thomas E. Spahn is a partner in the McLean, Virginia office of McGuireWoods, LLP, where he has a substantial practice advising clients on properly creating and preserving the attorney-client privilege and work product protections.  For more than 30 years he has lectured extensively on legal ethics and professionalism and has written “The Attorney-Client Privilege and the Work Product Doctrine: A Practitioner’s Guide,” a 750 page treatise published by the Virginia Law Foundation.  Mr. Spahn has served as a member of the ABA Standing Committee on Ethics and Professional Responsibility and as a member of the Virginia State Bar's Legal Ethics Committee.  He received his B.A., magna cum laude, from Yale University and his J.D. from Yale Law School.     Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 11/2/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Ethics in Negotiations – Boasts, Shading, and Impropriety

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Elizabeth Treubert Simon and Thomas E. Spahn

Lawyers must always be truthful in their representations. Yet they must be zealous in representing clients. The tension between these two principles is perhaps never as great as when the lawyer is negotiating for a client. The lawyer may make statements about the law or fact – or simply refrain from making statements because the lawyer knows certain facts or legal precedent are adverse to a client’s interest.   Lawyers may also boast, signaling that a client’s position is stronger than is, in fact, the case. Navigating these gray lines is the difference between ethical representation and impropriety. This program will provide you with a guide to ethical issues in negotiations.   ·         Truthful representations v. zealous representations? ·         Affirmative statements of fact, value or intent in settlements ·         Silence about adverse law in negotiations ·         Silence about facts unknown to an opponent or counter-party ·         Silence about errors in settlement agreements or transactional documents ·         Non-litigation work in another state – “temporary” practice   Speakers: Elizabeth Treubert Simon is an ethics attorney in the Washington, D.C. office of Akin Gump Strauss Hauer & Feld LLP, where she advises on a wide range of ethics and compliance-related matters to support Akin Gump’s offices worldwide.  Previously, she practiced law in Washington DC and New York, focusing on business and commercial litigation and providing counsel to clients regarding professional ethics and attorney disciplinary procedures.  She is a member of the New York State Bar Association Committee on Professional Discipline and the District of Columbia Legal Ethics Committee.  She writes and speaks extensively on attorney ethics issues.     Thomas E. Spahn is a partner in the McLean, Virginia office of McGuireWoods, LLP, where he has a substantial practice advising clients on properly creating and preserving the attorney-client privilege and work product protections.  For more than 30 years he has lectured extensively on legal ethics and professionalism and has written “The Attorney-Client Privilege and the Work Product Doctrine: A Practitioner’s Guide,” a 750 page treatise published by the Virginia Law Foundation.  Mr. Spahn has served as a member of the ABA Standing Committee on Ethics and Professional Responsibility and as a member of the Virginia State Bar's Legal Ethics Committee.     Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 58
    Min.
  • 6/28/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Ethics in Trust and Estate Practice

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Thomas E. Spahn, Missia H. Vaselaney

Trust and estate practice often sits at the intersection of money, aging clients, family drama, easy accusations of self-dealing and misdeeds, dispute – and anger.  This turbulent combination of circumstances can put attorneys in difficult ethical spots. Questions about the competence of aging clients in combination with family drama can easily lead to ethical complaints and eventually litigation. There are also issues of decision-making authority and confidentiality if someone other than the client is paying for the representation.  Conflicts of interest, especially where a longtime client may gift something to the attorney, are rife. This program will provide you with a practical guide to substantial ethical issues in trust and estate practice. Working with clients with diminished capacity and protecting against challenges Confidentiality – understanding what information is confidential and when and to whom it can be disclosed Conflicts of interest – joint and common representations, husbands and wives, multiple generations of a family Gifts from clients – what lawyers may accept, what should they decline? Special issues when someone other than the client pays for a representation Speakers Thomas E. Spahn is a partner in the McLean, Virginia office of McGuireWoods, LLP, where he has a substantial practice advising clients on properly creating and preserving the attorney-client privilege and work product protections.  For more than 30 years he has lectured extensively on legal ethics and professionalism and has written “The Attorney-Client Privilege and the Work Product Doctrine: A Practitioner’s Guide,” a 750 page treatise published by the Virginia Law Foundation.  Mr. Spahn has served as a member of the ABA Standing Committee on Ethics and Professional Responsibility and as a member of the Virginia State Bar's Legal Ethics Committee.  He received his B.A., magna cum laude, from Yale University and his J.D. from Yale Law School. Missia H. Vaselaney is a partner in the Cleveland office of Taft, Stettinius & Hollister, LLP, where her practice focuses on estate planning for individuals and businesses.  She also represents clients before federal and state taxing authorities.  Ms. Vaselaney is a member of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and has been a member of the Steering Committee for AICPA’s National Advanced Estate Planning Conference since 2001.  Ms. Vaselaney received her B.A. from the University of Dayton and her J.D. from the Cleveland-Marshall College of Law.   Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 11/11/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Ethics of Beginning and Ending Client Relationships

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Elizabeth Treubert Simon

Substantial ethics issues flow from the moment an attorney-client relationship is formed, whether it is formed intentionally or through inadvertence.  Determining when a relationship commences and the scope of the representation has dramatic implications for issues related to confidentiality, conflicts of interest, the attorney-client privilege and more. Ending an engagement is nearly as complicated. When are you allowed to end an engagement?  And how must you go about it without prejudicing a client’s interest in a transaction or in litigation? This program will you provide a real-world guide the ethical issues of beginning and ending an attorney client relationship.   Determining when and how a relationship starts – including through inadvertence Email and technology issues – how unsolicited communications may trigger ethical obligations Joint representation issues – unsorting the confidentiality and privilege issues End a relationship – when are you allowed to end an engagement?  How do you do it ethically? Circumstances when you might be required to end a relationship   Speaker: Elizabeth Treubert Simon is an ethics attorney in the Washington, D.C. office of Akin Gump Strauss Hauer & Feld LLP, where she advises on a wide range of ethics and compliance-related matters to support Akin Gump’s offices worldwide.  Previously, her practice focused on business and commercial litigation and providing counsel to clients regarding professional ethics and attorney disciplinary procedures.  She is a member of the New York State Bar Association Committee on Professional Discipline and the District of Columbia Rules of Professional Conduct Rules Review Committee.  She is the immediate past chair of the District of Columbia Legal Ethics Committee.  She writes and speaks extensively on attorney ethics issues.   She received her B.A. and M.S. from the University of Pennsylvania and her J.D. from Albany Law School.   Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 12/31/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Ethics of Co-Counsel and Referral Relationships

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Brian S. Faughnan

Co-counsel and referral relationships are common in law practice.  Lawyers associate with other lawyers on cases to gain specialized knowledge required for competent representation in a case.Litigation counsel may seek local counsel on a case in another jurisdiction.  Lawyers also refer out business for a variety of reasons, including overflow work or the work is outside of a lawyer’s core competencies.  These any many other co-counsel and referral relationships, however, raise substantial ethical and malpractice issues.  This program will provide you with a framework for understanding the ethical issues surrounding co-counsel and referral relationships.  Duty to supervise counsel to whom you have referred work ·         Associating with other lawyers or firms to gain competence in specific areas ·         Fee splitting in co-counsel or referral relationships ·         Liability to co-counsel for breaches of fiduciary duty or malpractice ·         Liability for errors of co-counsel ·         Duty to inform of malpractice by co-counsel  Speakers:  Brian S. Faughnan is special counsel in the Memphis office of Thomason Hendrix Harvey Johnson & Mitchell, PLLC, where he represents clients in a wide variety of matters at the trial level and on appeal.  He counsels lawyers and law firms on a wide variety of issues surrounding legal ethics and professional responsibility. He is the chair of the Tennessee Bar Association’s Standing Committee on Ethics and Professional Responsibility, a reporter for the committee’s rules revision project, a member of the Association of Professional Responsibility Lawyers, and a member of the Media Law Resource Center’s Ethics Committee.       Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 5/30/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Ethics of Identifying Your Client: It's Not Always Easy

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Elizabeth Treubert Simon and Thomas E. Spahn

Ethics of Identifying Your Client: It's Not Always Easy The first step in every ethics analysis is answering the question, who is your client?  It’s seemingly a very easy question to answer, but it’s not always 20/20 except in hindsight.  Representing multiple parties on the same matter, whether in litigation or on a transaction, may mean you have many clients, some or all with conflicts.   If you’re a private practitioner and you represent an organization, your client may be the entity, its officers from whom you are taking directions, or possibly both. If you’re an in-house attorney, the analysis – and its implications for the attorney-client privilege – becomes even more complex.  This program will provide you with a real world guide to ethics of identifying your client in a variety of settings avoiding conflicts of interest with the client.   ·         Ethics and identifying your client and avoiding conflicts in transactions and litigation ·         Representing businesses entities, nonprofit associations, and the government – client v. person giving directions ·         Identifying clients in trust and estate planning – the testator or the person paying your fees? ·         Special ethical challenges and ethical risks for in-house counsel and attorney-client privilege issues ·         How to untangle clients and conflicts in joint representations – managing conflicts and information flows ·         Best practices in documenting client representation to avoid later challenge   Speakers: Elizabeth Treubert Simon is an ethics attorney in the Washington, D.C. office of Akin Gump Strauss Hauer & Feld LLP, where she advises on a wide range of ethics and compliance-related matters to support Akin Gump’s offices worldwide.  Previously, she practiced law in Washington DC and New York, focusing on business and commercial litigation and providing counsel to clients regarding professional ethics and attorney disciplinary procedures.  She is a member of the New York State Bar Association Committee on Professional Discipline and the District of Columbia Legal Ethics Committee.  She writes and speaks extensively on attorney ethics issues.     Thomas E. Spahn is a partner in the McLean, Virginia office of McGuireWoods, LLP, where he has a broad complex commercial, business and securities litigation practice. He also has a substantial practice advising businesses on properly creating and preserving the attorney-client privilege and work product protections.  For more than 20 years he has lectured extensively on legal ethics and professionalism and has written “The Attorney-Client Privilege and the Work Product Doctrine: A Practitioner’s Guide,” a 750 page treatise published by the Virginia Law Foundation.  Mr. Spahn has served as member of the ABA Standing Committee on Ethics and Professional Responsibility and as a member of the Virginia State Bar's Legal Ethics Committee.     Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 61
    Min.
  • 10/24/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Ethics of Shared Law Offices, Working Remotely & Virtual Offices

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Thomas E. Spahn

Technology allows lawyers far more flexibility to practice law than ever before.  Lawyers can work in shared offices, splitting expenses with other small firms or solo practitioners. They can work remotely, from home or virtually anywhere, with basic computer and networking technology. But all these innovations come with ethics traps. These include issues of communications and confidentiality, supervising outsourced worked, multijurisdictional practice, and managing all the technology used to practice law from home.  This program will provide you with a practical guide to ethical issues when working from home or anywhere but a traditional office.   ·         Disclosure to clients of virtual nature of law office ·         Duty of competence as a duty to understand technology ·         Electronic communications, confidentiality, and ethical risks in virtual law offices ·         How Web sites and a “virtual” presence implicate multijurisdictional practice issues ·         Outsourcing work to paralegal services, including fee sharing issues   Speaker: Thomas E. Spahn is a partner in the McLean, Virginia office of McGuireWoods, LLP, where he has a broad complex commercial, business and securities litigation practice. He also has a substantial practice advising businesses on properly creating and preserving the attorney-client privilege and work product protections.  For more than 20 years he has lectured extensively on legal ethics and professionalism and has written “The Attorney-Client Privilege and the Work Product Doctrine: A Practitioner’s Guide,” a 750 page treatise published by the Virginia Law Foundation.  Mr. Spahn has served as member of the ABA Standing Committee on Ethics and Professional Responsibility and as a member of the Virginia State Bar's Legal Ethics Committee.  He received his B.A., magna cum laude, from Yale University and his J.D. from Yale Law School.   Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 5/24/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Ethics of Working with Experts and Witnesses

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Thomas E. Spahn, Elizabeth Treubert Simon

Ethics of Working with Experts and Witnesses Preparing witnesses – whether fact witnesses or experts – for deposition or trial or conferring with them during breaks in testimony fraught with ethical issues. Expert witnesses are paid for their time, not their testimony. Though they may be hired to support a client’s view of the facts, there are limits to how experts can be coached. There are also real limits to how attorneys can prompt fact witnesses, for instance to “not remember” unfavorable facts. There are also significant ethical issues involving how to handle inadvertently produced privileged documents and when testimony goes in an unexpected adverse direction. This program will provide you with a practical guide to the ethical issues and traps of working with witnesses. Paying witnesses for their time versus their testimony Prompting a witness to “not remember” unfavorable testimony Conferring with witnesses during deposition breaks and the limits of what you advise Dishonest witnesses – what are your obligations to the court and your client? How to handle the inadvertent production of privileged documents Drafting witness affidavits without interviewing the witness   Speakers: Thomas E. Spahn is a partner in the Tysons Corners, Virginia office of McGuireWoods, where he advises firm clients on professional responsibility issues and properly creating and preserving the attorney-client privilege and work product protections.  He has served on the ABA Standing Committee on Ethics and Professional Responsibility and is a Member of the American Law Institute and a Fellow of the American Bar Foundation.  He has written extensively on attorney-client privilege, ethics and other topics, and has spoken at over 1,800 CLE programs throughout the U.S. and in several foreign countries.  Through links on his website biography, he has made available to the public his summaries of over 1,600 Virginia and ABA legal ethics opinions, organized by topic; a 300 page summary of his two-volume 1,500 page book on the attorney-client privilege and work product doctrine; over 900 weekly email alerts about privilege and work product cases; and materials for 40 ethics programs on numerous topics, totaling over 9,000 pages of analysis.  Mr. Spahn graduated magna cum laude from Yale University and received his J.D. from Yale Law School.   Elizabeth Treubert Simon is an ethics attorney in the Washington, D.C. office of Akin Gump Strauss Hauer & Feld LLP, where she advises on a wide range of ethics and compliance-related matters to support Akin Gump’s offices worldwide.  Previously, her practice focused on business and commercial litigation and providing counsel to clients regarding professional ethics and attorney disciplinary procedures.  She is a member of the New York State Bar Association Committee on Professional Discipline and the District of Columbia Rules of Professional Conduct Rules Review Committee.  She is the immediate past chair of the District of Columbia Legal Ethics Committee.  She writes and speaks extensively on attorney ethics issues.   She received her B.A. and M.S. from the University of Pennsylvania and her J.D. from Albany Law School.       Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 1/20/26
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Ethics, Attorneys, and Social Media: How to Keep the Disciplinary Counsel from Knocking at Your Door

$51.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Phillip Bogdanoff

Ethics, Attorneys, and Social Media: How to Keep the Disciplinary Counsel from Knocking at Your Door Ethical conduct is a key to being an effective attorney. Each week we read about disciplinary cases where attorneys are suspended for misconduct involving clients, the courts, or other attorneys. In this presentation we examine disciplinary cases involving the misuse of social media and the types of conduct that result in disciplinary action and suspensions. We will examine the rules of professional conduct as it relates to giving legal advice on social media and advertising on social media.   We will review a disciplinary case where a prosecutor used social media in order to persuade a defense witness not to testify at trial.  Most importantly, we learn how to avoid professional misconduct with regard to the use of social media. NOTE: This program reviews material from relevant attorney disciplinary cases. This includes recounting excerpts from transcripts and social media posts that include profanity used by attorneys in their social media posts and other messages.   Phillip Bogdanoff Philip Bogdanoff is a career retired Summit County prosecutor who has experience as a police legal advisor and has taught at seminars sponsored by the Ohio Prosecuting Attorneys Association, Ohio Attorney General’s office, DEA, MADD, West Virginia Prosecutor’s Institute, Arizona Prosecutor’s Coordinating Council, Idaho Prosecuting Attorneys Association, Indiana Prosecuting Attorneys Association, Virginia Prosecutors Association and numerous law enforcement agencies in Ohio.  Please see his website for more information, philipbogdanoff.com.     Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • Webcast
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 4/25/24
    Presented
  • DETAILS
Course1

Evolution of Cannabis in Oklahoma

$65.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Felina Rivera and Kindra Dotson

Evolution of Cannabis in Oklahoma   PROGRAM PLANNER: Felina Rivera, Owner/Managing Attorney, Renaissance Legal Solutions, PLLC In this presentation, attorney Felina Rivera is joined by Oklahoma cannabis attorneys, to provide a comprehensive and current overview of Oklahoma’s medical marijuana industry.    Speaker: Felina Rivera- Program introduction; introduction of speakers- Recent Industry News – The HHD’s Recommendation to Remove Marijuanafrom Schedule 1 Drug to Schedule 3.    o Previous Attempt at Reclassification: Sisley v. U.S. DEA (9th Circuit)- Why is it on the Schedule 1 list anyway? A brief history of the regulation ofmarijuana and hemp in the United States.- States are legalizing, so what’s the problem? Overview of current challenges.     Case law and statutes related to marijuana and crime Speaker: Kindra Dotson- The right to bear weed and arms: U.S. v. Jared Michael Harrison(CR-22-00328-PRW; Western District of Oklahoma)- Marijuana DUIs: A Daily Risk for ALL Medical MarijuanaPatients in Oklahoma         Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.   

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 75
    Min.
  • 11/30/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Exit Rights in Business Agreements

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Michael Weiner

Exit Rights in Business Agreements A client investment in an operating business, particularly a minority stake, is only as good as its liquidity rights. If a client cannot readily sell his or her ownership stake at fair market value, it has little real value. The key to ensuring liquidity is contractually creating a private market for the ownership stake. This market can come in the form of requiring other stakeholders, including the majority owner, to buy the minority stake at a mutually agreeable price, or creating other mechanisms for selling the stake to third parties. Without these contract rights, a stakeholder has no liquidity and is stuck. This program will provide you with a practical to planning and drafting contractual liquidity rights in closely held companies.   Planning and drafting liquidity rights in closely held companies Counseling clients about the limitations and risks of liquidity in closely held companies Framework of alternatives for determining most appropriate liquidity rights “Texas standoff” or “Russian roulette” – opportunities, risks and tradeoffs Drafting “tag-along” and “drag-along” rights – practical uses and drawbacks How to think about valuing closely held ownership stakes   Speaker: Michael Weiner is a partner in the Denver office of Dorsey & Whitney, where he is head of the firm’s corporate department.  His practice focuses on the representation of emerging growth companies in the areas of corporate formation, mergers and acquisitions, venture capital and angel finance, public offerings, and securities regulation. He counsels boards of directors and management teams in the areas of equity compensation, corporate governance, Sarbanes-Oxley and other regulatory and disclosure matters. He also advises clients on intellectual property licensing and commercial contract matters.  Mr. Weiner earned his B.S. in economics from the University of Pennsylvania Wharton School of Business, his B.A. in American history from the University of Pennsylvania College of Arts & Sciences, and J.D. from the University of California, Los Angeles.     Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.   

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 1/13/26
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Exit Strategies: Selling Companies to Employees, Part 1

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Paul Kaplun

Many closely held companies have only two potential sets of buyers – family members of the founding generation or managers and other employees of the enterprise. The market of third-party buyers for closely held companies can be very thin, so that when family members are not suitable buyers of a company, often the best solution is to sell to employees. But sales to employees are unlike sales to third-parties or family members, involving complex issues of how to finance the sale, transition management and control of the enterprise, retain key employees, and tax treatment. This program will provide you with a detailed discussion of the major issues of selling to employees, including valuation, how the sale price is financed, transition periods, retaining employees not in the buyout group, and tax treatment. Day 1 : Long-range planning of sales to employees – and benefits over selling to third parties or family members Negotiating with employees over sales price and valuation issues Transitions of management control, including retaining seller/founder for a period of time Practical governance issues when employees are identified as potential buyers Day 2 : Overview of alternative structures and the tradeoffs of each ESOPs – structural, practical and tax issues, including leveraged buyout options Use of company redemptions of founders to accomplish a transfer Crucial issues in drafting “earnouts” on sales to employees Seller financing options, including long-term notes and security interest in assets   Speaker: Paul Kaplun is a partner in the Washington, D.C. office of Venable, LLP where he has an extensive corporate and business planning practice, and provides advisory services to emerging growth companies and entrepreneurs in a variety of industries. He formerly served as an Adjunct Professor of Law at Georgetown University Law Center, where he taught business planning.  Before entering private practice, he was a Certified Public Accountant with a national accounting firm, specializing in corporate and individual income tax planning and compliance.  Mr. Kaplun received his B.S.B.A., magna cum laude, from Georgetown University and J.D. from Georgetown University Law Center.   Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 2/1/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Exit Strategies: Selling Companies to Employees, Part 2

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Paul Kaplun

Many closely held companies have only two potential sets of buyers – family members of the founding generation or managers and other employees of the enterprise. The market of third-party buyers for closely held companies can be very thin, so that when family members are not suitable buyers of a company, often the best solution is to sell to employees. But sales to employees are unlike sales to third-parties or family members, involving complex issues of how to finance the sale, transition management and control of the enterprise, retain key employees, and tax treatment. This program will provide you with a detailed discussion of the major issues of selling to employees, including valuation, how the sale price is financed, transition periods, retaining employees not in the buyout group, and tax treatment. Day 1: Long-range planning of sales to employees – and benefits over selling to third parties or family members Negotiating with employees over sales price and valuation issues Transitions of management control, including retaining seller/founder for a period of time Practical governance issues when employees are identified as potential buyers Day 2: Overview of alternative structures and the tradeoffs of each ESOPs – structural, practical and tax issues, including leveraged buyout options Use of company redemptions of founders to accomplish a transfer Crucial issues in drafting “earnouts” on sales to employees Seller financing options, including long-term notes and security interest in assets   Speaker: Paul Kaplun is a partner in the Washington, D.C. office of Venable, LLP where he has an extensive corporate and business planning practice, and provides advisory services to emerging growth companies and entrepreneurs in a variety of industries. He formerly served as an Adjunct Professor of Law at Georgetown University Law Center, where he taught business planning.  Before entering private practice, he was a Certified Public Accountant with a national accounting firm, specializing in corporate and individual income tax planning and compliance.  Mr. Kaplun received his B.S.B.A., magna cum laude, from Georgetown University and J.D. from Georgetown University Law Center.   Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 2/2/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Exploring the Litigation Frontier: Using AI for Case Assessment and Initial Pleadings

$50.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Sean Carter

Exploring the Litigation Frontier: Using AI for Case Assessment and Initial Pleadings  Discover the future of legal practice in this cutting-edge webinar designed specifically for forward-thinking litigators. In this interactive program, you will earn how Artificial Intelligence (AI) can be your "first officer" as you navigate client engagement, case investigation, strategy development, and even drafting your initial pleadings. Don't miss this opportunity to be at the forefront of legal innovation and elevate your practice with the skills to navigate the exciting world of AI in law. In this program, lawyers will explore how Artificial Intelligence (AI) can be effectively utilized in the foundational stages of litigation -- from the onset of client engagement through to the drafting of initial pleadings. Through the use of live demonstrations and practical examples, attendees will learn how to use AI to: Provide preliminary case assessments, offering early insights into potential legal issues and strategies; Conduct detailed background research on involved parties; Conduct efficient and comprehensive legal research, accessing relevant case law and statutes; Use scenario analyses in the development of effective case strategies; Engage in effective case planning, including estimating costs and likely resource allocation; and Draft initial legal pleadings, such as complaints and motions, and learn best practices for refining AI-generated drafts to ensure accuracy and compliance with legal standards.   Sean Carter Sean Carter is a Harvard Law grad, who spent a decade practicing securities law before leaving the practice of law to pursue a career as the country's foremost Humorist at Law.Since then, Mr. Carter has crisscrossed the country delivering comedic professional educational seminars for more than 350 legal organizations in three dozen states. His presentation topics run the gamut from legal ethics to stress management to diversity. Yet, all of his presentations have one thing in common -- humor and plenty of it.In fact, in 2003, Mr. Carter was dubbed "America's Funniest Lawyer" by The Radio and Television Interview Report.Finally, Sean lives in Mesa, Arizona with his wife and four sons.       Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • Webcast
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 3/28/24
    Presented
  • DETAILS
Course1

Family Disputes & Trusts: Practical Strategies to Preserve Family Wealth

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Steven B. Malech

Family Disputes & Trusts: Practical Strategies to Preserve Family Wealth Family feuds are the most destructive force in trust and estate planning. When a senior generation of a family dies or decides to pull back from leading a family business, long suppressed inter-personal conflicts rise to the surface and have often a substantially adverse impact on the business’s operations and value. These disputes often place planners in the extremely difficult spot of having gain the trust of warring factions, understand their grievances, and use the tools of planning to help them and the company find a value-preserving resolution of their conflicts. This program will provide you with a guide to identifying and resolving family feuds in trusts.   Sources of family feuds in trusts and techniques to resolve short of litigation Disputes involving distributions, control of family assets, personal rivalries, lack of communication Techniques for resolution – outside consultants, ongoing family meetings, lifetime gifting, distribution standards How choosing trustees can provoke or alleviate family disputes How to work with warring family factions while protecting yourself as lawyer   Speaker: Steven B. Malech is partner in the New York City office of Wiggin and Dana, LLP, where he is chair of the firm’s probate litigation practice group.  He represents beneficiaries, fiduciaries and creditors in disputes involving alleged violations of the Prudent Investor Act and its predecessors, alleged breaches of fiduciary duty, disputed accountings, and will contests. He represents clients in cutting edge probate litigation matters involving trusts and estates with assets in the hundreds of millions of dollars. Mr. Malech received his B.A., with special honors, from the University of Texas and his J.D. from the Connecticut School of Law.       Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 2/17/26
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Family Law Section - Last Chance CLE

$150.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Family Law Section

FAMILY LAW SECTION – LAST CHANCE CLE Filmed on Wednesday, December 13th, 2023 A Total of Six (6) Hours of CLE with Two (2) Hours of Ethics Offered   SPEAKERS: -          Virginia Henson o   What’s Wrong with the Practice and How Do We Fix It? (Ethics) -          Monica Dionisio, Christopher Brecht, and Brian Swenson o   A Panel Discussion on the Cost of Family Law Litigation -          Christian Barnard o   Attorney Fees with Some Discussion on Requests for Suit Monies -          Linda Van Valkenburg o   Children’s Stressors and Coping Mechanisms o   Talking to Children and Separation/Divorce (Ethics) o   Children’s Preference and Visitation Schedules   Start Time    Activity       Virginia Henson (Ethics)       Monica Dionisio, Christopher Brecht, and Brian Swenson       Christian Barnard       Linda Van Valkenburg and Ron Gore – Children’s Stressors and Coping Mechanisms       Linda Van Valkenburg and Ron Gore – Talking to Children and Separation/Divorce (Ethics)       Linda Van Valkenburg and Ron Gore – Children’s Preference and Visitation Schedules   END     Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 312
    Min.
  • 12/15/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Filing Your First (Or Next) Expungement - 2023 OBA Annual Meeting

$49.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Melissa Brooks

Presented at the 2023 Oklahoma Bar Association Annual Meeting.                   Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 44
    Min.
  • 11/12/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Find and Use Historical Web Information with the Internet Archive Wayback Machine

$51.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Nicholas Taylor

Find and Use Historical Web Information with the Internet Archive Wayback Machine Imagine that you could find and have admitted as evidence virtually any public historical web content, and without having to rely on discovery from the opposing party. Imagine that you could thereby establish when specific information was first published, updated, or available online - e.g., patent disclosures, marks and copyrighted materials, terms of service, advertised claims regarding products or services, business relationships, and more. Imagine that the maintainer of such a repository made it freely available to all and were committed to both the breadth and integrity of its contents. That is the potential of the Internet Archive Wayback Machine (IAWM), a free web-based tool that provides access to hundreds of billions of archived web pages dating from 1997 to present. In this webinar, Presenter Nicholas Taylor will: Provide background on what IAWM is, how it works, and the scope of content to which it provides access; Walk through IAWM features that are useful for the discovery of specific information or web content; Review strategies and trends for authentication and admissibility of IAWM evidence in U.S. federal courts; and Explain critical differences in the behavior of archived websites accessible through IAWM and “live” websites. Folks who join this webinar should come away with a better understanding of the potential of IAWM for litigation use cases, be able to use IAWM more effectively to find relevant information, be better able to interpret evidence from IAWM, and have greater success in either having evidence from IAWM admitted, or contesting its admission, in legal proceedings.   Speaker: Nicholas Taylor provides expert witness services related to evidence produced from the Internet Archive Wayback Machine, other web archive repositories, and public websites. He is commonly engaged to help determine when particular information or web content may have been published, updated, available, or discoverable on the web, as well as to authenticate and interpret archived web content for evidentiary purposes. His regular full-time employment is as the Deputy Group Leader for Technology Strategy and Services at the Los Alamos National Laboratory Research Library. In this role, he oversees IT research and development efforts focused on digital repository services, applied information science, and system operations. Prior to Los Alamos National Laboratory, he managed and supported digital library, digital preservation, library technology, and web archiving programs at Stanford Libraries, the Library of Congress, and the U.S. Supreme Court Library. He possesses an M.A. in Communication, Culture, and Technology from Georgetown University and an M.L.S. from the University of Maryland, College Park.       Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • Webcast
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 5/3/24
    Presented
  • DETAILS
Course1

Fines, Fees, and Due Process - An Update for Defendants' Rights Under HB 2259

$25.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Ed Wunch

Fines, Fees, and Due Process - An Update for Defendants' Rights Under HB 2259   The legislature significantly amended the court debt collection process in 2023, making it less likely defendants will be incarcerated for poverty.  This program will summarize the changes and provide advocacy tools to help attorneys advocate for relief from court debt for their clients.   SPEAKER:  Ed Wunch, Legal Aid Services of Oklahoma, Inc. Ed Wunch is a Staff Attorney with Legal Aid Services of Oklahoma, Inc. (LASO), serving in that capacity since 2016. Mr. Wunch’s practice covers a number of areas including criminal justice debt, family law, consumer law, and housing. Mr. Wunch serves as an At-Large member of LASO's Leadership Team, participating in ad hoc appeal and impact case decision committees. Mr. Wunch has also served as the OBA Law Day Committee Chair since 2020.Mr. Wunch received his Bachelor of Arts, magna cum laude, from the University of California, Los Angeles in 2010. Mr. Wunch is a 2013 graduate of the University of California, Irvine School of Law     Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 61
    Min.
  • 11/1/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Foundations in Energy and Natural Resource Law for the Lawyer with No Foundation

$150.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Energy and Natural Resources Law Section

Foundations in Energy and Natural Resource Law for the Lawyer with No Foundation   ENERGY & NATURAL RESOURCES LAW SECTION of the OKLAHOMA BAR ASSOCIATION         This program will cover selected topics in energy & natural resource law to provide a basic introduction and understanding for the general practitioner and lawyer whose practice is not focused on energy & natural resource law.           AGENDA                           Welcome, Initial Remarks                         By: Elisabeth Brown, Partner at Elias, Books, Brown & Nelson, P.C.;       Chairperson of ENRLS                           Basics of Oil and Gas Ownership and Conveyancing in Oklahoma                         By: David Hampton, Partner at Hampton and Milligan, PLLC Led by Professor Hampton, a distinguished practitioner and professor in energy law, this presentation apprises non-oil and gas lawyers of the intricate realms of energy and natural resource law and covers fundamental energy law subjects, including legal descriptions, sale and purchase of minerals, assignments of interest, and title and curative matters related to mineral and leasehold ownership.                                 Deal or No Deal: Understanding and Negotiating the Oil and Gas Lease and                         Other Agreements                         By: Travis Brown, Partner at Mahaffey & Gore, P.C.                                 Vance Brown, Partner at Elias, Books, Brown & Nelson, P.C. This presentation covers the basics of oil and gas leasing, including the purpose of an oil and gas lease, what interests are covered and what rights are conveyed under the lease, basic terms and essential lease clauses generally included in the oil and gas lease, and key factors to consider when negotiating lease agreements, as well as provide a basic overview of surface damage agreements and division orders.                           Still Waters Run Deep: An Introduction to Oklahoma Water Law By: Kaylee Davis-Maddy, Partner at Doerner, Saunders, Daniel & Anderson, LLP This presentation will cover the basics of water ownership in Oklahoma, the purpose and jurisdiction of the Oklahoma Water Resources Board, and an introduction to permitting and use of water in Oklahoma.                           Demystifying the Corporation Commission – Considerations When Your Client Is Force Pooled                         By: John R. Reeves and Matthew J. Allen, Partners at Fox Rothschild, LLP This presentation covers the basics of what it means if your client receives an application for forced pooling, what actions your client should take during the procedural process at the Oklahoma Corporation Commission (“OCC”) for the pooling proceeding, and what your client should do once the pooling order is entered by the OCC.                           Concluding Remarks       Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.   

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 214
    Min.
  • 9/7/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Franchise Agreements: What You Need to Know Before Your Clients Signs, Part 1

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Kerrin O'Connell, Ethan Larson

Franchises often seem to clients like vehicles to assured success, but they are risky ventures.  The task for lawyers advising clients about franchises is to counsel them about setting reasonable expectations and help them understand the practical obligation of franchise agreements.  This is no easy task because these agreements are a complex arrangement of restrictions, fees, operational requirements, intellectual property protections and reporting periods. But understanding how these agreements work – and the range of what’s negotiable and what’s not – is essential to client success.  This program will provide you with a real world guide to the framework of franchise law, practical due diligence of franchise opportunities, and reviewing and negotiating the most important provisions of franchise agreements. Day 1: ·         Setting and counseling clients about realistic franchise expectations ·         Practical guide to reading/understanding a Franchise Disclosure Document (FDD) ·         Phases of franchise review – due diligence, negotiation of agreement, and lease work ·         Spotting red flags early in the process ·         Framework of franchise law and relationship of federal/FTC regulations to state regulation Day 2: ·         Major economic and non-economic provisions in franchise agreements ·         Determining what’s truly negotiable – and what’s not ·         Scope of territory – rights within in it and the opportunity to expand ·         Tiers of fees, royalties and marketing expenses ·         Operating standards and covenants – and negotiating for local modification ·         Transfer and exit issues when a franchisee wants out Speakers: Kerrin O'Connell is an attorney from Denver, Colorado who has focused her practice on franchise transactions and intellectual property licensing for Drumm Law. Prior to joining Drumm Law, she served as an associate at a law firm specializing in the development of franchise disclosure documents and franchise agreements for emerging franchise brands, and previously worked in the contracts department of one of the largest real estate franchisors. Ethan Larson is an attorney from Denver, Colorado who joined Drumm Law after bouncing around in various legal fields, but has now found his  home at Drumm Law, where he can put the interests of his clients first. He prides himself on providing quality work for his clients while keeping their costs down. He enjoys getting to know his clients on a personal level, and developing relationships that extend outside of the virtual office. Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 3/14/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Franchise Agreements: What You Need to Know Before Your Clients Signs, Part 2

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Kerrin O'Connell, Ethan Larson

Franchises often seem to clients like vehicles to assured success, but they are risky ventures.  The task for lawyers advising clients about franchises is to counsel them about setting reasonable expectations and help them understand the practical obligation of franchise agreements.  This is no easy task because these agreements are a complex arrangement of restrictions, fees, operational requirements, intellectual property protections and reporting periods. But understanding how these agreements work – and the range of what’s negotiable and what’s not – is essential to client success.  This program will provide you with a real world guide to the framework of franchise law, practical due diligence of franchise opportunities, and reviewing and negotiating the most important provisions of franchise agreements. Day 1: ·         Setting and counseling clients about realistic franchise expectations ·         Practical guide to reading/understanding a Franchise Disclosure Document (FDD) ·         Phases of franchise review – due diligence, negotiation of agreement, and lease work ·         Spotting red flags early in the process ·         Framework of franchise law and relationship of federal/FTC regulations to state regulation Day 2: ·         Major economic and non-economic provisions in franchise agreements ·         Determining what’s truly negotiable – and what’s not ·         Scope of territory – rights within in it and the opportunity to expand ·         Tiers of fees, royalties and marketing expenses ·         Operating standards and covenants – and negotiating for local modification ·         Transfer and exit issues when a franchisee wants out Speakers: Kerrin O'Connell is an attorney from Denver, Colorado who has focused her practice on franchise transactions and intellectual property licensing for Drumm Law. Prior to joining Drumm Law, she served as an associate at a law firm specializing in the development of franchise disclosure documents and franchise agreements for emerging franchise brands, and previously worked in the contracts department of one of the largest real estate franchisors. Ethan Larson is an attorney from Denver, Colorado who joined Drumm Law after bouncing around in various legal fields, but has now found his  home at Drumm Law, where he can put the interests of his clients first. He prides himself on providing quality work for his clients while keeping their costs down. He enjoys getting to know his clients on a personal level, and developing relationships that extend outside of the virtual office.   Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 3/15/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

From Competence to Excellence: The Ethical Imperative for Excellent Client Service

$50.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Sean Carter

From Competence to Excellence: The Ethical Imperative for Excellent Client Service The very first rule of the ethics canon calls for lawyers to provide competent representation to clients. Yet, mere competence isn't enough to satisfy our ethical obligations to our clients. We must instead strive for excellence. In this unique webinar, noted legal humorist Sean Carter will highlight the need for excellence in client service and demonstrate the consequences of mediocrity by recounting the sagas of past Ethy Award nominees -- lawyers who earned CLE infamy for the failure to provide excellent client service. In this webinar, legal humorist Sean Carter will review the competence requirement with an eye towards demonstrating that the ethical canon actually requires far more than mere competence on the part of practitioners. In doing so, he will discuss: The four competencies (skill, preparation, knowledge, thoroughness) The importance of relevant past experience The Preparation Paradox The different kinds of knowledge required by the rules The three keys to diligent representation (avoiding conflicts of interest, over-commitment and procrastination)       Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • Webcast
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 5/14/24
    Presented
  • DETAILS
Course1

From One Thing to Another: Business Entity Conversions & Domestication

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Elizabeth Fialkowski Stieff

From One Thing to Another: Business Entity Conversions & Domestication Choice of entity is not a one-time decision.  Business entities may choose to change their legal form for many reasons – changing tax laws, new investors that require a different form of entity, or market or regulatory conditions making a different form of entity the better choice. But whenever an entity is converted from one form to another, significant tax liability and corporate or partnership law issues arise.  One important consideration is how to modify the company’s underlying agreements to ensure basic economic arrangements among the owners remain intact.  This program will provide a real-world guide to entity conversions. ·         Conversions among C Corps, S Corps, partnerships and LLCs ·         Strategies for minimizing tax on conversions ·         Business and organizational law considerations when converting an entity ·         Drafting issues in restating underlying company agreements ·         Practical and tax traps when engaging in an entity conversion   Speaker:   Elizabeth Fialkowski Stieff is an attorney in the Baltimore, Maryland office of Venable, LLP, where her practice focuses on corporate advisory matters, including mergers, acquisitions, and joint ventures, as well as tax controversies.  Prior to joining Venable, she was an associate in corporate and securities practice at a national law firm, where she advised clients on a variety of federal and state tax issues.  Before entering private practice, she served as a judicial clerk to Judge L. Paige Marvel of the United States Tax Court.     Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 7/28/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Fundamentals of Licensing Technology, Part 1

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Matt McKinney

Fundamentals of Licensing Technology, Part 1 Licenses are complex agreements governing the use of software, technology and other inventions.  Most companies depend on technology it licenses to create operate and create value.  But these complex instruments are also traps for the unwary, blending how and when the licensed technology can be used, in what territory, and by whom.  Licenses also incorporate sprawling indemnity and damages provisions. Carefully drafted, negotiated or reviewed, licenses can be the fount of great value. But their complexity is also fraught with traps.  This program will provide you with an intermediate-level guide to drafting and reviewing the most important provisions of licenses, including scope of use, property ownership and adaptation, royalties, warranties and indemnity, and remedies. Day 1: Drafting and reviewing the most important provisions of client licenses Defining the scope of the license – usage, territory, time and updates Royalties – different structures and audits Warranties in licensing – implied and express Protecting the exchange of confidential information – employee issues and trade secrets   Day 2: Remedies on breach – financial liability and specific performance Indemnity – scope of obligation, exclusions, mechanics, remedies/triggers Limitation of liability – forms liability and failure of essential purpose Risk management – insurance, escrow, force majeure IP diligence – what to look for and red flags   Speaker: Matt McKinney is a partner in the Denver office of Koenig, Oelsner, Taylor, Schoenfeld & Gaddis P.C., where his practice focuses on structuring and negotiating complex commercial and technology transactions and representing companies in intellectual property and technology-related matters.  He is experienced with a wide range of contracts regarding the commercialization and protection of intellectual property including software, content, patent and trademark licenses, and software as a service (SaaS) agreements.  Mr. McKinney earned his B.A. from Grinnell College and his J.D., with distinction, from the University of Iowa College of Law.       Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 4/12/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Fundamentals of Licensing Technology, Part 1

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Matt McKinney

Fundamentals of Licensing Technology, Part 1 Licenses are complex agreements governing the use of software, technology and other inventions.  Most companies depend on technology it licenses to create operate and create value.  But these complex instruments are also traps for the unwary, blending how and when the licensed technology can be used, in what territory, and by whom.  Licenses also incorporate sprawling indemnity and damages provisions. Carefully drafted, negotiated or reviewed, licenses can be the fount of great value. But their complexity is also fraught with traps.  This program will provide you with an intermediate-level guide to drafting and reviewing the most important provisions of licenses, including scope of use, property ownership and adaptation, royalties, warranties and indemnity, and remedies. Day 1: Drafting and reviewing the most important provisions of client licenses Defining the scope of the license – usage, territory, time and updates Royalties – different structures and audits Warranties in licensing – implied and express Protecting the exchange of confidential information – employee issues and trade secrets   Day 2: Remedies on breach – financial liability and specific performance Indemnity – scope of obligation, exclusions, mechanics, remedies/triggers Limitation of liability – forms liability and failure of essential purpose Risk management – insurance, escrow, force majeure IP diligence – what to look for and red flags   Speaker: Matt McKinney is a partner in the Denver office of Koenig, Oelsner, Taylor, Schoenfeld & Gaddis P.C., where his practice focuses on structuring and negotiating complex commercial and technology transactions and representing companies in intellectual property and technology-related matters.  He is experienced with a wide range of contracts regarding the commercialization and protection of intellectual property including software, content, patent and trademark licenses, and software as a service (SaaS) agreements.  Mr. McKinney earned his B.A. from Grinnell College and his J.D., with distinction, from the University of Iowa College of Law.         Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • Webcast
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 4/10/24
    Presented
  • DETAILS
Course1

Fundamentals of Licensing Technology, Part 2

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Matt McKinney

Fundamentals of Licensing Technology, Part 2 Licenses are complex agreements governing the use of software, technology and other inventions.  Most companies depend on technology it licenses to create operate and create value.  But these complex instruments are also traps for the unwary, blending how and when the licensed technology can be used, in what territory, and by whom.  Licenses also incorporate sprawling indemnity and damages provisions. Carefully drafted, negotiated or reviewed, licenses can be the fount of great value. But their complexity is also fraught with traps.  This program will provide you with an intermediate-level guide to drafting and reviewing the most important provisions of licenses, including scope of use, property ownership and adaptation, royalties, warranties and indemnity, and remedies. Day 1: Drafting and reviewing the most important provisions of client licenses Defining the scope of the license – usage, territory, time and updates Royalties – different structures and audits Warranties in licensing – implied and express Protecting the exchange of confidential information – employee issues and trade secrets   Day 2: Remedies on breach – financial liability and specific performance Indemnity – scope of obligation, exclusions, mechanics, remedies/triggers Limitation of liability – forms liability and failure of essential purpose Risk management – insurance, escrow, force majeure IP diligence – what to look for and red flags   Speaker: Matt McKinney is a partner in the Denver office of Koenig, Oelsner, Taylor, Schoenfeld & Gaddis P.C., where his practice focuses on structuring and negotiating complex commercial and technology transactions and representing companies in intellectual property and technology-related matters.  He is experienced with a wide range of contracts regarding the commercialization and protection of intellectual property including software, content, patent and trademark licenses, and software as a service (SaaS) agreements.  Mr. McKinney earned his B.A. from Grinnell College and his J.D., with distinction, from the University of Iowa College of Law.       Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 4/13/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Fundamentals of Licensing Technology, Part 2

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Matt McKinney

Fundamentals of Licensing Technology, Part 2 Licenses are complex agreements governing the use of software, technology and other inventions.  Most companies depend on technology it licenses to create operate and create value.  But these complex instruments are also traps for the unwary, blending how and when the licensed technology can be used, in what territory, and by whom.  Licenses also incorporate sprawling indemnity and damages provisions. Carefully drafted, negotiated or reviewed, licenses can be the fount of great value. But their complexity is also fraught with traps.  This program will provide you with an intermediate-level guide to drafting and reviewing the most important provisions of licenses, including scope of use, property ownership and adaptation, royalties, warranties and indemnity, and remedies. Day 1: Drafting and reviewing the most important provisions of client licenses Defining the scope of the license – usage, territory, time and updates Royalties – different structures and audits Warranties in licensing – implied and express Protecting the exchange of confidential information – employee issues and trade secrets   Day 2: Remedies on breach – financial liability and specific performance Indemnity – scope of obligation, exclusions, mechanics, remedies/triggers Limitation of liability – forms liability and failure of essential purpose Risk management – insurance, escrow, force majeure IP diligence – what to look for and red flags   Speaker: Matt McKinney is a partner in the Denver office of Koenig, Oelsner, Taylor, Schoenfeld & Gaddis P.C., where his practice focuses on structuring and negotiating complex commercial and technology transactions and representing companies in intellectual property and technology-related matters.  He is experienced with a wide range of contracts regarding the commercialization and protection of intellectual property including software, content, patent and trademark licenses, and software as a service (SaaS) agreements.  Mr. McKinney earned his B.A. from Grinnell College and his J.D., with distinction, from the University of Iowa College of Law.       Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • Webcast
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 4/11/24
    Presented
  • DETAILS
Course1

GALPS 2022 CLE Conference

$150.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Tracy E. Neel

GALPS 2022 CLE Conference Program Planner:  Tracy E. Neel Co-sponsored With:  Government and Admistrtative Law Section     Tribal and OBA Ethics Preston Draper   Enforcement of Laws by Agency Panel Discussion led by Teena Gunter   Employment law and the FLSA Ronald Baze, Oklahoma Department of Human Services   Ethics for State Attorneys Sean McFarland, Oklahoma Department of Human Services   Cybersecurity  Geoff Wilson, Go Security Pro   Open Records Act Thomas Schnieder, Oklahoma Attorney General's Office     Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 275
    Min.
  • 12/31/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

GALPS 2023 CLE Conference

$175.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Government and Administrative Law Section

GALPS 2023 CLE Conference Friday, December 8th, 2023 Co-sponsored With:  Government and Administrative Law Section AGENDA   8:30 - 9:00 am ~ Registration and Breakfast 9:00 - 9:10 am ~ Welcome 9:10 - 10:00 am ~ Trevor Pemberton - Executive Function 10:00 - 10:50 am ~ Elizabeth Field - Professional Licensing 10:50 - 11:00 am ~ Morning Break 11:00 - 11:50 am ~ Amanda Otis & Jason Lawson - The State of Procurement 12:00 - 1:00 pm ~ Lunch Break 1:00 - 1:50 pm ~ Sarah Penn & James Rucker - The State of Agency Deference 1:50 - 2:40 pm ~ Panel Discussion -Eric Davis, Don Maisch, Mackenzie Murphy-Wilfong, Kara Smith 2:40 - 2:50 pm ~ Afternoon Break 2:50 - 3:40 pm ~ Preston Draper - A Brave New World: AI Through an Ethics Lens     Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.     

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 308
    Min.
  • 12/31/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Getting to Market: Sales and Distribution Agreements

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Joel R. Buckberg

Getting to Market: Sales and Distribution Agreements  A product is only as successful as its distribution, only as profitable as it reaches the widest market possible.  Most suppliers of goods rely on distributors to reach the market. Distributor agreements can come in a multitude of types, including wholesale and retail distribution agreements. These agreements encompass a series of intricately interrelated provisions about the scope of products, the scope of the territory involved, exclusivity, pricing control, support in the form of marketing and training, supply guarantees, and much more.  Success for both the supplier and the distributor depends on a thoughtfully planned and drafted agreement.  This program will provide you with a practical guide to drafting the most essential provisions of distributor agreement.   Understanding distributor and supplier objectives – and how they can be harmonized ·         Legal framework of distributor agreements ·         Products covered and how they are defined and altered over time ·         Exclusivity – territory and products ·         Support – training, advertising, promotion ·         Supply guarantees, timeliness of performance ·         Pricing – who controls and antitrust considerations   Speaker: Joel R. Buckberg is a partner in Nashville office of Baker Donelson, P.C. and vice chair of the firm’s corporate group. He has more than 40 years’ experience in corporate and business transactions.  His practice focuses on corporate and asset transactions and operations, particularly in hospitality, franchising and distribution.  He also counsels clients on strategic planning, financing, mergers and acquisitions, system policy and practice development, regulatory compliance and contract system drafting. Prior to joining Baker Donelson, he was executive vice president and deputy general counsel of Cendant Corporation.       Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 58
    Min.
  • 8/8/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Going Over: Employment Law Issues When a Key Employee Leaves for a Competitor

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Jennifer S. Baldocchi, Jessica Mendelson, Lindsey Jackson

Going Over: Employment Law Issues When a Key Employee Leaves for a Competitor   Few things strike heart of business owners more than when a key employee departs and joins a competitor.  The departing employee may have sensitive knowledge about products or services, pricing strategies, customer lists, financial or other information essential to the success of the business.  If the business has planned for this eventuality, placing restrictions on key employees through a variety of agreements, any damage may be limited.  But if the key employee is departing without these agreements in place, the business must rely on strategies for protecting its sensitive information. This program will provide you a real-world guide to protecting your client’s sensitive business information when a key employee departs.   ·         Conducting effective exit interviews of the departing employee ·         Enforcing contractual provisions against disclosure of sensitive employer information ·         Resort to statutory protections of trade secrets or “know how” when contractual protections don’t exist ·         Understanding how employment law torts may apply to specific situations ·         Planning in anticipation of the eventual loss of a key employee   Speakers: Jennifer S. Baldocchi is a partner in Los Angeles office of Paul Hastings, LLP, where she co-chairs the office’s employment law department.  Her practice focuses on employee mobility and intellectual property, including trade secrets, covenants not to compete, unfair competition, and fiduciary duties.   In her transactional practice, she prepares employee and executive contracts, focusing on the protection of trade secrets and the prevention of improper customer and employee solicitations. She is recognized by Legal 500 US for trade secrets litigation and non-contentious matters. Jessica Mendelson is an attorney in the Palo Alto, California office of Paul Hastings, LLP, where her practice focuses on trade secrets litigation and employee mobility issues.  Prior to joining Paul Hastings, Ms. Mendelson practiced trade secret, trademark, and copyright litigation in the intellectual property department of a boutique firm in Los Angeles. Lindsey Jackson is an attorney in the Los Angeles office of Paul Hastings, LLP, where she represents employers in all aspects of employment law and labor relations, including wage-and-hour, discrimination, retaliation, harassment, trade secrets, and employee mobility matters. Ms. Jackson has also represented clients in employment litigation touching upon cybersecurity issues.       Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 11/17/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Good Faith and Fair Dealing in Business Transactions: Litigation Risks

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Shannon M. Bell

Good Faith and Fair Dealing in Business Transactions: Litigation Risks When business transactions go bad – either because they fail on their own terms or they never reach the closing table – there are often recriminations, accusations of bad-faith and threats of litigation.  The parties negotiating these transactions are subject to certain standards of conduct which, if violated, give rise to liability. Various theories of liability exist, including breach of the duty of good faith and fair dealing, negligent or fraudulent misrepresentation, and interference with a business expectancy. This program will provide you with real-world guide to the standards of conduct in business transactions and your clients can mitigate risk of liability.   ·         Sources of fiduciary standards in negotiating, drafting and closing business transactions ·         How fiduciary standards are commonly breached in transactions ·         Role of business torts, including negligent and fraudulent misrepresentation, interference with a business expectancy ·         Risks of litigation and practical remedies – damages, rescission, specific performance ·         Special duties in closely held businesses, including misappropriation of company opportunities   Speaker: Shannon M. Bell is a member with Kelly Law Partners, LLC, where she litigates a wide variety of complex business disputes, construction disputes, fiduciary claims, employment issues, and landlord/tenant issues.  Her construction experience extends from contract negotiations to defense of construction claims of owners, HOAs, contractors and tradesmen.  She also represents clients in claims of shareholder and officer liability, piercing the corporate veil, and derivative actions.  She writes and speaks on commercial litigation, employment, discovery and bankruptcy topics.       Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 58
    Min.
  • 8/22/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Governance for Nonprofit and Exempt Organizations

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Michael Lehmann

Non-profit and tax exempt organizations of every size are complex organizations.  Boards of directors need to recruit and retain talented management, supervise the investment of endowments in often volatile markets, engage profit-making corporations in joint ventures, and ensure the integrity of systems and policies in environment of increased governmental and public scrutiny.  Effective governance of these organizations is essential to advancing the non-profit’s mission.  When governance fails, the organization itself and its directors are exposed to potential liability. This program will provide you with a practical guide to major governance issues for non-profits, including major management issues.   Current IRS and attorneys general investigation and enforcement priorities Essential provisions of non-profit management agreements Best practices for determining executive compensation Fiduciary duties, potential liability, and indemnification of nonprofit directors and officers Compliance issues, including Form 990   Speaker: Michael Lehmann is a partner in the New York office of Dechert, LLP, where he specializes in tax issues related to non-profits and in the tax treatment of cross-border transactions.  He advises hospitals and other health care providers, research organizations, low-income housing developers, trade associations, private foundations and arts organizations.  He advises clients on obtaining and maintaining tax-exempt status, executive compensation, reorganizations and joint ventures, acquisitions, and unrelated business income planning.  Mr. Lehmann received his A.B., magna cum laude, from Brown University, his J.D. from Columbia Law School, and his LL.M. from New York University School of Law.

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 3/2/26
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Guarantees in Real Estate Transactions

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  John S. Hollyfield

Guarantees undergird most real estate transactions.  Lenders, investors and others are often unwilling or unable to finance or otherwise support a real estate transaction without certain substantial guarantees.  These guarantees may concern repayment of loan proceeds or performance of other services – construction, maintenance and waste prevention, environmental indemnity, etc.  The scope of guarantees is highly negotiated, particularly whether the guarantee is recourse or non-recourse and the scope of carve-outs from the guarantees. This program will provide you with a practical guide to negotiating and drafting guarantees in real estate transactions.    Types of guarantees – payment, performance, collection, completion Essential elements of a guarantee – consideration, scope, carve-outs, waivers Guarantees for property maintenance/no waste, environmental indemnity and other non-financial concerns Carve-outs – full v. partial, fraud, misappropriation, misapplication, failure to maintain, insurance, and more Guarantees of construction loans   Speaker: John S. Hollyfield is of counsel and a former partner in the Houston office Norton Rose Fulbright, LLP.  He has more than 40 years’ experience in real estate law practice.  He formerly served as chair of the ABA Real Property, Probate and Trust Law Section, president of the American College of Real Estate Lawyers, and chair of the Anglo-American Real Property Institute.  He has been named a "Texas Super Lawyer" in Real Estate Law by Texas Monthly magazine and is listed in Who’s Who in American Law.  He is co-editor of Modern Banking and Lending Forms (4th Edition), published by Warren, Gorham & Lamont.  He received his B.B.A. from the University of Texas and his LL.B. from the University of Texas School of Law.   Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 12/20/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Guardianships Under Title 10A and Title 30 – Advice and Practice Tips

$49.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Hon. Kaitlyn Allen and Allyson E. Dow

Guardianships Under Title 10A and Title 30 – Advice and Practice Tips   This session covers how to handle juvenile guardianship matters whether you represent the child, guardian, or parent, from the perspective of both the bench and bar. These types of cases have a profound impact on families' lives. Contested guardianships are also an opportunity to build trial practice and negotiation skills while assisting someone at a pivotal moment in their life.       Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 57
    Min.
  • 12/31/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Health Care Issues in Estate Planning

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Michael Sneeringer, Missia H. Vaselaney

Health Care Issues in Estate Planning Trust and estate planning for health care involves counseling clients about what are often the most difficult decisions in their life or lives of loved ones. There are issues of making life-and-death health care decisions many years in advance of when those decisions will be needed. There are equally delicate decisions about the appointment of trustees or conservators.  Planning for long-term care – and how to fund that care – is often the biggest challenge for most clients.  If clients are not carefully counseled about their choices and their decisions not carefully reflected in trust and estate documents, their most important goals will be unfulfilled.  This program will provide you with a practical guide to the most important health care issues in trust and estate planning.   Counseling clients about planning for health care decision-making Tension between health care providers & trustees: Areas of competence, conflict, and cooperation Drafting advance health care directives & revocable trusts Defining objective health care “triggers” in documentation Key issues in appointing trustees, guardians & conservators Availability & financing of home health care & institutional care   Speakers: Michael Sneeringer a partner in the Naples, Florida office of Porter Wright Morris & Arthur LLP, where his practice focuses on trust and estate planning, probate administration, asset protection planning, and tax law. He has served as vice chair of the asset protection planning committee of the ABA’s Real Property, Trust and Estate Section and is an official reporter of the Heckerling Institute.  Mr. Sneeringer received his B.A. from Washington & Jefferson College, his J.D., cum laude, St. Thomas University School of Law, and his LL.M. from the University of Miami School of Law.   Missia H. Vaselaney is a partner in the Cleveland office of Taft, Stettinius & Hollister, LLP, where her practice focuses on estate planning for individuals and businesses.  She also represents clients before federal and state taxing authorities.  Ms. Vaselaney is a member of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and has been a member of the Steering Committee for AICPA’s National Advanced Estate Planning Conference since 2001.  Ms. Vaselaney received her B.A. from the University of Dayton and her J.D. from the Cleveland-Marshall College of Law.       Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 1/18/26
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Holding Business Interests in Trusts

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Michael Sneeringer, Missia H. Vaselaney

There are tax and other benefits to holding a closely-held company or other business interests in a trust.  But there are also substantial risks.  Trusts are typically required to diversify their holdings. But when a company is held in a trust there is almost a highly concentrated, and thus risky, position. Similarly, holding real estate or nontraditional assets also involves issues of liquidity and proper fiduciary and income tax administration. This program will provide you with a real world guide placing business interests in a trust. Dilemmas of operating companies in trusts – concentrated assets, speed, decision-making Concentrated assets and the fiduciary duty to diversify Counseling clients about the right trust for different asset classes Preserving S Corp status or other tax benefits in trust Business succession planning for family businesses Managing minority stakes in operating companies or assets Financial and tax administration traps Speakers: Michael Sneeringer a partner in the Naples, Florida office of Porter Wright Morris & Arthur LLP, where his practice focuses on trust and estate planning, probate administration, asset protection planning, and tax law. He has served as vice chair of the asset protection planning committee of the ABA’s Real Property, Trust and Estate Section and is an official reporter of the Heckerling Institute.  Mr. Sneeringer received his B.A. from Washington & Jefferson College, his J.D., cum laude, St. Thomas University School of Law, and his LL.M. from the University of Miami School of Law. Missia H. Vaselaney is a partner in the Cleveland office of Taft, Stettinius & Hollister, LLP, where her practice focuses on estate planning for individuals and businesses.  She also represents clients before federal and state taxing authorities.  Ms. Vaselaney is a member of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and has been a member of the Steering Committee for AICPA’s National Advanced Estate Planning Conference since 2001.  Ms. Vaselaney received her B.A. from the University of Dayton and her J.D. from the Cleveland-Marshall College of Law.   Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 5/18/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Honoring Sovereignty: An Indian Law Update

$175.00
  • Author/Instructor:  OBA Indian Law Section

Oklahoma Bar Association Indian Law Section CLE December 21, 2023, 9 a.m. to 4:20 p.m. Oklahoma Bar Center, Oklahoma City and Online     Topic Panelists   Welcome from OCU Law Dean David Holt The Hon. David Holt   U.S. Supreme Court Update A discussion focused on the Supreme Court’s notable Indian law decisions in the last year and cases to watch on this year’s docket. Prof. Marc Roark, University of Tulsa College of Law, Professor and Associate Dean of Faculty Development   Tribal Court Transitions A primer on how to transition from a tribal court created by the Code of Federal Regulations, i.e. a “CFR Court,” to an independent tribal court, featuring necessary legal infrastructure and practical tips. Hon. Eldridge Onco, Chief Justice, Kiowa Tribal Court; Hon. Heather Mitchell, Chief Judge, Kiowa Tribal Court; Hershel M. Gorham, Esq., General Counsel, Cheyenne & Arapaho Tribes   Break     Smoothing the Path from Fee to Trust A detailed overview on how to make an application to Interior for taking land into trust, whether for gaming, non-gaming or “mandatory” acquisitions. Valery Giebel, Esq., senior Indian law attorney, U.S. Department of the Interior Office of the Solicitor, Tulsa Field Office   Lunch     Farm Bill Updates for Indian Country Learn how updates to the 2018 Farm Bill 2023 will impact Indian Country’s farming, ranching, hemp, forestry and nutrition programs to achieve food sovereignty and security. Carly D. Griffith Hotvedt, Esq. Associate Director of the Indigenous Food and Agriculture Initiative ("IFIA"), University of Arkansas Law School Kelli Case Senior Staff Attorney, IFIA Kristiana Coutu Director of Policy, Research and Governance, IFIA   Restoring the Indian Treaty Power Professor Pearl will discuss the likely unconstitutional nature of the 1871 prohibition on the President’s ability to enter into treaties with Indian tribes, touching on relevant case law on separation of powers, potential legal challenges and how the ability to negotiate treaties would solve many disputes between Oklahoma tribes and the State. Prof. M. Alexander Pearl, University of Oklahoma College of Law   Break     Eliminating Implicit Bias in the Legal Profession   This interactive session will explore how attorneys can meet their duty under the Rules of Professional Conduct to respect the legal system and those who serve it by recognizing and mitigating implicit bias in their relationships and interactions with clients, job applicants and as prosecutors, defense counsel and judges.    Dr. Natasha M. Mickel, PhD., Assistant Professor, Assistant Director of Faculty Development, University of Oklahoma HSC. Stephanie Hudson, Esq., director, Oklahoma Indian Legal Services; President, Oklahoma Bar Association Indian Law Section       Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 375
    Min.
  • 12/31/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

How Ethics Rules Apply to Lawyers Outside of Law Practice

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Thomas E. Spahn

How Ethics Rules Apply to Lawyers Outside of Law Practice Ethics rules are intended primarily to regulate lawyer acts when practicing law. But the rules do not always stop there. Lawyers can be held responsible and disciplined under ethics rules for things they do when acting outside of their practices. Lawyers may be disciplined under ethics rules for criminal conduct, including misdemeanors, entirely unrelated to their lawyerly conduct. They may be also be disciplined for any acts that involve dishonesty, misrepresentation, or any actions prejudicial to the judicial system. This program will provide you with a guide to circumstances in which ethics rules apply to lawyers when they act outside of law practice.   Dishonesty and misrepresentation when a lawyer is acting as a non-lawyer Lawyers as business people – how counter-parties can allege ethical misconduct Self-representation – when lawyers represent themselves in litigation, who can they communicate with? Violations of law, including misdemeanors, as ethics violations Restrictions on lawyers’ ability to market themselves in non-lawyer roles   Speaker: Thomas E. Spahn is a partner in the McLean, Virginia office of McGuireWoods, LLP, where he has a broad complex commercial, business and securities litigation practice. He also has a substantial practice advising businesses on properly creating and preserving the attorney-client privilege and work product protections.  For more than 20 years he has lectured extensively on legal ethics and professionalism and has written “The Attorney-Client Privilege and the Work Product Doctrine: A Practitioner’s Guide,” a 750-page treatise published by the Virginia Law Foundation.  Mr. Spahn has served as member of the ABA Standing Committee on Ethics and Professional Responsibility and as a member of the Virginia State Bar's Legal Ethics Committee.  He received his B.A., magna cum laude, from Yale University and his J.D. from Yale Law School.     Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 2/6/26
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

How Secondary Trauma Affects Attorney Mental Health

$51.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Becky Howlett and Cindy Sharp

How Secondary Trauma Affects Attorney Mental Health Attorneys often represent people who have been traumatized as victims of abuse, crime, or other adversity. As the matter unfolds, lawyers, staff and judges alike may be exposed to emotional stories, highly charged situations, as well as gruesome and disturbing evidence, which can lead to secondary or vicarious trauma.  Symptoms include burnout, PTSD, irritability, difficulties with sleep and concentration as well as diminished pleasure and interest in activities. Join Cindy Sharp and Becky Howlett for this timely educational webinar as they explore secondary trauma. Case studies of legal professionals who have experienced the adverse effects of vicarious trauma are included.  Certified Meditation Instructor and Attorney Becky Howlett will teach and lead mindfulness practices throughout this session. Attendees will learn: How to identify situations that may lead to secondary trauma  Symptoms of vicarious traumatization Ethical Implications of secondary trauma: Analysis of MRPC 1.1 - Competence, MRPC 1.3 - Diligence, MRPC 1.4 - Communication, MRPC 8.4 - Misconduct Specific steps you can take IMMEDIATELY to manage and avoid the ill effects of compassion fatigue Tips on how to approach a colleague who is exhibiting “the signs” Strategies to implement a trauma-informed approach  How to use mindfulness tools to develop deeper awareness about secondary trauma   Cindy Sharp, Esq. Veteran Attorney Cynthia Sharp works with motivated lawyers seeking to build sustainable law practices. After building and selling her boutique firm which she ran for over a quarter of a century, she embarked on a professional speaking and consulting career.  For the past 10 years, she has dedicated herself to sharing practice building strategies and processes with solo and small firm attorneys throughout North America. In recognition of her contributions to the profession, the ABA GPSolo Division named her Trainer of the Year.   As Director of Attorney Development, Cindy has established an international presence as an author and speaker on the topics of law firm branding and marketing strategies. She also shares practice management techniques with an emphasis on ethical implications - lecturing extensively to law firms, bar associations and other legal organizations. She can be reached via email at cindy@thesharperlawyer.com.   Becky Howlett, Esq. Becky Howlett is an attorney, consultant, and educator dedicated to facilitating positive relationships with others and ourselves.  After graduating from KU Law cum laude with a Tribal Lawyers Certificate in 2014, Becky focused her career on Indian Country advocacy, developing an expertise in federal Indian law and policy and tribal law. After experiencing burnout early on in her legal career, Becky felt compelled to do an in-depth study of meditation techniques and share these practices with others. In spring 2020, she co-founded legalburnout.com with the mission of empowering others to effectively manage their stress by promoting mindfulness practices in the legal field.     Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • Webcast
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 4/24/24
    Presented
  • DETAILS
Course1

How Stoned is Too Stoned II? 15 Years Later

$175.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Oklahoma Bar Association

How Stoned is Too Stoned II?   15 Years Laterpresented by:  OBA Family Law Section TREATMENT AND REUNIFICATIONCarrie Short, LCSW, BCD, MLS, Tulsa, OKRebound Mental HealthMEDICAL MARIJUANA LAWSMary Ann Roberts, J.D., Oklahoma City, OKEmily Music, Oklahoma City, OKOklahoma Medical Marijuana Authority10:50AM - 11:40AMMED. MARIJ. BUSINESS FORMATIONVirginia Henson, Esq., Norman, OKHenson and Huffman12:30PM - 1:20PM VALUING A MED. MARIJ. BUSINESSVirginia Henson, Esq., Norman, OKHenson and Huffman1:20PM - 2:10PM DRUG TESTINGKeith HallARCpoint Labs of Oklahoma City2:20PM - 3:10PM ADDICTIONDr. William Yarborough, M.D. , Addiction MedicineSEVA Medcare, Tulsa, OK3:10PM - 4:00PM ETHICAL DUTIES & ADDICTIONRichard Stevens, Esq., Oklahoma City, OKOBA Ethics Counsel   Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 420
    Min.
  • 4/20/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

How to Fix a Broken Trust: Decanting, Reformation & Other Tools

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Benjamin S. Candland

Not every irrevocable trust ends up serving its intended purpose or is financially viable.  Many unforeseen events can and do occur – tax laws change, family circumstance change – sometimes dramatically, or there can be d a deep downturn in a family business.  In these and many other circumstances trusts are broken and need to be “fixed” – fiduciary powers adjusted, distributions policies modified, trusts divided or merged, or even terminated.  The process of accomplishing these fixes are necessarily limited and comes with risks, including tax liability and potentially liability to future beneficiaries. This program will provide you with a practical guide to techniques for fixing broken irrevocable trusts.   ·         Trust reformation by agreement of all stakeholders or by court order ·         Principal and income adjustment powers under the UPIA ·         Techniques for converting a trust from one type to another ·         Use of “decanting” to terminate trusts and distribute assets when the trust is not viable ·         Framework of tax considerations when trusts are restructured or terminated   Speaker: Benjamin S. Candland is a partner in the Richmond, Virginia office of McGuireWoods, LLP, where his practice focuses on estate planning, administration, estate and gift taxation, and litigation. He provides individual clients with advice on various estate planning matters involving estate, gift, and generation-skipping transfer taxes. He is a member of the ABA Real Property and Probate Section and the Virginia Bar Association Trusts and Estate Section. Mr. Candland received his B.A. from Brigham Young University and his J.D. from the College of William and Mary School of Law.       Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 2/28/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

I Think, Therefore I Am ... Biased: How Implicit Biases Manifest in the Legal Profession

$50.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Sean Carter

I Think, Therefore I Am ... Biased: How Implicit Biases Manifest in the Legal Profession The human brain is wired to recognize patterns and make generalizations, even those based on faulty or incomplete information. And contrary to popular opinion, lawyers are human as well and therefore, we are just as susceptible to forming biases and acting upon them. And it does not require that we harbor ill will or animus towards other people. In fact, most often, our biases are not even our own, but rather those that have been taught to us.In this eye-opening presentation, the presenter will use videos to show lawyers just how easy it is to form these biases, how they manifest themselves in the way we treat clients, colleagues and opposing parties, and most importantly, how we can reduce the effect of these biases by recognizing and compensating for them.         Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.   

  • Webcast
    Format
  • 120
    Min.
  • 4/16/24
    Presented
  • DETAILS
Course1

Incentive Compensation in Businesses, Part 1

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Norman Lencz

Incentive Compensation in Businesses, Part 1  Companies of every type including incentivize compensation features in employee compensation packages. The range of incentive compensation tools and techniques available to these companies depends on the type of entity involved.  Corporate entities have stock options, restricted stock and other forms of profit or capital appreciation rights.  LLCs are even more flexible and can award a variety of forms of profit or capital rights.  These alternatives, together with voting and vesting restrictions, provide companies alternatives for virtually every circumstance.  But each alternative comes with tradeoffs – practical, tax and financial. This program will provide you with a real world guide to the incentive compensation alternatives in business entities.   Day 1: ·         Framework of incentive compensation alternatives for corporate v. pass-through entity ·         Advantages and drawbacks of stock options, restricted stock, and profit participation rights ·         How IRC Section 83 impacts corporate stock options, the award of restricted stock and other rights ·         Use of vesting to impact the tax consequences of incentive compensation ·         Special incentive compensation issues in S Corps   Day 2: ·         Use of profit interests and capital interest in LLCs, partnerships ·         Exchanging incentive compensation for services ·         Incentive compensation in single member LLCs ·         Impact of IRC Section 409A and deferred compensation ·         Employment tax considerations   Speaker:   Norman Lencz is a partner in the Baltimore, Maryland office of Venable, LLP, where his practice focuses on a broad range of federal, state, local and international tax matters.  He advises clients on tax issues relating to corporations, partnerships, LLCs, joint ventures and real estate transactions.  He also has extensive experience with compensation planning in closely held businesses.       Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 8/30/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Incentive Compensation in Businesses, Part 2

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Norman Lencz

Incentive Compensation in Businesses, Part 2 Companies of every type including incentivize compensation features in employee compensation packages. The range of incentive compensation tools and techniques available to these companies depends on the type of entity involved.  Corporate entities have stock options, restricted stock and other forms of profit or capital appreciation rights.  LLCs are even more flexible and can award a variety of forms of profit or capital rights.  These alternatives, together with voting and vesting restrictions, provide companies alternatives for virtually every circumstance.  But each alternative comes with tradeoffs – practical, tax and financial. This program will provide you with a real world guide to the incentive compensation alternatives in business entities.   Day 1: ·         Framework of incentive compensation alternatives for corporate v. pass-through entity ·         Advantages and drawbacks of stock options, restricted stock, and profit participation rights ·         How IRC Section 83 impacts corporate stock options, the award of restricted stock and other rights ·         Use of vesting to impact the tax consequences of incentive compensation ·         Special incentive compensation issues in S Corps   Day 2: ·         Use of profit interests and capital interest in LLCs, partnerships ·         Exchanging incentive compensation for services ·         Incentive compensation in single member LLCs ·         Impact of IRC Section 409A and deferred compensation ·         Employment tax considerations   Speaker: Norman Lencz is a partner in the Baltimore, Maryland office of Venable, LLP, where his practice focuses on a broad range of federal, state, local and international tax matters.  He advises clients on tax issues relating to corporations, partnerships, LLCs, joint ventures and real estate transactions.  He also has extensive experience with compensation planning in closely held businesses.       Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 8/31/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Incentive Trusts: The Promise & Limits of “Do What I Want & I’ll Reward You

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  John A. Warnick

Incentive Trusts: The Promise & Limits of “Do What I Want & I’ll Reward You” Incentive trusts are a mechanism by which the settlor tries to “incentivize” or seek to control the behavior of beneficiaries.  Settlors may want to encourage children or grandchildren to achieve certain educational milestones, maintain a job, get married or have children, or remain free of substance abuse or other risky behaviors. But there are serious limits – limits of what the law will allow a settlor to demand of a beneficiary or a trustee to enforce.  There are also practical limits, including how to objectively judge a beneficiary’s behavior when making distributions.  Incentive trusts are decidedly a mixed bag. This program will provide you with a real-world guide to drafting incentive trusts, counseling clients about their effectiveness and limits, and understanding what the law will (or won’t) allow.      Uses and limitations – practical and legal – of incentive trusts    Types of incentive trusts – and rates of success or failure in achieving settlor goals    Structuring incentives so they can be objectively measured and administered by trustees    Drafting distribution provisions    Counseling clients about downsides of incentive trusts and alternatives   Speaker: John A. Warnick is an attorney and wealth counselor in Denver, Colorado, with a national estate and trust planning practice. He is widely recognized for his counseling of high net worth families on purposeful giving, the process of not only transferring wealth but creating a lasting legacy. He is also the managing collaborator of the Purposeful Planning Institute and a wealth consultant with Family Wealth and Transition Solutions.  Mr. Warnick is a Fellow of the American College of Trust and Estate Counsel and formerly practiced law with Holme, Roberts & Owen, LLP in Denver.       Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 9/8/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Income and Fiduciary Tax Issues for Trust and Estate Planners, Part 1

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Jeremiah W. Doyle, IV

Understanding fiduciary income taxation – the taxation of grantor and non-grantor trusts, complex and simple trusts – is essential to trust planning.  It impacts the type of trust chosen, how it’s structured and administered.  Recently changes to federal tax law have added to the complexity of fiduciary income taxation.  The tax treatment of trust income and accounting for distributions and expenses varies depending on the type of trust involved and how “Distributable Net Income” is allocated.This program will provide you with a real-world guide to the essential rules, timeframes, planning techniques and traps of the taxation of trusts. Day 1: Fiduciary income taxation framework and rules for estate and trust planners How fiduciary and income tax planning differ from each other Planning for fiduciary taxation v. planning for individual and corporate tax purposes Types of trusts – simple, complex, grantor – and differing tax rules for each Treatment of “Distributable Net Income” Understanding “Trust Accounting Income,” and impact of Prudent Investor Rule Day 2: Practical income allocation for simple, complex and grantor trusts Specific allocation rules for DNI – Tier System, Separate Share Rule, 65 Day Rule, specific bequests Charitable giving – tax treatment and practical impact Treatment of depreciation, administrative expenses, and allocation to income Trust terminations – capital loss carryover and excess deductions   Speaker: Jeremiah W. Doyle, IV is senior vice president in the Boston office of BNY Mellon Wealth Management, where he provides integrated wealth management advice to high net worth individuals on holding, managing and transferring wealth in a tax-efficient manner.  He is the editor and co-author of “Preparing Fiduciary Income Tax Returns,” a contributing author of Preparing Estate Tax Returns,and a contributing author of “Understanding and Using Trusts,” all published by Massachusetts Continuing Legal Education.  Mr. Doyle received his B.S. from Providence College, his J.D. form Hamline University Law School, and his LL.M. in banking from Boston University Law School.     Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 10/11/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Income and Fiduciary Tax Issues for Trust and Estate Planners, Part 2

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Jeremiah W. Doyle, IV

Understanding fiduciary income taxation – the taxation of grantor and non-grantor trusts, complex and simple trusts – is essential to trust planning.  It impacts the type of trust chosen, how it’s structured and administered.  Recently changes to federal tax law have added to the complexity of fiduciary income taxation.  The tax treatment of trust income and accounting for distributions and expenses varies depending on the type of trust involved and how “Distributable Net Income” is allocated.This program will provide you with a real-world guide to the essential rules, timeframes, planning techniques and traps of the taxation of trusts. Day 1: Fiduciary income taxation framework and rules for estate and trust planners How fiduciary and income tax planning differ from each other Planning for fiduciary taxation v. planning for individual and corporate tax purposes Types of trusts – simple, complex, grantor – and differing tax rules for each Treatment of “Distributable Net Income” Understanding “Trust Accounting Income,” and impact of Prudent Investor Rule Day 2: Practical income allocation for simple, complex and grantor trusts Specific allocation rules for DNI – Tier System, Separate Share Rule, 65 Day Rule, specific bequests Charitable giving – tax treatment and practical impact Treatment of depreciation, administrative expenses, and allocation to income Trust terminations – capital loss carryover and excess deductions   Speaker: Jeremiah W. Doyle, IV is senior vice president in the Boston office of BNY Mellon Wealth Management, where he provides integrated wealth management advice to high net worth individuals on holding, managing and transferring wealth in a tax-efficient manner.  He is the editor and co-author of “Preparing Fiduciary Income Tax Returns,” a contributing author of Preparing Estate Tax Returns,and a contributing author of “Understanding and Using Trusts,” all published by Massachusetts Continuing Legal Education.  Mr. Doyle received his B.S. from Providence College, his J.D. form Hamline University Law School, and his LL.M. in banking from Boston University Law School.     Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 10/12/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Indemnification & Hold Harmless Agreements in Real Estate Transactions

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Anthony Licata

Indemnification and hold harmless agreements are part of virtually every real estate transition.  These agreements protect parties against financial loss or other liability arising from the occurrence of certain events. Indemnification is often backed by insurance policies. The interaction between indemnification provisions – scope, triggering events, assertion of claims and payment – and funding sources is typically very complex.  This program will provide you with a real-world guide to indemnification and insurance in real estate development, ownership, and leasing.   Forms of indemnification in real estate Scope of indemnity, triggering events or discoveries, ensuring payment of claims Utilizing insurance policies to guarantee and fund indemnification claims Types and roles of various forms of insurance – casualty, business/rent interruption, CGL Important differences among named insureds and additional insureds Drafting interaction of co-insurance, valuation, and agreed value endorsements   Speaker: Anthony Licata is a partner in the Chicago office of Taft Stettinius & Hollister LLP, where he formerly chaired the firm’s real estate practice.  He has an extensive practice focusing on major commercial real estate transactions, including finance, development, leasing, and land use.  He formerly served as an adjunct professor at the Kellogg Graduate School of Management at Northwestern University and at the Illinois Institute of Technology.  Mr. Licata received his B.S., summa cum laude, from MacMurray College and his J.D., cum laude, from Harvard Law School.

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 3/7/26
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Indian Law in Oklahoma: A Changing Landscape?

$160.00
  • Author/Instructor:  OBA Indian Law Section

Indian Law in Oklahoma: A Changing Landscape? CLE Presentation on Thursday, November 10, 2022 Co-Sponsored with the OBA Indian Law Section         Recent Developments in Federal Indian Law Casey Ross, General Counsel, Oklahoma City University Director, American Indian Law and Sovereignty Center   Does the Castro-Huerta decision change anything after McGirt? Jonodev O. Chaudhuri, Chaudhuri Law   Technology in Tribal Courts and how to use it to better represent your clients in Tribal Court. (1 hour ethics credit) Darla Jackson Corissa Millard   Tribal Courts and McGirt, Castro-Huerta and with the current medical marijuana laws. Jacintha Webster, Professor, East Central University   Federal Courts and McGirt, Castro-Huerta and with the current medical marijuana laws. Arvo Mikkanen, Assistant United States Attorney, Western District of Oklahoma           Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 289
    Min.
  • 12/31/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

IOLTA 101: Ethically Handling Your Trust Account to Avoid Disciplinary Concerns

$51.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Daniel J. Siegel, Esq.

IOLTA 101: Ethically Handling Your Trust Account to Avoid Disciplinary Concerns IOLTA account mismanagement is one of the most common reasons attorneys find themselves in disciplinary hot water. In most cases, the attorney has never been trained how to handle a trust account, or what the best practices are for handling one. In this program, attendees will learn about the relevant Rules of Professional Conduct, and how they can use best practices to account for all client and other funds in their IOLTA account.   Speaker: Daniel J. Siegel is a seasoned attorney and entrepreneur with 30+ years of experience. Dan is the owner of the Law Offices of Daniel J. Siegel, LLC, a workers’ compensation and personal injury firm, which has assured or increased the benefits of more injured workers than any other law firm in Pennsylvania. Dan has been widely recognized for this work, including being named a Pennsylvania Super Lawyer for Workers’ Compensation for 10+ years, a Philadelphia Inquirer Influencer of Law for Personal Injury and a Philadelphia Business Journal Best of the Bar Honoree for Plaintiff Personal Injury.     Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • Webcast
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 5/1/24
    Presented
  • DETAILS
Course1

IT Sourcing Agreements: Reviewing and Drafting Cloud Agreements

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Peter J. Kinsella

IT Sourcing Agreements: Reviewing and Drafting Cloud Agreements Virtually every organization outsources it information technology (IT) functions to third-party vendors.  Electronic files of every time – data and documents, video and audio – are stored on servers owned and maintained by third parties and located at off-site locations.  Telecom services are also commonly outsourced. The idea behind outsourcing these increasingly complex systems is that costs might be controlled and the difficulty of maintaining them becomes someone else’s task. But getting to that point lies beyond reviewing and negotiating highly complex IT outsource agreements involving performance and reliability, data security and privacy breaches, and warranty and indemnity.  This program will provide you with a practical guide to negotiating and drafting IT agreements with third-party vendors.          Performance standards for IT vendors, reliability, and Service Level Agreements          Essential warranty and indemnity provisions – and spotting red flags          Understanding how “The Cloud” works for contractual purposes          Important data security, privacy and related liability concerns          Drafting the underlying equipment lease and/or software license          Reviewing fee structures in IT outsourcing agreements   Speaker: Peter J. Kinsella is a partner in the Denver office of Perkins Coie, LLP, where he has an extensive technology law practice focusing on advising start-up, emerging and large companies on technology-related commercial and intellectual property transaction matters.  Prior to joining his firm, he worked for ten years in various legal capacities with Qwest Communications International, Inc. and Honeywell, Inc.  Mr. Kinsella has extensive experience structuring and negotiating data sharing agreements, complex procurement agreements, product distribution agreements, OEM agreements, marketing and advertising agreements, corporate sponsorship agreements, and various types of patent, trademark and copyright licenses.     Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 9/19/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Joint Ventures Agreements in Business, Part 1

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Peter J. Kinsella

Businesses frequently pool their resources – capital, expertise, marketing, distribution – in joint ventures, leveraging their individual strengths by partnering with companies with complementary strengths. There are many types of JVs – contractual strategic alliances, entity-based ventures, and other hybrid forms – each with its tradeoffs.  JV agreements involve contributions by the parties, allocating management control, access to information, ownership of jointly developed property, dispute resolution, and transfers of interests. This program will provide you with a practical guide to planning and drafting joint ventures.   Day 1 – August 16, 2022: Framework of considerations – formality, capital, tax issues, management control, exits Types of joint ventures – contractual strategic alliances v. shared entities v. hybrids Choice of entity – incorporated entities v. LPs and general partnerships v. LLCs Management, access to information, deadlocks and resolution   Day 2 – August 17, 2022: Contributions – capital, marketing and distribution expertise, intangible assets Economics – allocation of profits and losses, and distribution policies Transfers of JV interests – rights of first offer/refusal, restrictions on transfers, dissolution Ownership of jointly developed property – development of intellectual   Speaker: Peter J. Kinsella is a partner in the Denver office of Perkins Coie, LLP, where he has an extensive technology law practice focusing on advising start-up, emerging and large companies on technology-related commercial and intellectual property transaction matters.  Prior to joining his firm, he worked for ten years in various legal capacities with Qwest Communications International, Inc. and Honeywell, Inc.  Mr. Kinsella has extensive experience structuring and negotiating data sharing agreements, complex procurement agreements, product distribution agreements, OEM agreements, marketing and advertising agreements, corporate sponsorship agreements, and various types of patent, trademark and copyright licenses.  Mr. Kinsella received his B.S. from North Dakota State University and his J.D. from the University of Minnesota Law School.

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 8/16/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Joint Ventures Agreements in Business, Part 2

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Peter J. Kinsella

Businesses frequently pool their resources – capital, expertise, marketing, distribution – in joint ventures, leveraging their individual strengths by partnering with companies with complementary strengths. There are many types of JVs – contractual strategic alliances, entity-based ventures, and other hybrid forms – each with its tradeoffs.  JV agreements involve contributions by the parties, allocating management control, access to information, ownership of jointly developed property, dispute resolution, and transfers of interests. This program will provide you with a practical guide to planning and drafting joint ventures.   Day 1 – August 16, 2022: Framework of considerations – formality, capital, tax issues, management control, exits Types of joint ventures – contractual strategic alliances v. shared entities v. hybrids Choice of entity – incorporated entities v. LPs and general partnerships v. LLCs Management, access to information, deadlocks and resolution   Day 2 – August 17, 2022: Contributions – capital, marketing and distribution expertise, intangible assets Economics – allocation of profits and losses, and distribution policies Transfers of JV interests – rights of first offer/refusal, restrictions on transfers, dissolution Ownership of jointly developed property – development of intellectual   Speaker: Peter J. Kinsella is a partner in the Denver office of Perkins Coie, LLP, where he has an extensive technology law practice focusing on advising start-up, emerging and large companies on technology-related commercial and intellectual property transaction matters.  Prior to joining his firm, he worked for ten years in various legal capacities with Qwest Communications International, Inc. and Honeywell, Inc.  Mr. Kinsella has extensive experience structuring and negotiating data sharing agreements, complex procurement agreements, product distribution agreements, OEM agreements, marketing and advertising agreements, corporate sponsorship agreements, and various types of patent, trademark and copyright licenses.  Mr. Kinsella received his B.S. from North Dakota State University and his J.D. from the University of Minnesota Law School.

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 8/17/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Joint Ventures in Real Estate, Part 1

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  John S. Hollyfield, Richard R. Goldberg

Real estate joint venturesleverage the capital and expertise of partners to develop and operate or sell projects of every size.These joint ventures can take different forms – contractual or entity-based – and often involve a complex mix of equity and debt, preferential returns, and various types of fees. Thirdparties, including contractors, may have profit participation rights.  Real estate joint ventures are highly complex exercises in finance and risk management. This program will provide you with a real-world guide to types of real estate joint ventures, major capital structuring issues, and drafting the major provisions of the underlying documents. Day 1: Entity selection for joint ventures Structing competing interests of investors, developers, and lenders Capital structure – getting the right mix of equity, mezzanine financing& long-term debt Initial and subsequent capital contributions of partners Day 2: Management and information rights  Guarantees issue in joint ventures Structuring ordinary and liquidating distributions Valuation and sales/exchanges of partnership interests   Speakers: John S. Hollyfield is of counsel and a former partner in the Houston office Norton Rose Fulbright, LLP.  He has more than 40 years’ experience in real estate law practice.  He formerly served as chair of the ABA Real Property, Probate and Trust Law Section, president of the American College of Real Estate Lawyers, and chair of the Anglo-American Real Property Institute.  He has been named a "Texas Super Lawyer" in Real Estate Law by Texas Monthly magazine and is listed in Who’s Who in American Law.  He is co-editor of Modern Banking and Lending Forms (4th Edition), published by Warren, Gorham & Lamont.  He received his B.B.A. from the University of Texas and his LL.B. from the University of Texas School of Law. Richard R. Goldberg is a retired partner, resident in the Philadelphia office of Ballard Spahr, LLP, where he established an extensive real estate practice, including development, financing, leasing, and acquisition.  Earlier in his career, he served as vice president and associate general counsel of The Rouse Company for 23 years.  He is past president of the American College of Real Estate Lawyers, past chair of the Anglo-American Real Property Institute, and past chair of the International Council of Shopping Centers Law Conference.  Mr. Goldberg is currently a Fellow of the American College of Mortgage Attorneys and is a member of the American Law Institute.  Mr. Goldberg received his B.A. from Pennsylvania State University and his LL.B. from the University of Maryland School of Law.     Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 11/15/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Joint Ventures in Real Estate, Part 2

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  John S. Hollyfield, Richard R. Goldberg

Real estate joint venturesleverage the capital and expertise of partners to develop and operate or sell projects of every size.These joint ventures can take different forms – contractual or entity-based – and often involve a complex mix of equity and debt, preferential returns, and various types of fees. Thirdparties, including contractors, may have profit participation rights.  Real estate joint ventures are highly complex exercises in finance and risk management. This program will provide you with a real-world guide to types of real estate joint ventures, major capital structuring issues, and drafting the major provisions of the underlying documents. Day 1: Entity selection for joint ventures Structing competing interests of investors, developers, and lenders Capital structure – getting the right mix of equity, mezzanine financing& long-term debt Initial and subsequent capital contributions of partners Day 2: Management and information rights  Guarantees issue in joint ventures Structuring ordinary and liquidating distributions Valuation and sales/exchanges of partnership interests   Speakers: John S. Hollyfield is of counsel and a former partner in the Houston office Norton Rose Fulbright, LLP.  He has more than 40 years’ experience in real estate law practice.  He formerly served as chair of the ABA Real Property, Probate and Trust Law Section, president of the American College of Real Estate Lawyers, and chair of the Anglo-American Real Property Institute.  He has been named a "Texas Super Lawyer" in Real Estate Law by Texas Monthly magazine and is listed in Who’s Who in American Law.  He is co-editor of Modern Banking and Lending Forms (4th Edition), published by Warren, Gorham & Lamont.  He received his B.B.A. from the University of Texas and his LL.B. from the University of Texas School of Law. Richard R. Goldberg is a retired partner, resident in the Philadelphia office of Ballard Spahr, LLP, where he established an extensive real estate practice, including development, financing, leasing, and acquisition.  Earlier in his career, he served as vice president and associate general counsel of The Rouse Company for 23 years.  He is past president of the American College of Real Estate Lawyers, past chair of the Anglo-American Real Property Institute, and past chair of the International Council of Shopping Centers Law Conference.  Mr. Goldberg is currently a Fellow of the American College of Mortgage Attorneys and is a member of the American Law Institute.  Mr. Goldberg received his B.A. from Pennsylvania State University and his LL.B. from the University of Maryland School of Law.     Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 11/16/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Land Ownership in Oklahoma: Updates to 60 O.S. 121

$75.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Bradley Clark

Land Ownership in Oklahoma: Updates to 60 O.S. 121 Come hear from Bradley Clark, Deputy General Counsel Office of the Attorney General, discussing the changes to 60 O.S. 121 brought on by Senate Bill 212. Topics covered will include the origin of Oklahoma’s laws on foreign ownership of land, case law and the Attorney General’s opinions on these laws, recent statutory amendments that will affect most land transactions in the future, and exemptions to the legislative changes.   AGENDA  - Bradley Clark, Deputy General Counsel, Office of the Attorney General           Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.   

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 114
    Min.
  • 2/23/26
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Lawyer Ethics & Credit Cards

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Thomas E. Spahn

Lawyer Ethics & Credit Cards Use of credit cards by law firms and lawyers is commonplace. Law firms may accept credit cards as means of payment for fees and expenses. This concession to the larger reality of the economy, however, raises many ethical issues. Can lawyers pass on credit card processing fees (which can be substantial) to clients?  What happens if a client’s credit card company does a chargeback of fees?  How does a lawyer maintain confidentiality when he or she has a dispute with a credit card company, or the client has a dispute with the credit card company?  These and many issues arise when lawyers accept credit cards from clients. This program will provide you with a guide to ethical issues when credit cards are accepted and used in law practice. ·         Passing on credit card processing fees to clients ·         Truth-in-Lending issues and tax penalties ·         Ethical issues when credit card companies chargeback funds paid to a lawyer or from a trust account ·         Confidentiality when a client has a dispute with his or her credit card company ·         Use of credit cards to fund a retainer and related trust fund accounting issues ·         Creditor claims against trust fund accounts ·         Leftover client funds and proper trust fund accounting   Speaker: Thomas E. Spahn is a partner in the McLean, Virginia office of McGuireWoods, LLP, where he has a substantial practice advising clients on properly creating and preserving the attorney-client privilege and work product protections.  For more than 30 years he has lectured extensively on legal ethics and professionalism and has written “The Attorney-Client Privilege and the Work Product Doctrine: A Practitioner’s Guide,” a 750 page treatise published by the Virginia Law Foundation.  Mr. Spahn has served as a member of the ABA Standing Committee on Ethics and Professional Responsibility and as a member of the Virginia State Bar's Legal Ethics Committee.     Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 58
    Min.
  • 7/18/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Lawyer Ethics and Disputes with Clients

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Thomas E. Spahn, Elizabeth Treubert Simon

Ethical tensions are perhaps never as great as when a lawyer is in dispute with a client. The dispute may arise over fees, communication, perceived conflicts of interest, or something else.  In these and other circumstances, the lawyer’s duties of loyalty, zealous representation and confidentiality are all brought into direct conflict with the lawyer’s interest in self-defense. In these extremely delicate circumstances, the lawyer must determine what information may disclosed in his or her self-defense, its impact on the attorney-client privilege, and what steps he or she can take to de-escalate the conflict.  This program will provide you with a real-world guide to the ethical issues for a lawyer when he or she is in conflict with a client.   Disputes involving lawyers’ fees, communications, unfavorable result of representation, conflicts of interest, malpractice claims Confidentiality and self-defense – what disclosure of confidences is permissible?   Waivers and engagement letters to prevent dispute – or mitigate their damage Permissible and mandatory withdrawals from a representation Special attorney-client privilege issues in these disputes   Speakers: Thomas E. Spahn is a partner in the McLean, Virginia office of McGuireWoods, LLP, where he has a substantial practice advising clients on properly creating and preserving the attorney-client privilege and work product protections.  For more than 30 years he has lectured extensively on legal ethics and professionalism and has written “The Attorney-Client Privilege and the Work Product Doctrine: A Practitioner’s Guide,” a 750 page treatise published by the Virginia Law Foundation.  Mr. Spahn has served as a member of the ABA Standing Committee on Ethics and Professional Responsibility and as a member of the Virginia State Bar's Legal Ethics Committee.  He received his B.A., magna cum laude, from Yale University and his J.D. from Yale Law School. Elizabeth Treubert Simon is an ethics attorney in the Washington, D.C. office of Akin Gump Strauss Hauer & Feld LLP, where she advises on a wide range of ethics and compliance-related matters to support Akin Gump’s offices worldwide.  Previously, her practice focused on business and commercial litigation and providing counsel to clients regarding professional ethics and attorney disciplinary procedures.  She is a member of the New York State Bar Association Committee on Professional Discipline and the District of Columbia Rules of Professional Conduct Rules Review Committee.  She is the immediate past chair of the District of Columbia Legal Ethics Committee.  She writes and speaks extensively on attorney ethics issues.   She received her B.A. and M.S. from the University of Pennsylvania and her J.D. from Albany Law School.   Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 8/5/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Lawyer Ethics and Email

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Thomas E. Spahn

Lawyer Ethics and Email Email has become essential to law practice.  Communications with clients and colleagues is practically impossible – and absolutely inefficient – without email.  But the ubiquity of email may obscure many important ethical issues that arise when it is used in law practice, including issues related to confidentiality, metadata, and the attorney-client privilege. These and other substantial ethical questions will be discussed in this practical guide to the ethical issues when lawyers use email in their practices. Beginning an attorney relationship via email – intentionally and inadvertently Security and confidentiality when email is exchanged in the Cloud Inadvertently sent email and metadata embedded in email Discarding/deleting email and working with outside vendors Ex parte communications with represented adversaries Attorney-client privilege issues Speaker: Thomas E. Spahn is a partner in the McLean, Virginia office of McGuireWoods, LLP, where he has a substantial practice advising clients on properly creating and preserving the attorney-client privilege and work product protections.  For more than 30 years he has lectured extensively on legal ethics and professionalism and has written “The Attorney-Client Privilege and the Work Product Doctrine: A Practitioner’s Guide,” a 750-page treatise published by the Virginia Law Foundation.  Mr. Spahn has served as a member of the ABA Standing Committee on Ethics and Professional Responsibility and as a member of the Virginia State Bar's Legal Ethics Committee.  He received his B.A., magna cum laude, from Yale University and his J.D. from Yale Law School.   Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 5/25/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Lawyer Ethics and Investigations for and of Clients

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Elizabeth Treubert Simon and Thomas E. Spahn

Lawyer Ethics and Investigations for and of Clients Investigations by lawyers are an essential element of most litigation.  Lawyers investigate the parties and the facts underlying the case through the use of third-party investigators, online searches, obtaining public records, seeking the production of electronic communications, including text messages, and much more.  Also, lawyers sometimes need to investigate their own clients – to assure themselves of the veracity of certain representations or when the lawyer suspects the client may be actively misleading the lawyer.  These investigations are not without risk. Ethics rules limit what lawyers can do and say, and how the work product of these investigations may be used.  This program will provide you with a practical guide to ethical issues when lawyers conduct investigations.   ·         Duty of an attorney to investigate a case before filing a lawsuit ·         “Pre-texting” – the ethics of deception  in investigations ·         Ethical issues when a lawyer investigates a client – and when it is ethically required ·         Conflicts of interest in investigations ·         Ethical issues in social media and online searches – and obtaining text messages ·         Use of third-party investigators ·         Limitations on investigating members of a jury or jury pool ·         When investigations go awry – discipline, sanctions, exclusion of evidence obtained   Speakers: Elizabeth Treubert Simon is an ethics attorney in the Washington, D.C. office of Akin Gump Strauss Hauer & Feld LLP, where she advises on a wide range of ethics and compliance-related matters to support Akin Gump’s offices worldwide.  Previously, she practiced law in Washington DC and New York, focusing on business and commercial litigation and providing counsel to clients regarding professional ethics and attorney disciplinary procedures.  She is a member of the New York State Bar Association Committee on Professional Discipline and the District of Columbia Legal Ethics Committee.  She writes and speaks extensively on attorney ethics issues.   She received her B.A. and M.S. from the University of Pennsylvania and her J.D. from Albany Law School.   Thomas E. Spahn is a partner in the McLean, Virginia office of McGuireWoods, LLP, where he has a substantial practice advising clients on properly creating and preserving the attorney-client privilege and work product protections.  For more than 30 years he has lectured extensively on legal ethics and professionalism and has written “The Attorney-Client Privilege and the Work Product Doctrine: A Practitioner’s Guide,” a 750 page treatise published by the Virginia Law Foundation.  Mr. Spahn has served as a member of the ABA Standing Committee on Ethics and Professional Responsibility and as a member of the Virginia State Bar's Legal Ethics Committee.  He received his B.A., magna cum laude, from Yale University and his J.D. from Yale Law School.   Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 4/25/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Lawyer Ethics and Texting

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Thomas E. Spahn

Text messaging has become a mainstream form of communication.  Clients now routinely text their lawyers about pending matters.  They may ask about the status of a case, provide facts about a case, communicate decisions to a lawyer, or message other sensitive information.  These messages are often to a lawyer’s mobile phone that is used extensively for personal purposes, unsecured in their transmissions, and easily accessible by third parties. This new wave of lawyer-client communication raises many difficult ethical questions, including preservation of the attorney-client privilege.   This program will provide you with a guide to the major ethics issues when lawyers and their clients text message about pending matters.   ·         Confidentiality issues involving unsecured transmission of texts involving sensitive case issues ·         How to handle mobile phones used for both personal purposes and law practice ·         Potential loss of the attorney-client privilege when text messages are accessible by third parties ·         Tension among the duties of competence, prudence and to communicate with clients ·         Understanding the ethical risks and counseling clients about the risks to their case when texting   Speaker: Thomas E. Spahn is a partner in the McLean, Virginia office of McGuireWoods, LLP, where he has a substantial practice advising clients on properly creating and preserving the attorney-client privilege and work product protections.  For more than 30 years he has lectured extensively on legal ethics and professionalism and has written “The Attorney-Client Privilege and the Work Product Doctrine: A Practitioner’s Guide,” a 750 page treatise published by the Virginia Law Foundation.  Mr. Spahn has served as a member of the ABA Standing Committee on Ethics and Professional Responsibility and as a member of the Virginia State Bar's Legal Ethics Committee.  He received his B.A., magna cum laude, from Yale University and his J.D. from Yale Law School.       Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 2/22/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Lawyer Ethics and the Internet

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Thomas E. Spahn

Lawyer Ethics and the Internet The Internet is the uniform information appliance for communications, research, and marketing, for consumers and for lawyers.  You can easily research witnesses, parties, judges, and jurors with a simple Google search.  Add in social media searches – blogs, Facebook, Twitter and many other platforms – and you can develop a rich demographic profile of all of these individuals.  With a few keystrokes, you can pull down more information than ever before. You can also communicate freely, unmediated and unrestricted, with virtually anyone. All of these functions are valuable in litigation and transactional practice but also give rise to substantial ethics issues – not everything that the Web enables is proper. This program will provide you with a real world guide to ethics issues when lawyer engage in research and communication using the Internet.   ·         Communicating with parties, opposing attorneys, and witnesses via email, social media, and texting ·         Researching jurors, parties, witnesses and judges via social media ·         Blogging or sending newsletters/law updates to clients ·         Trends in texting, confidentiality, and discoverability ·         Law firm marketing via the web   Speaker: Thomas E. Spahn is a partner in the McLean, Virginia office of McGuireWoods, LLP, where he has a substantial practice advising clients on properly creating and preserving the attorney-client privilege and work product protections.  For more than 30 years he has lectured extensively on legal ethics and professionalism and has written “The Attorney-Client Privilege and the Work Product Doctrine: A Practitioner’s Guide,” a 750 page treatise published by the Virginia Law Foundation.  Mr. Spahn has served as a member of the ABA Standing Committee on Ethics and Professional Responsibility and as a member of the Virginia State Bar's Legal Ethics Committee.       Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 59
    Min.
  • 8/15/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Lawyer Ethics in a Digital World

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Thomas E. Spahn

Lawyer Ethics in a Digital World Lawyer use of technology, in both their professional and personal lives, is inescapable, and frequently those two worlds blend and give rise to substantial ethical issues. It’s difficult to disconnect from constant digital communications. Lawyers talk to, email, text and otherwise communicate with clients on smartphones, tablets, and social media. Frequently these and laptops are connected to public or at best semi-secure networks, despite the fact they are used to carry sensitive and often confidential information.  The ease of technology obscures its complexity – a complexity lawyers are required, as duty of competence, to understand before they use it.  This program will provide you with a roadmap through the maze of ethical issues that occur when lawyers use technology in their lives and practices.   Lawyers and social media – obtaining information on clients, adversaries, jurors and others Ethics when you’re never unplugged from technology Traps for law firms when using the cloud Ethics and working remotely Lawyer ethics when texting clients, witnesses, and others   Speaker: Thomas E. Spahn is a partner in the McLean, Virginia office of McGuireWoods, LLP, where he has a substantial practice advising clients on properly creating and preserving the attorney-client privilege and work product protections.  For more than 30 years he has lectured extensively on legal ethics and professionalism and has written “The Attorney-Client Privilege and the Work Product Doctrine: A Practitioner’s Guide,” a 750 page treatise published by the Virginia Law Foundation.  Mr. Spahn has served as a member of the ABA Standing Committee on Ethics and Professional Responsibility and as a member of the Virginia State Bar's Legal Ethics Committee.  He received his B.A., magna cum laude, from Yale University and his J.D. from Yale Law School.       Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 2/21/26
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Lawyer Ethics in Real Estate Practice

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  William Freivogel, Thomas E. Spahn

Lawyer Ethics in Real Estate Practice The real estate industry is fiercely competitive as developers and contractors, investors and lenders, brokers and others – often with the aid of legal counsel – seek advantage. This can easily present real estate lawyers with ethical dilemmas. Conflicts of interest are rife. There are issues of communicating and negotiating with unrepresented parties. There are also issues of taking an equity stake in a real estate venture in lieu of fees.  Sometimes, too, there is the discovery that a client is engaged in wrongdoing. These and many other ethical issues arise in real estate practice.  This program will provide you with a real world guide to common ethics issues in real estate practice. Joint representations of a business entity and its owners in a real estate transaction Representation of a client with adverse interests in unrelated transactions Receipt of deal equity in exchange for legal services Communications with unrepresented parties – and with represented parties Inadvertent disclosure of confidential deal terms Special issues when client wrongdoing is discovered   Speaker: Thomas E. Spahn is a partner in the McLean, Virginia office of McGuireWoods, LLP, where he has a substantial practice advising clients on properly creating and preserving the attorney-client privilege and work product protections.For more than 30 years he has lectured extensively on legal ethics and professionalism and has written “The Attorney-Client Privilege and the Work Product Doctrine: A Practitioner’s Guide,” a 750 page treatise published by the Virginia Law Foundation.Mr. Spahn has served as a member of the ABA Standing Committee on Ethics and Professional Responsibility and as a member of the Virginia State Bar's Legal Ethics Committee.He received his B.A., magna cum laude, from Yale University and his J.D. from Yale Law School.       Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 4/5/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Lawyer Ethics in Real Estate Practice

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  William Freivogel, Thomas E. Spahn

Lawyer Ethics in Real Estate Practice The real estate industry is fiercely competitive as developers and contractors, investors and lenders, brokers and others – often with the aid of legal counsel seek advantage. This can easily present real estate lawyers with ethical dilemmas. Conflicts of interest are rife. There are issues of communicating and negotiating with unrepresented parties. There are also issues of taking an equity stake in a real estate venture in lieu of fees.  Sometimes, too, there is the discovery that a client is engaged in wrongdoing. These and many other ethical issues arise in real estate practice.  This program will provide you with a real-world guide to common ethics issues in real estate practice. Joint representations of a business entity and its owners in a real estate transaction Representation of a client with adverse interests in unrelated transactions Exchange of legal services for transaction equity Communications with unrepresented parties – and with represented parties Inadvertent disclosure of confidential Transaction terms Special issues when client wrongdoing is discovered   Speakers: William Freivogel is the principal of Freivogel Ethics Consulting and is an independent consultant to law firms on ethics and risk management.  He was a trial lawyer for 22 years and has practiced in the areas of legal ethics and lawyer malpractice for more than 25 years.  He is chair of the Editorial Board of the ABA/BNA Lawyers’ Manual on Professional Conduct. He maintains the Web site “Freivogel on Conflicts” at www.freivogelonconflicts.com .   Thomas E. Spahn is a partner in the McLean, Virginia office of McGuireWoods, LLP, where he has a substantial practice advising clients on properly creating and preserving the attorney-client privilege and work product protections.  For more than 30 years he has lectured extensively on legal ethics and professionalism and has written “The Attorney-Client Privilege and the Work Product Doctrine: A Practitioner’s Guide,” a 750 page treatise published by the Virginia Law Foundation.  Mr. Spahn has served as a member of the ABA Standing Committee on Ethics and Professional Responsibility and as a member of the Virginia State Bar's Legal Ethics Committee.         Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • Webcast
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 4/3/24
    Presented
  • DETAILS
Course1

Lawyer Ethics of Using Paralegals

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Thomas E. Spahn

Lawyer Ethics of Using Paralegals Paralegals are often essential for lawyers to successfully practice law.  Paralegals conduct basic legal research, help review and prepare documents, and sometimes screen clients.  Still, they are not lawyers and not directly subject to the ethics rules applicable to lawyers. But the lawyers who supervise their work are responsible for their actions and liable for any improper conduct.  Lawyers are responsible for ensuring that their paralegals’ work conforms to ethics rules. If a paralegal’s actions breach client confidentiality, compromise the attorney-client privilege, or are otherwise improper, the supervising lawyer is ethically responsible for that misconduct.  This program will provide you with a practical guide to how ethics rules make supervising lawyers responsible for the actions of their paralegals.    Conflicts of interest and the attribution of paralegal knowledge about client matters Determining when paralegal research and document preparation becomes the unauthorized practice of law How paralegals must be instructed about client confidentiality – and lawyer consequences on breach Attorney-client privilege implications when clients communicate with paralegals – and risk of inadvertent disclosure Issues when paralegals participate in discovery Fee sharing with paralegals   Speaker: Thomas E. Spahn is a partner in the Tysons Corners, Virginia office of McGuireWoods, where he advises firm clients on professional responsibility issues and properly creating and preserving the attorney-client privilege and work product protections.  He has served on the ABA Standing Committee on Ethics and Professional Responsibility, and is a Member of the American Law Institute and a Fellow of the American Bar Foundation.  He has written extensively on attorney-client privilege, ethics and other topics, and has spoken at over 1,800 CLE programs throughout the U.S. and in several foreign countries.  Through links on his website biography, he has made available to the public  his summaries of over 1,600 Virginia and ABA legal ethics opinions, organized by topic; a 300 page summary of his two-volume 1,500 page book on the attorney-client privilege and work product doctrine; over 900 weekly email alerts about privilege and work product cases; and materials for 40 ethics programs on numerous topics, totaling over 9,000 pages of analysis.  Mr. Spahn graduated magna cum laude from Yale University and received his J.D. from Yale Law School.       Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 1/26/26
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Lawyer Ethics When Storing Files in the Cloud

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Matthew Corbin and Mark A. Webster

Lawyer Ethics When Storing Files in the Cloud   Most files are now stored in the “cloud,” a global network of servers that store files for organizations of every size, including law firms.  Many applications, including word processing, email and billing software packages that are used daily by lawyers and law firms, are also stored and used in the cloud.  This dramatic shift in the way files are created, modified, stored, and shared has substantial implications for law firms.   The first is a duty of competence requirement that lawyers understand how the technology they employ works and how it might impact client communications and confidentiality, among many other issues.  This program will provide you with a practical guide to ethical issues when lawyers and law firm store and create files in the cloud.   ·         Technology competence as an ethical duty of competence ·         Ethical benchmarks and diligence for ensuring file and communication confidentiality in the cloud ·         Mobile access – issues when the cloud is used via smartphone or tablet ·         What if your client uses the cloud but you do not? ·         Attorney-client privilege issues when using the cloud to communicate ·         Internal policies – ensuring law firm security supplements cloud security   Speakers: Matthew Corbin is Senior Vice President and Executive Director in the Professional Services Group of AON Risk Services, where he consults with the company’s law firm clients on professional responsibility and liability issues.  Before joining AON, he was a partner with Lathrop & Gage, LLP, where he was a trial and appellate lawyer handling professional liability, commercial, business tort, employment, construction, insurance, and regulatory matters. Before entering private practice, he served as a judicial clerk to Judge Mary Briscoe of the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Tenth Circuit.  Mark A. Webster is Vice President and Director in the Professional Services Group of AON Risk Services.  He consults with the company’s law firm clients on professional responsibility and liability issues.? Before joining AON, he was a partner with Lathrop & Gage, LLP, where he had an extensive real estate transactions practice.     Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.     

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 11/14/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Lawyer Ethics When Working with Paralegals

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Thomas E. Spahn

Paralegals are often essential for lawyers to successfully practice law.  Paralegals conduct basic legal research, help review and prepare documents, and sometimes screen clients.  Still, they are not lawyers and not directly subject to the ethics rules applicable to lawyers. But the lawyers who supervise their work are responsible for their actions and liable for any improper conduct.  Lawyers are responsible for ensuring that their paralegals’ work conforms to ethics rules. If a paralegal’s actions breach client confidentiality, compromise the attorney-client privilege, or are otherwise improper, the supervising lawyer is ethically responsible for that misconduct.  This program will provide you with a practical guide to how ethics rules make supervising lawyers responsible for the actions of their paralegals.    Conflicts of interest and the attribution of paralegal knowledge about client matters Determining when paralegal research and document preparation becomes the unauthorized practice of law How paralegals must be instructed about client confidentiality – and lawyer consequences on breach Attorney-client privilege implications when clients communicate with paralegals – and risk of inadvertent disclosure Issues when paralegals participate in discovery Fee sharing with paralegals   Speaker: Thomas E. Spahn is a partner in the Tysons Corners, Virginia office of McGuireWoods, where he advises firm clients on professional responsibility issues and properly creating and preserving the attorney-client privilege and work product protections.  He has served on the ABA Standing Committee on Ethics and Professional Responsibility, and is a Member of the American Law Institute and a Fellow of the American Bar Foundation.  He has written extensively on attorney-client privilege, ethics and other topics, and has spoken at over 1,800 CLE programs throughout the U.S. and in several foreign countries.  Through links on his website biography, he has made available to the public  his summaries of over 1,600 Virginia and ABA legal ethics opinions, organized by topic; a 300 page summary of his two-volume 1,500 page book on the attorney-client privilege and work product doctrine; over 900 weekly email alerts about privilege and work product cases; and materials for 40 ethics programs on numerous topics, totaling over 9,000 pages of analysis.  Mr. Spahn graduated magna cum laude from Yale University and received his J.D. from Yale Law School.   Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 1/20/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Learn Mindfulness to Curtail Implicit Bias and Make Ethical Decisions

$51.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Cynthia Sharp, Esq., Becky Howlett, Esq.

Learn Mindfulness to Curtail Implicit Bias and Make Ethical Decisions Join Cindy Sharp and Becky Howlett for this timely educational webinar as they unpack implicit bias—what it is, why it matters, and reveal strategies to become aware of our own unconscious biases and ultimately enhance mindful decision-making. Overall, this program will support your ability to recognize these biases and implement strategies to curtail their harmful effects in your legal practice. Implicit bias is universal— everyone has it! Yet, these biases are uniquely our own as they are shaped by our individual life experiences. Although we all have them, we are generally unaware of their presence and effects, meaning implicit biases can negatively impact our decisions without our knowing. Research has shown that mindfulness meditation may effectively reduce implicit bias at the individual level. Certified Meditation Instructor and Attorney Becky Howlett will teach and lead mindfulness practices throughout this session designed to promote awareness of your own biases. Co-Presenter and Veteran Attorney Cynthia Sharp will join with Becky in sharing their own perspectives as well as viewpoints and experiences of others in the legal community. The speakers will delve into why words DO matter and discuss commonly held harmful assumptions related to diverse groups of people. You will also learn:  How to use mindfulness tools to develop deeper awareness about implicit bias and learn to counter insensitive attitudes  Specific steps that you can take IMMEDIATELY to reduce the ill effects of implicit bias in the legal setting  Concepts that will help identify and address unconscious bias when dealing with colleagues, clients, and others  How enhanced cultural competency will help any attorney both serve justice and advocate more   Speakers: Veteran Attorney Cynthia Sharp works with motivated lawyers seeking to build sustainable law practices. After building and selling her boutique firm which she ran for over a quarter of a century, she embarked on a professional speaking and consulting career.  For the past 10 years, she has dedicated herself to sharing practice building strategies and processes with solo and small firm attorneys throughout North America. In recognition of her contributions to the profession, the ABA GPSolo Division named her Trainer of the Year.  As Director of Attorney Development, Cindy has established an international presence as an author and speaker on the topics of law firm branding and marketing strategies. She also shares practice management techniques with an emphasis on ethical implications - lecturing extensively to law firms, bar associations and other legal organizations.   Becky Howlett is an attorney, consultant, and educator dedicated to facilitating positive relationships with others and ourselves.  After graduating from KU Law cum laude with a Tribal Lawyers Certificate in 2014, Becky focused her career on Indian Country advocacy, developing an expertise in federal Indian law and policy and tribal law. After experiencing burnout early on in her legal career, Becky felt compelled to do an in-depth study of meditation techniques and share these practices with others. In spring 2020, she co-founded legalburnout.com with the mission of empowering others to effectively manage their stress by promoting mindfulness practices in the legal field.       Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • Webcast
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 5/31/24
    Presented
  • DETAILS
Course1

Learning Legal Ethics From the Lincoln Lawyer

$51.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Philip Bogdanoff, Esq.

Learning Legal Ethics From the Lincoln Lawyer The first season of the Lincoln Lawyer series was the most popular English-language Netflix show having made the Top 10 in 90 countries.  Although everyone enjoyed watching the exploits of the Lincoln Lawyer, Mickey Haller, was he ethical?  The goal of this program is for attorneys to review the Rules of Professional Conduct while discussing this fascinating seriesTo do so, we will use film clips to examine Haller’s conduct , and determine whether he violated the following Rules of Professional Conduct:               Rule 1.1 Competence of Counsel,               Rule 1.2, Allocation of Authority Between a Client and Lawyer,               Rule 1.6, Confidentiality of Information, and               Rule 3.3, Candor Toward the Tribunal.    Attendees have described Mr. Bogdanoff’s presentations as “entertaining, engaging, informative, and helpful.”   Speaker:  Philip Bogdanoff is a nationally recognized continuing legal education speaker on the topics of ethics, professionalism, and other related topics. Previously, as an attorney, he served as assistant prosecutor in the Summit County, Ohio Prosecutor’s Office for more than 25 years, beginning in 1981. Mr. Bogdanoff argued cases before the Ohio Ninth District Court of Appeals and twenty cases before the Ohio Supreme Court including six death penalty cases - before retiring as a senior assistant prosecutor. He is the author of numerous articles on ethics, professionalism and other related legal topics and has taught the members of numerous organizations including the National Association of Legal Administrators, as well as numerous state and local Bar associations, Prosecuting Attorney's Associations, and law firms. More information about Mr. Bogdanoff is available on his Web site at http://www.philipbogdanoff.com/.     Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • Webcast
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 5/29/24
    Presented
  • DETAILS
Course1

Legal Writing: Striving For Clarity – Part II

$100.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Judge Robert Bacharach

  Legal Writing: Striving For Clarity – Part II   Please join us for a follow up on our 2.25.22 program for a more in-depth discussion with Judge Bacharach on how to improve your legal writing:   •Guidance from bench on effective legal writing. •Skills to clearly and concisely convey your argument •Tips and tools on structure and context. • And so much more!     Speaker:   The Honorable Bob Bacharach obtained his J.D. from Washington University School of Law, where he graduated Order of the Coif, served on the law review’s executive editorial board, and received the Mary Collier Hitchcock Prize for the best Note (student article) in the law review. Upon graduation, he clerked for the Honorable William J. Holloway, Jr., who was the Chief Judge of the Tenth Circuit Court of Appeals. After this clerkship, Judge Bacharach practiced litigation at Crowe & Dunlevy, P.C., where he was a shareholder. He was then appointed as a U.S. Magistrate Judge and served as a magistrate judge for roughly 14 years. Judge Bacharach was then appointed to the Tenth Circuit Court of Appeals, where he continues to serve.    Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.   

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 91
    Min.
  • 12/31/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Letters of Intent in Business Transactions

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Allen Sparkman

Letters of intent frame the material terms of business and commercial transactions.  They outline with considerable detail the substantive terms of the underlying agreement – price, reps and warranties, closing conditions, etc. They also provide a process by which a definitive underlying agreement will be finalized. But they are not, generally, intended to be definitive agreements themselves; not enforceable, only a substantial starting point. There is, however, a certain point at which the detail in these letters becomes so extensive that they become enforceable.  This program will provide you with a practical guide to the most important substantive and process aspects of letters of intent, their uses and traps, including unexpected enforceability.   Drafting effective letters of intent in transactions Purposes of letters, timing, relationship to diligence, exclusivity Substantive  terms v. process terms Indemnity, hold back and limitation of liability provisions Termination of a letter and survival of certain provisions Understanding the point at which letters of intent may become enforceable       Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 12/31/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Letters of Intent in Real Estate Transactions

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Anthony Licata

Letters of Intent in Real Estate Transactions   Letters of intent in real estate transactions – buying/selling property and leasing – are essential in helping the parties frame areas of agreement, identify areas for further negotiation, and establish a timeline for completing the deal. These letters can also be cost-effective in determining whether the parties can reach agreement on major terms before definitive agreements are drafted.  But there are substantial drawbacks. One party may use the letter to shop the transaction to third parties, using the offer as a stalking horse.  In some instances, too, the letter itself may be so detailed that it becomes enforceable. This program will provide you with a practical guide to drafting letters of intent in commercial real estate acquisition and sales, and leasing transactions.        Defining timeframes for negotiations/operative agreements & expiration of letter        Core economic terms – purchase price and holdbacks, lease payments, escalator clauses        Deposits – hard money v. soft money – and escrow instructions        Identifying the property subject to acquisition or lease        Other major terms – use, exclusivity, environmental issues, etc.        Confidentiality and non-marketing provisions    Speaker: Anthony Licata is a partner in the Chicago office of Taft Stettinius & Hollister LLP, where he formerly chaired the firm’s real estate practice.He has an extensive practice focusing on major commercial real estate transactions, including finance, development, leasing, and land use.He formerly served as an adjunct professor at the Kellogg Graduate School of Management at Northwestern University and at the Illinois Institute of Technology.     Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 59
    Min.
  • 12/12/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Lies, Damn Lies & Legal Marketing: The Ethics of Legal Marketing

$50.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Sean Carter

Lies, Damn Lies & Legal Marketing: The Ethics of Legal Marketing What is effective advertising in other fields is rarely acceptable in the field of law. In this entertaining ethics course, Sean Carter examines in detail the ethical rules concerning marketing and their practical implications. The program also covers common advertising strategies employed by attorneys, and the pitfalls many attorneys will encounter. Like all professionals, lawyers must market their services. Yet, unlike other professionals, lawyers must do so according to the most demanding ethical standards. In this off-beat ethics webinar, legal humorist Sean Carter will demonstrate the "dos" (and mostly "don'ts") of legal marketing.Using real-life (and often, comical) examples of legal marketing, Sean will demonstrate how to stay within our ethical boundaries when it comes to: Websites Blogs Social media Mail solicitations Client consultations And much more       Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • Webcast
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 5/21/24
    Presented
  • DETAILS
Course1

Liquidation: Legal Issues When a Client Decides to Close a Business

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Daniel G. Straga

Planning for an LLC’s eventual liquidation can be as important as formation. Well planned and efficient liquidations help LLC members preserve value. Messy liquidations are costly and rapidly diminish value. Whether triggered by a provision in a buy/sell agreement or on the basis of a statutory provision, liquidations are a process of marshaling assets, providing a variety of notices, satisfying debts and other liabilities, and eventually liquidating distributions to LLC members. When planned and managed effectively, the process can preserve substantial value for clients. This program will provide you with a practical guide to liquidations of LLCs.   Statutory bases for voluntary LLC dissolution and how they are triggered by members Judicial/non-voluntary bases for LLC dissolution Planning for eventual dissolution of an LLC in buy/sell agreements Process of dissolution, winding up and termination – and practical consequences of each step Drafting statements of dissolution Summary of tax consequences of distributions of various type of property   Speaker: Daniel G. Straga is counsel in the Washington, D.C. office of Venable, LLP, where he counsels companies on a wide variety of corporate and business matters across a range of industries. He advises clients on mergers and acquisitions, capital raising, venture capital, and governance matters.  Mr. Straga earned his and his B.A. from the University of Delaware and his J.D. from the George Washington University Law School.   Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 12/31/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

LIVE REPLAY: "Founding Documents": Drafting Articles of Incorporation & Bylaws, Part 1

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Eric J. Zinn

 "Founding Documents": Drafting Articles of Incorporation & Bylaws, Part 1 Though LLCs have become a default choice of entity for many businesses, corporations – C Corps and S Corps – still produce optimal results for many family-held businesses or businesses operating in industries where the corporate is preferred or required.  The founding documents of corporations – Articles of Incorporation, Stockholders’ Agreements, and bylaws – are complex, interlocking instruments that create and regulate the capital structure, governance, and finance of the business.  Very important issues of who can own stock, how that stock is valued and transferred, how major corporate decisions are made, and how disputes are resolved are all determined by these documents. This program will provide you with a practical guide to planning and drafting the essential founding documents of corporations.  Day 1: Practical planning and drafting founding documents Counseling clients about the allocation of voting power and distribution preferences Framework of law – what’s required, what can be modified, what’s discretionary Defining common stock characteristics – classes, voting rights Uses of preferred stock – classes, rights, preferences Tax issues to consider when drafting founding documents Day 2: Instituting boards of directors – duties, restrictions, indemnification Approval of shareholders – major transactions, voting thresholds, procedures Restrictions on the transferability of stock Major components of corporate bylaws Common traps in drafting founding documents – avoiding later litigation  Speaker:  Eric J. Zinn is of counsel in the Denver office of Kutak Rock, LLP.  He represents clients in clients in matters involving corporate, individual and partnership taxation, state and local taxation, and corporate mergers, acquisitions and finance. He is a frequent lecturer on topics including the proper choice of legal entity for the operation of a business enterprise, drafting operating agreements for limited liability companies, international taxation, partnership taxation, and like-kind exchanges.  He is an Adjunct Professor at the University of Colorado-Denver Business School and at the University of Colorado School of Law in Boulder. He is the author of "Colorado Limited Liability Company Forms and Practice Manual,” published by Data Trace Publishing. Before entering private practice he served as a judicial clerk to the U.S. Tax Court.       Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • Webcast
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 4/25/24
    Presented
  • DETAILS
Course1

LIVE REPLAY: "Founding Documents": Drafting Articles of Incorporation & Bylaws, Part 2

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Eric J. Zinn

"Founding Documents": Drafting Articles of Incorporation & Bylaws, Part 2 Though LLCs have become a default choice of entity for many businesses, corporations – C Corps and S Corps – still produce optimal results for many family-held businesses or businesses operating in industries where the corporate is preferred or required.  The founding documents of corporations – Articles of Incorporation, Stockholders’ Agreements, and bylaws – are complex, interlocking instruments that create and regulate the capital structure, governance, and finance of the business.  Very important issues of who can own stock, how that stock is valued and transferred, how major corporate decisions are made, and how disputes are resolved are all determined by these documents. This program will provide you with a practical guide to planning and drafting the essential founding documents of corporations.  Day 1: Practical planning and drafting founding documents Counseling clients about the allocation of voting power and distribution preferences Framework of law – what’s required, what can be modified, what’s discretionary Defining common stock characteristics – classes, voting rights Uses of preferred stock – classes, rights, preferences Tax issues to consider when drafting founding documents Day 2: Instituting boards of directors – duties, restrictions, indemnification Approval of shareholders – major transactions, voting thresholds, procedures Restrictions on the transferability of stock Major components of corporate bylaws Common traps in drafting founding documents – avoiding later litigation  Speaker:  Eric J. Zinn is of counsel in the Denver office of Kutak Rock, LLP.  He represents clients in clients in matters involving corporate, individual and partnership taxation, state and local taxation, and corporate mergers, acquisitions and finance. He is a frequent lecturer on topics including the proper choice of legal entity for the operation of a business enterprise, drafting operating agreements for limited liability companies, international taxation, partnership taxation, and like-kind exchanges.  He is an Adjunct Professor at the University of Colorado-Denver Business School and at the University of Colorado School of Law in Boulder. He is the author of "Colorado Limited Liability Company Forms and Practice Manual,” published by Data Trace Publishing. Before entering private practice he served as a judicial clerk to the U.S. Tax Court.       Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • Webcast
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 4/26/24
    Presented
  • DETAILS
Course1

LIVE REPLAY: Asset Protection Techniques for Real Estate

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Jonathan E. Gopman

Asset Protection Techniques for Real Estate Appreciated real estate is often the most valuable asset held by a client.  Real estate as an asset class is also frequently subject to depletion through divorce, claims of creditors, tort claimants and others.  Ensuring that the real estate is properly held, preserved, and administered to protect its value is the key task of many trust and estate plans. This program will provide you with a real-world guide to accessible asset protection strategies for real estate, including the sophisticated use of limited liability entities, trusts and insurance products, key elements of drafting operating agreements and their traps, and use of forms of ownership and choice of law planning.  Economic issues to consider on acquisition, holding and administration of real estate Sophisticated use of LLCs and trusts to protect real estate Key provisions of LLC operating agreements and their traps in protecting real estate Forms of ownership and choice of law as asset protection Uses and traps of using real estate products Bankruptcy planning opportunities and limitations for distressed real estate projects   Speaker: Jonathan E. Gopman is a partner with Nelson Mullins in Naples, Florida.  His practice focuses on sophisticated wealth accumulation and preservation planning strategies for entrepreneurs. He assists them with their personal and business planning needs at all phases of the wealth accumulation and preservation cycle. In his practice, Jonathan takes a four-part approach to wealth preservation planning by assisting individuals in implementing sophisticated estate planning, tax deferral, tax-favored investment, and asset protection structures. Jonathan’s personal practice emphasizes international wealth preservation planning. He has substantial experience in assisting high net worth families with international and domestic estate planning, implementing foreign trust structures, business planning, and general tax planning.        Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • Webcast
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 4/22/24
    Presented
  • DETAILS
Course1

LIVE REPLAY: Drafting Demand Letters

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Shannon M. Bell

Drafting Demand Letters Demand letters may seem like they’re merely hammer-strokes, the first blow of litigation.  But the most effective demand letters are more subtly crafted.  Tone is important.  Vitriolic letters – letters that do not keep a client’s goals in mind and misjudge the reader’s range of likely reactions – may be counterproductive.  Rather than moving the process toward a good outcome, the letter may actually result in setbacks and greater costs.  There’s a subtle balance between precision and vagueness, stimulating favorable response by being sufficiently vague so that the reader speculates about adverse consequences.There’s also the issue of how much of your case – favorable facts and persuasive law – to include in the letter.This program will provide you with a real-world guide to setting goals and carefully crafted demand letters to advance client goals.   Setting goals and realistic expectations Striking the right tone – how aggressive is too aggressive? Precision v. vagueness - leaving room for speculation and negotiation How much of your case – the facts and the law – to include in the letter? Common traps and mistakes in demand letters   Speaker:  Shannon M. Bell is a member with Kelly Law Partners, LLC, where she litigates a wide variety of complex business disputes, construction disputes, fiduciary claims, employment issues, and landlord/tenant issues.  Her construction experience extends from contract negotiations to defense of construction claims of owners, HOAs, contractors and tradesmen.  She also represents clients in claims of shareholder and officer liability, piercing the corporate veil, and derivative actions.  She writes and speaks on commercial litigation, employment, discovery and bankruptcy topics.         Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • Webcast
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 4/8/24
    Presented
  • DETAILS
Course1

LIVE REPLAY: Drafting Special Needs Trusts for Vulnerable Clients

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Martha C. Brown

 Drafting Special Needs Trusts for Vulnerable Clients Special Needs Trusts are designed to provide for the long-care of individuals who have physical or intellectual impairments and are unable to provide for themselves, whatever their age.  SNTs are intended to preserve the beneficiary’s eligibility for public benefits – Social Security, Medicare, and Medicaid – while maximizing the private resources of the beneficiary’s family.  Drafting distribution clauses and selecting the right trustee to make financial and health-care related decisions for the beneficiary are the essential steps in the planning process. This program will provide you with a practical guide to the types of SNTs, the situations in which each is most appropriate, preserving public benefit eligibility, distribution provisions, and trustee selection.   Planning and drafting issues with Special Needs Trusts Types of SNTs and eligibility standards Relationship of SNTs to public benefits – Social Security, Medicare, Medicaid, SSI Key considerations in drafting distribution clauses Choosing individual and institutional trustees, and the use of “pooled trusts” Administrative issues in SNTs   Speaker:  Martha C. Brown is an attorney at the law firm of Martha C. Brown & Associates, LLC in St. Louis, Missouri, where she has more than 25 years’ experience in the fields of elder law and estate planning.  She has an extensive practice advising the elderly and their families on their trust and estate planning matters with an emphasis on Special Needs Trusts.  She is a Fellow of the American College of Trust and Estate Counsel, a former board member and Fellow of the National Academy of Elder Law Attorneys, and a board member of the Special Needs Alliance.         Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • Webcast
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 4/12/24
    Presented
  • DETAILS
Course1

LIVE REPLAY: Easements in Real Estate

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  John S. Hollyfield

Easements in Real Estate Easements are nonpossessory rights to use a third party’s property.  They can be conveyed by deed or contract and may have a significant impact on the underlying property. When valid and enforceable, easements may have a major impact on the use of property, its development and ultimately the value of the underlying property. It isvery important to timely identify easements in diligence, value them, and perhaps obtain their termination or release. If your client depends on an easement, ensuring that they are properly drafted and filed, and are enforceable are essential.  This program will provide you with a real-world guide to easements in real estate transactions, including their types, how they are created and released, or enforced in transactions.   Types of easements – prescriptive, appurtenant, in gross, mortgage-related, estoppel, necessity and quasi-easements How they are used in real estate transactions – which are best for your client? Due diligence in transactions – identifying and valuing easements Creation of easements – drafting essential terms and filing for maximum enforcement Enforcement – methods and measure of damages Termination and release – effective drafting to eliminate easements   Speaker: John S. Hollyfield is of counsel and a former partner in the Houston office Norton Rose Fulbright, LLP.  He has more than 40 years’ experience in real estate law practice.  He formerly served as chair of the ABA Real Property, Probate and Trust Law Section, president of the American College of Real Estate Lawyers, and chair of the Anglo-American Real Property Institute.  He has been named a "Texas Super Lawyer" in Real Estate Law by Texas Monthly magazine and is listed in Who’s Who in American Law.  He is co-editor of Modern Banking and Lending Forms (4th Edition), published by Warren, Gorham & Lamont.         Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • Webcast
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 4/1/24
    Presented
  • DETAILS
Course1

LIVE REPLAY: Ethics and New Clients: Inadvertent Clients, Intake, and more

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Matthew Corbin, Mark Webster

 Ethics and New Clients: Inadvertent Clients, Intake, and More Getting a client relationship right from the outset – defining scope, setting reasonable expectations – greatly helps set up the relationship for success and helps avoid disputes with clients.  There are issues of identifying and clearing conflicts of interest, or getting them waived in writing.  There are issues of explaining billing policies to clients, ensuring they understand, and putting it in writing. There are issues of communication – explaining how and when you will communicate with clients about their case, and about decision-making.This program will provide you a practical guide to drafting engagement letters and best practices in new client intake.  Engagement letters – best practices in setting scope and expectations Explaining bill rates and practices – tips on avoiding disputes Conflict of interest clearance – current clients, past clients Drafting and obtaining conflict of interest waivers Attorney-client privilege considerations   Speakers: Matthew Corbin is Senior Vice President and Executive Director in the Professional Services Group of AON Risk Services, where he consults with the company’s law firm clients on professional responsibility and liability issues.  Before joining AON, he was a partner with Lathrop & Gage, LLP, where he was a trial and appellate lawyer handling professional liability, commercial, business tort, employment, construction, insurance, and regulatory matters. Before entering private practice, he served as a judicial clerk to Judge Mary Briscoe of the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Tenth Circuit.  Mr. Corbin earned his B.A. from the University of Kansas and his J.D. from the University of Kansas School of Law. Mark A. Webster is Vice President and Director in the Professional Services Group of AON Risk Services.  He consults with the company’s law firm clients on professional responsibility and liability issues.  Before joining AON, he was a partner with Lathrop & Gage, LLP, where he had an extensive real estate transactions practice.  Mr. Webster received his B.A. from the University of Kansas and his J.D. from Vanderbilt University Law School.       Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • Webcast
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 4/19/24
    Presented
  • DETAILS
Course1

LIVE REPLAY: Ethics of Identifying Your Client: It's Not Always Easy

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Elizabeth Treubert Simon, Thomas E. Spahn

Ethics of Identifying Your Client: It's Not Always Easy The first step in every ethics analysis is answering the question, who is your client?  It’s seemingly a very easy question to answer, but it’s not always 20/20 except in hindsight.  Representing multiple parties on the same matter, whether in litigation or on a transaction, may mean you have many clients, some or all with conflicts.   If you’re a private practitioner and you represent an organization, your client may be the entity, its officers from whom you are taking directions, or possibly both. If you’re an in-house attorney, the analysis – and its implications for the attorney-client privilege – becomes even more complex.  This program will provide you with a real world guide to ethics of identifying your client in a variety of settings avoiding conflicts of interest with the client.  Ethics and identifying your client and avoiding conflicts in transactions and litigation Representing businesses entities, nonprofit associations, and the government – client v. person giving directions Identifying clients in trust and estate planning – the testator or the person paying your fees? Special ethical challenges and ethical risks for in-house counsel and attorney-client privilege issues How to untangle clients and conflicts in joint representations – managing conflicts and information flows Best practices in documenting client representation to avoid later challenge   Speakers: Elizabeth Treubert Simon is an ethics attorney in the Washington, D.C. office of Akin Gump Strauss Hauer & Feld LLP, where she advises on a wide range of ethics and compliance-related matters to support Akin Gump’s offices worldwide.  Previously, she practiced law in Washington DC and New York, focusing on business and commercial litigation and providing counsel to clients regarding professional ethics and attorney disciplinary procedures.  She is a member of the New York State Bar Association Committee on Professional Discipline and the District of Columbia Legal Ethics Committee.  She writes and speaks extensively on attorney ethics issues.      Thomas E. Spahn is a partner in the McLean, Virginia office of McGuireWoods, LLP, where he has a broad complex commercial, business and securities litigation practice. He also has a substantial practice advising businesses on properly creating and preserving the attorney-client privilege and work product protections.  For more than 20 years he has lectured extensively on legal ethics and professionalism and has written “The Attorney-Client Privilege and the Work Product Doctrine: A Practitioner’s Guide,” a 750 page treatise published by the Virginia Law Foundation.  Mr. Spahn has served as member of the ABA Standing Committee on Ethics and Professional Responsibility and as a member of the Virginia State Bar's Legal Ethics Committee.        Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • Webcast
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 4/9/24
    Presented
  • DETAILS
Course1

LIVE REPLAY: Getting to Market: Sales and Distribution Agreements

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Joel R. Buckberg

 Getting to Market: Sales and Distribution Agreements A product is only as successful as its distribution, only as profitable as it reaches the widest market possible.  Most suppliers of goods rely on distributors to reach the market. Distributor agreements can come in a multitude of types, including wholesale and retail distribution agreements. These agreements encompass a series of intricately interrelated provisions about the scope of products, the scope of the territory involved, exclusivity, pricing control, support in the form of marketing and training, supply guarantees, and much more.  Success for both the supplier and the distributor depends on a thoughtfully planned and drafted agreement.  This program will provide you with a practical guide to drafting the most essential provisions of distributor agreements.   Understanding distributor and supplier objectives – and how they can be harmonized Legal framework of distributor agreements Products covered and how they are defined and altered over time Exclusivity – territory and products Support – training, advertising, promotion Supply guarantees, timeliness of performance Pricing – who controls and antitrust considerations   Speaker: Joel R. Buckberg is a partner in Nashville office of Baker Donelson, P.C. and vice chair of the firm’s corporate group. He has more than 40 years’ experience in corporate and business transactions.  His practice focuses on corporate and asset transactions and operations, particularly in hospitality, franchising and distribution.  He also counsels clients on strategic planning, financing, mergers and acquisitions, system policy and practice development, regulatory compliance and contract system drafting. Prior to joining Baker Donelson, he was executive vice president and deputy general counsel of Cendant Corporation.  Mr. Buckberg received his B.S. from Union College, his M.B.A. from Vanderbilt University, and his J.D. from Vanderbilt University School of Law.       Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • Webcast
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 3/29/24
    Presented
  • DETAILS
Course1

LIVE REPLAY: MAC Clauses in Business Transactions

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Steven O. Weise

MAC Clauses in Business Transactions Material Adverse Change (MAC) clauses are common in most business transactions. These clauses allocate among the parties the risk of a MAC occurring between the execution of transactional documents and closing the underlying transaction.  Sellers want certainty that a sale or other transaction will close and argue that the MAC clause should be very narrowly drafted. Buyers want maximum flexibility and will argue that anything that makes the transaction unattractive should constitute a MAC.  Between those two opposing views are a host of narrow and technical but important details that need to be negotiated, details which will determine whether the transaction is successfully closed, efficiently and cost-effectively terminated, or devolves into dispute and litigation. This program will provide you with a practical guide using and drafting MAC clauses in transactions.   Drafting “Material Adverse Change” provisions and carve-outs Forms of MACs – closing conditions or representations? Practical process of “proving” a MAC occurred, including burden of proof What happens to the transaction if a MAC occurred? Spotting red flags when drafting MAC clauses and best practices to reduce the risk   Speaker: Steven O. Weise is a partner in the Los Angeles office Proskauer Rose, LLP, where his practice encompasses all areas of commercial law. He has extensive experience in financings, particularly those secured by personal property.  He also handles matters involving real property anti-deficiency laws, workouts, guarantees, sales of goods, letters of credit, commercial paper and checks, and investment securities.  Mr. Weise formerly served as chair of the ABA Business Law Section. He has also served as a member of the Permanent Editorial Board of the UCC and as an Advisor to the UCC Code Article 9 Drafting Committee.         Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

  • Webcast
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 4/15/24
    Presented
  • DETAILS
Course1

LIVE REPLAY: The Law of Background Checks: What Clients May/May Not ‘Check

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Felicia Davis

The Law of Background Checks: What Clients May/May Not ‘Check Background checks are an exercise in risk management in hiring. Employers want to align an applicant’s skills with a job profile, reducing the likelihood the hire will not work out or, worse yet, cause the employer liability. This typically means that the employer wants as much information as possible on job candidates. But background checks themselves are fraught with potential liability. There are many categories of questions that employers may not ask applicants; and if they do ask these questions, they open themselves to liability.This program will provide you with a real-world guide to what is allowed and what isnot allowed in background checks, and best practices for using that information and avoiding liability.   Framework of laws impacting background checks, including the Fair Credit Reporting Act What an employ may/may not ask – criminal arrest history, marital status, age, credit history, and other bases Social media background checks Liability for improper/discriminatory use of background checks Counseling clients about best practices in conducting/using background checks   Speaker: Felicia Davis is an attorney in the Los Angeles office of Paul Hastings, LLP where she represents employers in all aspects of labor and employment law, including discrimination, retaliation, harassment, religious accommodation and wage and hour issues, in both single-plaintiff and class-action matters. She has also represented clients in disability access litigation under Title III. She has served as lead attorney on single and multi-plaintiff matters, successfully defending lawsuits alleging discrimination, retaliation, and wrongful discharge as well as collective bargaining agreement violations. She is a member of the ABA Labor and Employment Law Committee on Technology in the Practice and Workplace (Planning Committee). Ms. Davis received her B.A., cum laude, from Claremont McKenna College and her J.D. from the University of California at Los Angeles.       Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • Webcast
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 4/2/24
    Presented
  • DETAILS
Course1

LIVE REPLAY: Unwinding a Commercial Real Estate Transaction Gone Bad, Part 1

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Anthony Licata

Unwinding a Commercial Real Estate Transaction Gone Bad, Part 1 When a real estate project goes bad for whatever reason – sales are slow or at prices below projections, leasing is slow, or there are extensive cost-overruns or regulatory delays – developers, investors, lenders, and others are left scrambling to restructure the project and salvage any value or at least limit losses. This often involves restructuring or possibly refinancing a loan.  It may also involve additional equity.  Another option is selling the project, if possible.  These processes can be complicated by the nature of the investors and lenders involved.  This program will provide you with a practical guide to restructuring troubled real estate projects.  Day 1 Practical strategies for unwinding real estate deals outside of bankruptcy or litigation Negotiating, structuring and drafting the restructuring of failed real estate projects Underlying economics and tradeoffs of real estate restructuring Types of sellers and their impact on restructuring – individual owner, institutional, joint venture, private equity Complications and limitations involving syndicated loans, CMBS loans, and REMICs Navigating seller issues – personal guaranties, ongoing management fees, upside participation, reputation   Day 2  Restructuring alternatives, including straight purchases, “Loan to Own,” rescue capital/preferred stock/securities Drafting forbearance and loan modification agreements  Receivership of distressed properties and planning to emerge from receivership “Loan to own” strategies and limitations Tax issues, including cancellation of indebtedness and restructuring recourse indebtedness Potential loss of valuable tax attributes and tax planning opportunities   Speakers: Anthony Licata is a partner in the Chicago office of Taft Stettinius & Hollister LLP, where he formerly chaired the firm’s real estate practice. He has an extensive practice focusing on major commercial real estate transactions, including finance, development, leasing, and land use.He formerly served as an adjunct professor at the Kellogg Graduate School of Management at Northwestern University and at the Illinois Institute of Technology. He speaks extensively on real estate topics nationally. Mr. Licata received his B.S., summa cum laude, from MacMurray College and his J.D., cum laude, from Harvard Law School.       Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • Webcast
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 5/16/24
    Presented
  • DETAILS
Course1

LLC/Partnerships Interests: Collateral, Pledges, and Security Interests

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Steven O. Weise

LLC members, partners and S Corp shareholders frequently pledge their ownership stakes as collateral to fund their businesses or for personal purposes. Taking and perfecting a security interest in an ownership stake involves a complex set of choices and processes under UCC Article 9 and Article 8, federal securities law and organizational law, each implying risk and limitations on the secured party.  This program will provide you with a practical guide to taking and perfecting a security interest in a partnership, LLC or S Corp ownership stake, the practical remedies and choices available to secured parties on foreclosure, how to circumvent certain restrictions, and the impact of non-UCC law on taking a security interest.   How to take a security interest in partnership, LLC or S Corp ownership stake Relationship of Article 9 and Article 8, defining security interests in securities and investment properties Methods and mistakes in perfecting the security interest Restrictions on assignment and methods to circumvent Rights of secured parties, including the right buy, and foreclose strategies and traps Securities law and non-UCC legal issues   Speaker: Steven O. Weise is a partner in the Los Angeles office Proskauer Rose, LLP, where his practice encompasses all areas of commercial law. He has extensive experience in financings, particularly those secured by personal property.  He also handles matters involving real property anti-deficiency laws, workouts, guarantees, sales of goods, letters of credit, commercial paper and checks, and investment securities.  Mr. Weise formerly served as chair of the ABA Business Law Section. He has also served as a member of the Permanent Editorial Board of the UCC and as an Advisor to the UCC Code Article 9 Drafting Committee.  Mr. Weise received his B.A. from Yale University and his J.D. from the University of California, Berkeley, Boalt Hall School of Law.

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 8/23/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Logic Series Part 3 - Convince Me

$49.99
  • Author/Instructor:  Lenné Eidson Espenschied

Program Description: How convincing are you?  From time to time, all lawyers have to convince someone of something, whether in contract negotiations or litigation.  In this program, Part 3 of Logic, Argumentation, and Persuasion, we’ll show you how to use classical logical syllogisms to construct more compelling arguments.  We’ll consider formal logical fallacies that undermine your proposition and reduce your chances for success.  We’ll review convincing syllogisms from several recent SCOTUS cases.  We’ll use this information to help you construct more convincing, logical arguments and enhance your credibility in litigation and transactional practice, and even in casual conversations.  You’ll learn this and more: The differences between conditional, categorical, and disjunctive syllogisms, and when to use each; How to construct a valid syllogism; Six different kinds of formal logical fallacies, and how to avoid them; When to use deductive reasoning; and When to use inductive reasoning.   Speaker Bio: Lenné Eidson Espenschied has earned her status as one of the two most popular contract drafting speakers in the U.S. by continually striving for excellence and providing innovative, practical skills-based training for transactional lawyers.  She practiced law in Atlanta, Georgia for 25 years, focusing on corporate and transactional representation of technology-based businesses.  She is the author of two books published by the American Bar Association:  Contract Drafting:  Powerful Prose in Transactional Practice (ABA Fundamentals, 3rd Ed. 2019) and The Grammar and Writing Handbook for Lawyers (ABA Fundamentals, 2011).  After graduating from the University of Georgia School of Law magna cum laude, Ms. Espenschied began her legal practice at the firm now known as Eversheds Sutherland; she also served as Senior Counsel in the legal department of Bank of America before eventually opening her own law office.  As a law professor, Ms. Espenschied taught commercial law, contracts, and contract drafting.  Her passion is helping lawyers acquire the skills they need to be successful in transactional practice.    Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 4/5/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Logic Series Part 4 - Key Elements of Superpower Persuasiveness

$49.99
  • Author/Instructor:  Oklahoma Bar Association

Logic Series Part 4 - Key Elements of Superpower Persuasiveness Program Description:If you could choose your own superpower, what would it be?  The power of persuasion enables virtually all other pursuits, so it ranks high on the list of preferred superpowers for lawyers.  In this program, Part 4 of Logic, Argumentation, and Persuasion, we’ll showcase four different methods to enhance your power of persuasion. We’ll consider four classical rhetorical strategies and when to use them.  We’ll provide specific phrases to effectively articulate your position and practical techniques to connect your ideas.  We’ll use this information to help you construct more convincing, logical arguments and enhance your credibility in litigation and transactional practice, and even in casual conversations.  You’ll learn this and more: When to use logos, ethos, pathos, and kairos in arguments; 12 rhetorical phrases to presage your perspective; 6 ways to build coherence between ideas; and 5 literary devices for driving a point home.   Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 4/22/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

MAC Clauses & "Acts of God": How the Pandemic Continues to Change Contracts

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Steven O. Weise

Material Adverse Change (MAC) clauses are common in most businesstransactions. These clauses allocate among the parties the risk of a MAC occurring between the execution of transactional documents and closing the underlying transaction.  Sellers want certainty that a sale or other transaction will close and argue that the MAC clause should be very narrowly drafted. Buyers want maximum flexibility and will argue that anything that makes the transaction unattractive should constitute a MAC.  Between those two opposing views are a host of narrow and technical but important details that need to be negotiated, details which will determine whether the transaction is successfully closed, efficiently and cost-effectively terminated, or devolves into dispute and litigation. This program will provide you with a practical guide using and drafting MAC clauses in transactions. •           Drafting “Material Adverse Change” provisions and carve-outs •           Forms of MACs – closing conditions or representations? •           Practical process of “proving” a MAC occurred, including burden of proof •           What happens to the transaction if a MAC occurred? •           Spotting red flags when drafting MAC clauses and best practices to reduce the risk Speaker:   Steven O. Weise is a partner in the Los Angeles office Proskauer Rose, LLP, where his practice encompasses all areas of commercial law. He has extensive experience in financings, particularly those secured by personal property.  He also handles matters involving real property anti-deficiency laws, workouts, guarantees, sales of goods, letters of credit, commercial paper and checks, and investment securities.  Mr. Weise formerly served as chair of the ABA Business Law Section. He has also served as a member of the Permanent Editorial Board of the UCC and as an Advisor to the UCC Code Article 9 Drafting Committee.     Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 5/2/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

MAC Clauses in Business Transactions

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Steven O. Weise

MAC Clauses in Business Transactions Material Adverse Change (MAC) clauses are common in most businesstransactions. These clauses allocate among the parties the risk of a MAC occurring between the execution of transactional documents and closing the underlying transaction.  Sellers want certainty that a sale or other transaction will close and argue that the MAC clause should be very narrowly drafted. Buyers want maximum flexibility and will argue that anything that makes the transaction unattractive should constitute a MAC.  Between those two opposing views are a host of narrow and technical but important details that need to be negotiated, details which will determine whether the transaction is successfully closed, efficiently and cost-effectively terminated, or devolves into dispute and litigation. This program will provide you with a practical guide using and drafting MAC clauses in transactions.   Drafting “Material Adverse Change” provisions and carve-outs Forms of MACs – closing conditions or representations? Practical process of “proving” a MAC occurred, including burden of proof What happens to the transaction if a MAC occurred? Spotting red flags when drafting MAC clauses and best practices to reduce the risk   Speaker: Steven O. Weise is a partner in the Los Angeles office Proskauer Rose, LLP, where his practice encompasses all areas of commercial law. He has extensive experience in financings, particularly those secured by personal property.  He also handles matters involving real property anti-deficiency laws, workouts, guarantees, sales of goods, letters of credit, commercial paper and checks, and investment securities.  Mr. Weise formerly served as chair of the ABA Business Law Section. He has also served as a member of the Permanent Editorial Board of the UCC and as an Advisor to the UCC Code Article 9 Drafting Committee.         Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 12/26/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Master Microsoft Word’s Most Useful Hidden Feature - Styles - to Easily Create Better Formatted Documents

$51.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Barron Henley, Esq.

Master Microsoft Word’s Most Useful Hidden Feature - Styles - to Easily Create Better Formatted Documents Microsoft Word combines font and paragraph formatting into something called Styles. By default, styles are automatically applied to all text whether you want them or not, and the feature cannot be turned off.  This seminar will demystify the subject of Styles and show you how to customize Styles to work for you rather than suffering their automatic default behaviors.  By mastering Styles customization, you can take control of your document formatting, making it much easier and more logical.  Learn to stop using Word as a mere electronic typewriter, doing manually, painstakingly formatting tasks that you can make Word do for you easily and automatically using Styles. Be prepared for many “a-ha” moments.   Barron Henley, Esq. Mr. Henley is one of the founding partners of Affinity Consulting Group, a national legal technology consulting firm which handles all aspects of law practice automation. He received his B.S./B.A. (marketing & economics) and J.D. from The Ohio State University and is a member of the American, Ohio and Columbus Bar Associations, and the Worthington Estate Planning Council. He is a member of the ABA Law Practice Division and is the former Chair of the Ohio State Bar Association Law Office Automation & Technology Committee.  Mr. Henley heads Affinity’s document assembly/automation and software training departments; he is a renowned expert on Microsoft Word, Adobe Acrobat and HotDocs document assembly software; and has authored legal-specific manuals on HotDocs, Adobe Acrobat, and Microsoft Word, Excel & Outlook. He teaches continuing legal education (CLE) classes throughout the U.S. & Canada covering a wide variety of topics related to law practice management, technology and ethics.     Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.   

  • Webcast
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 4/17/24
    Presented
  • DETAILS
Course1

More Effective Writing Makes More Effective Lawyers

$200.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Rick Horowitz

“More Effective Writing Makes More Effective Lawyers”  Rick Horowitz, Discussion Leader   Course Description  There’s what you know in your particular areas of the law – and then there’s how well you’re able to communicate that knowledge. Communicate it to a variety of different audiences, through a range of different documents, to accomplish many different goals.   That can be hard work. Even stressful work. Maybe you could use a little help.  Help is on the way! Join writing coach and former attorney Rick Horowitz at the Oklahoma Bar Association on Tuesday, October 24, for “More Effective Writing Makes More Effective Lawyers.” It’s sure to be a lively and highly practical workshop that will reintroduce you to your legal-writing toolbox, including a few tools you didn't know were in there.  We’ll explore the fundamentals (and the critical details) of creating clear, concise, well-organized, persuasive legal documents.?We’ll take a fresh look at some of the assumptions and habits that often lead lawyers down less-than-productive writing paths. And we’ll talk about other approaches that might be even better options for you in dealing with the variety of legal-writing tasks most lawyers face.   Briefs, memos, client letters, even daily correspondence all benefit from your deeper understanding of what goes into successful writing, so we’ll examine good and not-so-good writing to see what worked, what didn't, and why. Among the topics we might cover:  When Lawyers Write: What Can Go Wrong? Knowing Your Goal(s), Knowing Your Audience(s) The Writing You Do Before You Start Writing Being Concise (1): “What’s In? What’s Out?” Overcoming “Blank-Screen Panic”: Those First Few Words... Organizing for Impact: “Where Do I Put It?” Being Concise (2): “How Do I Say It?” Being Precise: Catching Those Problems Before You Hit “Send”... Writing as a Team Sport: Smoothing Out the Rough Spots Tone & Voice: “How Does It Come Across?”     Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 360
    Min.
  • 11/14/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

My Client's Commercial Real Estate Mortgage is Due, Now What?

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  My Client's Commercial Real Estate Mortgage is Due, Now What?

When a commercial real estate loan comes due, there are typically three alternatives for clients: refinance the loan, sell the property underlying the mortgage, or restructure the property’s capital structure, perhaps by adding more equity. There are complex tradeoffs with each alternative.  Renegotiating a loan extension is time-consuming, even when credit is available. Selling the property, especially in a strong market, may trigger adverse tax consequences. Most murky of all is restructuring the capital structure of project. Is the owner willing to add more equity to the project? This program will provide you with a practical guide to the issues of working with clients when their commercial real estate loans come due. Alternatives when a commercial real estate mortgage comes due Exploration of refinance options in an environment of volatile interest rates Role of preferred equity, mezzanine loans, and second mortgages Alternative of selling into a strong market Counseling clients about refinance in a time of certainty Speakers: Anthony Licata is a partner in the Chicago office of Taft Stettinius & Hollister LLP, where he formerly chaired the firm’s real estate practice.  He has an extensive practice focusing on major commercial real estate transactions, including finance, development, leasing, and land use.  He formerly served as an adjunct professor at the Kellogg Graduate School of Management at Northwestern University and at the Illinois Institute of Technology.  Mr. Licata received his B.S., summa cum laude, from MacMurray College and his J.D., cum laude, from Harvard Law School. John S. Hollyfield is of counsel and a former partner in the Houston office Norton Rose Fulbright, LLP.  He has more than 40 years’ experience in real estate law practice.  He formerly served as chair of the ABA Real Property, Probate and Trust Law Section, president of the American College of Real Estate Lawyers, and chair of the Anglo-American Real Property Institute.  He has been named a "Texas Super Lawyer" in Real Estate Law by Texas Monthly magazine and is listed in Who’s Who in American Law.  He is co-editor of Modern Banking and Lending Forms (4th Edition), published by Warren, Gorham & Lamont.  He received his B.B.A. from the University of Texas and his LL.B. from the University of Texas School of Law.   Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 5/3/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Nonprofits and Commercial Real Estate

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Michael Lehmann

Nonprofit and exempt organizations are often attracted to real estate because the asset class is seen as comparatively safe yet offers opportunities for long-term appreciation and, perhaps, ongoing income.  Even if these investment assumptions prove correct, real estate assets – ownership of exiting property, development of new property, or leasing activities – implicate a range of restrictions, complications, and compliance obligations.  These include regulatory restrictions depending on whether the real estate investment furthers the entity’s charitable purpose or not; collaborations with for-profit joint ventures; and debt financing of investments.  This program will provide you with a real world guide to advising nonprofit and exemption organization clients about real estate activities. ·         Use of 501(c)(3) funds for real estate acquisition and development ·         Restrictions of using nonprofit/exempt organization funds in for-profit real estate transactions ·         Compliance issues for nonprofit/exempt organizations participating in real estate deals ·         Planning for event something goes wrong – how to limit damage to for-profit and nonprofit Speaker: Michael Lehmann is a partner in the New York office of Dechert, LLP, where he specializes in tax issues related to non-profits and in the tax treatment of cross-border transactions.  He advises hospitals and other health care providers, research organizations, low-income housing developers, trade associations, private foundations and arts organizations.  He advises clients on obtaining and maintaining tax-exempt status, executive compensation, reorganizations and joint ventures, acquisitions, and unrelated business income planning.  Mr. Lehmann received his A.B., magna cum laude, from Brown University, his J.D. from Columbia Law School, and his LL.M. from New York University School of Law.   Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 3/24/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Opening Your Law Practice

FREE
  • Author/Instructor:  Jim Calloway

  Opening Your Law Practice Sponsored by Oklahoma Attorneys Mutual Insurance Company This program does not qualify for MCLE credit.   A free seminar for new lawyers or those going into private practice. NEW this year is the option to attend in person or virtually.   The Business of Law Jim Calloway, OBA Management Assistance Program   How to Manage Everything! Jim Calloway and Julie Bays, OBA Management Assistance Program   Tools of the Modern Law Office, Hardware/Software and Fastcase Jim Calloway and Julie Bays, OBA Management Assistance Program   Professional Liability Insurance and Risk Management Phil Fraim, President, Oklahoma Attorneys Mutual Insurance Company (OAMIC)   Professionalism in the Practice of Law Presiding Judge David Lewis, Oklahoma Court of Criminal Appeals   Trust Accounting and Legal Ethics Gina Hendryx, OBA General Counsel   How to Succeed in Law Practice Jim Calloway and Julie Bays, OBA Management Assistance Program       Sponsored by Oklahoma Attorneys Mutual Insurance Company This program does not qualify for MCLE credit.       Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.                 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 352
    Min.
  • 12/31/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Overview of a Business Sale Transaction

$50.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Chris Lee

Overview of a Business Sale Transaction   This course is an overview of the steps and parties involved in a typical business sale transaction. It explains what will be happening at each step in a typical business sale transaction to give the attorney an idea of what the full process outside of just the legal process looks like. The course also identifies what advisors or parties will be completing each task and how it relates to the overall transaction process. It also summarizes and recaps the high-level tasks and responsibilities that the attorney will play at various stages in the transaction process.   Speaker Bio: Mr. Lee is a co-founder and Managing Partner of Infinity Capital Partners. Mr. Lee leads projects on both the sell-side and buy-side, coordinating with clients on capital raising, debt restructuring, and business sale projects. Mr. Lee’s experience is wide-ranging, leading projects in industries such as manufacturing, distribution, transportation, healthcare, energy services, and others. In his previous role as a Partner at Giant Capital, Mr. Lee provided strategic consulting services for small and middle-market businesses, advising companies on growth equity financing, capital restructuring, and cash flow efficiencies. He has held corporate finance, product development and M&A roles with OGE Energy Corp, where he assisted in the acquisition and divestiture of several midstream oil and gas assets and served as part of the transaction team on the Enable Midstream transaction combining legacy Enogex and Centerpoint Energy’s midstream oil and gas assets. Mr. Lee holds a B.S. in Business Management from Brigham Young University, as well as an M.B.A. and a J.D. from the University of Oklahoma. Mr. Lee resides in Edmond with his wife, Megan, and their four children.    Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 12/31/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Parking: Special Issues in Commercial Leases

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Anthony Licata

The right of tenants – and their employees and customers – to park can be one of the most important elements of office and retail leases.  Physical space is often sparse and expensive, making parking spots even more dear. Tenants want absolute rights to parking and to ensure attendant services – e.g., snow removal, maintenance, etc. – while landlords want maximum flexibility, including the right to reclaim spots.  This program will provide you with a practical guide to spotting parking issues in commercial leases, and negotiating effective rights for your clients.    Demised spaces v. rights to park Types of rights to park – general rights v. exclusive rights Issues for lots v. parking garages Duties to patrol employee use of parking spots Economic issues for landlords and tenants, including CAM Parking as zoning issue – ratio of office/retail space to parking spots Reclamation of parking spots by landlord for later development   Speaker: Anthony Licata is a partner in the Chicago office of Taft Stettinius & Hollister LLP, where he formerly chaired the firm’s real estate practice.  He has an extensive practice focusing on major commercial real estate transactions, including finance, development, leasing, and land use.  He formerly served as an adjunct professor at the Kellogg Graduate School of Management at Northwestern University and at the Illinois Institute of Technology.  Mr. Licata received his B.S., summa cum laude, from MacMurray College and his J.D., cum laude, from Harvard Law School.

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 9/1/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Part 1 - Self-Care for the Legal Professional - Understanding Burnout, Compassion Fatigue, and Secondary Traumatic Stress

$50.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Oklahoma Bar Association

  Understanding Burnout, Compassion Fatigue, and Secondary Traumatic Stress This course will define and talk about burnout, compassion fatigue, and secondary traumatic stress. The discussion will focus on how these are normal human responses to traumatic material.     Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 5/5/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Part 2 - Self-Care for the Legal Professional - Understanding Client Trauma—How to Identify, Address and Guard Yourself to Better Deal with Trauma

$50.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Oklahoma Bar Association

Understanding Client Trauma—How to Identify, Address and Guard Yourself to Better Deal with Trauma This course will provide tools to help your traumatized client understand what to expect in court.     Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 5/12/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Part 3 - Self-Care for the Legal Professional - Adversarial Culture and Decreased Life Satisfaction

$50.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Oklahoma Bar Association

Adversarial Culture and Decreased Life Satisfaction The Physical set up of courtrooms are set up to intimidate the truth out of you. Learn how to manage that environment for you and your client.     Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 5/19/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Part 4 - Self-Care for the Legal Professional - Developing a Healthy Support System

$50.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Oklahoma Bar Association

Developing a Healthy Support System  It is important to develop a healthy support system in all facets of life. However, in the practice of law, that tends to take back seat. This course will provide skills on how to handle a formal and informal briefing of the case with your office, partners, client, and self. Also, developing and maintaining a health support system can increase your compassion satisfaction and hope. This course will give you specific strategies to bake into your life to improve your quality of life in a stressful career while showing you to switch you lens to focus on met expectations.     Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 5/26/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Percentage Rent Leases in Commercial Real Estate

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  John S. Hollyfield, Richard R. Goldberg

Percentage rent is used in retail leases where the landlord has bargaining power to demand a share of the tenant’s economic gains.  Demand for retail space may be high or a landlord’s specific location may be particularly attractive such that the tenant is willing to pay not only a fixed amount of rent but a share of its gross revenue.  These types of leases require a sophisticated understanding of the underlying economics of tenant’s business. These leases also require very careful drafting. How is gross revenue defined?  Is there a minimum amount or a maximum amount?  How are these numbers verified?  And what are all the related protections for the landlord or the tenant?  This program will provide you with a practical guide to negotiating and drafting percentage leases.   Circumstances where percentage rent is commonly seen Economics of percentage rent – landlord and tenant perspectives Defining key terms – “gross sales,” exclusions, percent of rent Determining thresholds – minimum rent, sliding scales Financial reporting and audit rights Important related provisions – non-competition, continuous use, payment terms   Speakers: John S. Hollyfield is of counsel and a former partner in the Houston office Norton Rose Fulbright, LLP.  He has more than 40 years’ experience in real estate law practice.  He formerly served as chair of the ABA Real Property, Probate and Trust Law Section, president of the American College of Real Estate Lawyers, and chair of the Anglo-American Real Property Institute.  He has been named a "Texas Super Lawyer" in Real Estate Law by Texas Monthly magazine and is listed in Who’s Who in American Law.  He is co-editor of Modern Banking and Lending Forms (4th Edition), published by Warren, Gorham & Lamont.  He received his B.B.A. from the University of Texas and his LL.B. from the University of Texas School of Law. Richard R. Goldberg is a retired partner, resident in the Philadelphia office of Ballard Spahr, LLP, where he established an extensive real estate practice, including development, financing, leasing, and acquisition.  Earlier in his career, he served as vice president and associate general counsel of The Rouse Company for 23 years.  He is past president of the American College of Real Estate Lawyers, past chair of the Anglo-American Real Property Institute, and past chair of the International Council of Shopping Centers Law Conference.  Mr. Goldberg is currently a Fellow of the American College of Mortgage Attorneys and is a member of the American Law Institute.  Mr. Goldberg received his B.A. from Pennsylvania State University and his LL.B. from the University of Maryland School of Law.   Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 7/14/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Piercing the Entity Veil: Individual Liability for Business Acts

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Allen Sparkman

One of the bedrock principles of business law is limited liability. The individual owners of an entity – shareholders of a corporation or members of a limited liability company – cannot be held personally liable for the debts or liabilities of the entity.  But the doctrine is not absolute.  There are many common law fact patterns that allow courts to pierce the entity veil – co-mingling of funds, using an entity as an alter ego, among others – and reach an individual person’s assets. There are also several sources of statutory authority allowing veil piercing. This program will provide you with a practical guide to common law, equitable, and statutory theories of piercing entity veils.   Statutory and equitable principles to pierce the entity veil Fact pattern justifying piercing limited liability to reach an owner’s personal assets Statutory sources permitting breaching the entity veil Application of veil piercing to non-corporate entities Liability for improper distributions Piercing for withheld income and employment taxes, and sales/use taxes   Speakers: Allen Sparkman is a partner in the Houston and Denver offices of Sparkman Foote, LLP.  He has practiced law for over forty years in the areas of estate, tax, business, insurance, asset protection, and charitable giving.  He has written and lectured extensively on choice-of-entity, charitable giving and estate planning topics.  He is the Colorado reporter for the books "State Limited Partnership Laws" and "State Limited Liability Company Laws," both published by Aspen Law & Business.  He has also served as president of the Rocky Mountain Estate Planning Council.  Mr. Sparkman received his A.B. with honors from Princeton University and his J.D. with high honors from the University of Texas School of Law   Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 12/31/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Planning with Single Member LLCs, Part 1

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Paul Kaplun, Elizabeth Fialkowski Stieff

Single Member LLCs are among the most flexible vehicles in business and real estate transactions.  Creatures of state law, they are “nothing” for federal income tax purposes.  They can be used to minimize tax and liability with maximum organizational flexibility. They may be used in conjunction with S Corps and general partnerships in business and real estate transactions. But there are also substantial limits and traps.  Among the traps is that their limited liability can be pierced more easily through equitable doctrines to personal liability. There are also many potential tax traps.  This program will provide you with a real-world guide to organizing and using Single Member LLCs in transactions. Day 1: Classification of LLCs for income tax purposes – what does “nothing” mean? Formation and organizational issues – how they differ from multi-member LLCs Relationship to S Corps – as owners, as subsidiaries, as Single Member LLCs themselves Single Member LLCs as charities or as property of charities – and gifting issues Merger and acquisition issues involving Single Member LLCs Series LLCs as an alternative to commonly owned Single Member LLCs Day 2: Changes in tax classification of Single Member LLCs Single Member LLCs and general partnerships – which may own which? Piercing the veil of a Single Member LLC Compensation issues and traps Use of charging orders against Single Member LLC distributions Use of SMLCCs in real estate transactions, including Like-Kind Exchanges State tax and excise tax overview   Speakers: Paul Kaplun is a partner in the Washington, D.C. office of Venable, LLP where he has an extensive corporate and business planning practice, and provides advisory services to emerging growth companies and entrepreneurs in a variety of industries. He formerly served as an Adjunct Professor of Law at Georgetown University Law Center, where he taught business planning.  Before entering private practice, he was a Certified Public Accountant with a national accounting firm, specializing in corporate and individual income tax planning and compliance.  Mr. Kaplun received his B.S.B.A., magna cum laude, from Georgetown University and J.D. from Georgetown University Law Center. Elizabeth Fialkowski Stieff is an attorney in the Baltimore, Maryland office of Venable, LLP, where her practice focuses on corporate advisory matters, including mergers, acquisitions, and joint ventures, as well as tax controversies.  Prior to joining Venable, she was an associate in corporate and securities practice at a national law firm, where she advised clients on a variety of federal and state tax issues.  Before entering private practice, she served as a judicial clerk to Judge L. Paige Marvel of the United States Tax Court.  Ms. Stieff earned her B.A. from John Hopkins University and her J.D. and LL.M. from Georgetown University Law Center.     Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 10/4/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Planning with Single Member LLCs, Part 2

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Paul Kaplun, Elizabeth Fialkowski Stieff

Single Member LLCs are among the most flexible vehicles in business and real estate transactions.  Creatures of state law, they are “nothing” for federal income tax purposes.  They can be used to minimize tax and liability with maximum organizational flexibility. They may be used in conjunction with S Corps and general partnerships in business and real estate transactions. But there are also substantial limits and traps.  Among the traps is that their limited liability can be pierced more easily through equitable doctrines to personal liability. There are also many potential tax traps.  This program will provide you with a real-world guide to organizing and using Single Member LLCs in transactions. Day 1: Classification of LLCs for income tax purposes – what does “nothing” mean? Formation and organizational issues – how they differ from multi-member LLCs Relationship to S Corps – as owners, as subsidiaries, as Single Member LLCs themselves Single Member LLCs as charities or as property of charities – and gifting issues Merger and acquisition issues involving Single Member LLCs Series LLCs as an alternative to commonly owned Single Member LLCs Day 2: Changes in tax classification of Single Member LLCs Single Member LLCs and general partnerships – which may own which? Piercing the veil of a Single Member LLC Compensation issues and traps Use of charging orders against Single Member LLC distributions Use of SMLCCs in real estate transactions, including Like-Kind Exchanges State tax and excise tax overview   Speakers: Paul Kaplun is a partner in the Washington, D.C. office of Venable, LLP where he has an extensive corporate and business planning practice, and provides advisory services to emerging growth companies and entrepreneurs in a variety of industries. He formerly served as an Adjunct Professor of Law at Georgetown University Law Center, where he taught business planning.  Before entering private practice, he was a Certified Public Accountant with a national accounting firm, specializing in corporate and individual income tax planning and compliance.  Mr. Kaplun received his B.S.B.A., magna cum laude, from Georgetown University and J.D. from Georgetown University Law Center. Elizabeth Fialkowski Stieff is an attorney in the Baltimore, Maryland office of Venable, LLP, where her practice focuses on corporate advisory matters, including mergers, acquisitions, and joint ventures, as well as tax controversies.  Prior to joining Venable, she was an associate in corporate and securities practice at a national law firm, where she advised clients on a variety of federal and state tax issues.  Before entering private practice, she served as a judicial clerk to Judge L. Paige Marvel of the United States Tax Court.  Ms. Stieff earned her B.A. from John Hopkins University and her J.D. and LL.M. from Georgetown University Law Center.     Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 10/5/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Policies for Newly Distributed Workforces: How to Make the "New Office" Work

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  William J. Kelly, III

In the aftermath of the pandemic, the nature of work has changed.  Employees expect more flexibility. Working from home is no longer a special accommodation.  Employees expect to work remotely, either all of the time or some of the time. Even employers that prefer or require in-person work are having to adapt workplace policies to reflect working-from-home.  This program will review the changing landscape of employment law as more employees work from home:   Revising employee handbooks to reflect flexible working schedules and remote work Online harassment and discrimination when working from home Security of work email, sensitive information, and files Tracking time worked and measuring productivity – does this work? “Hoteling” issues – when employees share office space on a rotating basis   Speaker:   William J. Kelly, III is a founding member of Kelly Law Partners LLC and has nearly 30 years’ experience in the areas of employment and commercial litigation. In the area of employment law, he litigates trade secret, non-compete, infringement and discrimination claims in federal and state courts nationwide and has advised Fortune 50 companies on workplace policies and practices.  In the area of commercial litigation, his experience includes class action litigation, breach of contract and indemnity, mass-claim complex insurance litigation, construction litigation and trade secrets.  Earlier in career, he founded 15 Minutes Music, an independent music production company.  Mr. Kelly earned his B.A. from Tulane University and his J.D. from St. Louis University.   Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 1/24/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Practical Lessons in Diversity, Equity & Inclusion in Law Practice

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Anthony Licata

Practical Lessons in Diversity, Equity & Inclusion in Law Practice This program will provide you with a practical guide to diversity, inclusion, and equity in law firms and in clients. The program will discuss the value of diversity and inclusion, including how it fosters collegiality, greater client value, and organizational and personal growth.  The panel will look at real world case studies of what types of diversity training work and help law firms – and also review those types of training that do not work. The program cover best practices not only for law firms but also for advising clients on developing diversity, inclusion, and equity training and practices. Types of diversity – internal, external, organizational, and worldview Racial and ethnic, generational and age, gender, socio-economic diversity Training to raise awareness of unconscious bias v. promoting allyship and inclusivity What types of diversity training work – and what types do not work? Best practices in helping law firms and their clients grow in diversity, inclusion and equity   Speaker: Anthony Licata is a partner in the Chicago office of Taft Stettinius & Hollister LLP, where he formerly chaired the firm’s real estate practice.  He has an extensive practice focusing on major commercial real estate transactions, including finance, development, leasing, and land use.  He formerly served as an adjunct professor at the Kellogg Graduate School of Management at Northwestern University and at the Illinois Institute of Technology.  Mr. Licata received his B.S., summa cum laude, from MacMurray College and his J.D., cum laude, from Harvard Law School.       Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 1/23/26
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Privacy and Tools for the Non-Tech Lawyer

$100.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Jeff Taylor

  Privacy and Tools for Non-Tech Savvy Lawyer OBA/CLE Lunch and Learn   Learn why you should care about technology. From efficiency to ethics concerns (and because standards are always changing), tech is more important than most realize.   Learn efficiency tips to manage your emails and set reminders for important items. And so much more!   SPEAKER:   Jeff Taylor The Duit Group of Companies Jeff is first (and only) In-House General Counsel to the Duit (pronounced Do It) Group of Companies. The Duit companies build road and bridge highway projects in Oklahoma, Texas, Arkansas, and Kansas. Jeff's focuses his daily activities on contract negotiations, construction delays, litigation, risk management, and employee issues. Jeff worked as a solo practitioner handling litigation, consumer advocacy, and representing small businesses before joining Duit. Jeff also created "The Droid Lawyer," a legal tech blog focused on Android and mobile devices for lawyers.       Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 85
    Min.
  • 12/31/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Professionalism for the Ethical Lawyer

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Thomas E. Spahn

Professionalism for the Ethical Lawyer Ethics rules, the principles of professionalism, and sanctionable conduct are interrelated.  Lawyers have a duty to zealously represent their clients, but they do not have a duty to engage in offensive conduct that may be desired by clients. Lawyers have duties of confidentiality and honesty, but those duties do not always require pressing every advantage, such as when the lawyer knows that opposing counsel has made a material drafting error in a transactional document. In these and many other scenarios, ethics rules, professionalism, and potentially sanctionable conduct subtly interact.  This program will provide you with a practical guide to professionalism for the ethical lawyer.    Interrelationship of ethics rules, professionalism, and sanctions Zealous representation v. needlessly embarrassing an adversary or third-party Reacting to an adversary’s drafting errors in transactional documents Ethics, professionalism, and inadvertent transmission of communications Duty to supervise and train subordinate lawyers and staff, including to ensure courtesy to clients, opposing counsel, and courts Offering candid advice to clients and withdrawal when they demand offensive conduct Avoiding discrimination and bigotry   Speaker: Thomas E. Spahn is a partner in the Tysons Corners, Virginia office of McGuireWoods, where he advises firm clients on professional responsibility issues and properly creating and preserving the attorney-client privilege and work product protections.  He has served on the ABA Standing Committee on Ethics and Professional Responsibility, and is a Member of the American Law Institute and a Fellow of the American Bar Foundation.  He has written extensively on attorney-client privilege, ethics and other topics, and has spoken at over 1,800 CLE programs throughout the U.S. and in several foreign countries.  Through links on his website biography, he has made available to the public his summaries of over 1,600 Virginia and ABA legal ethics opinions, organized by topic; a 300 page summary of his two-volume 1,500 page book on the attorney-client privilege and work product doctrine; over 900 weekly email alerts about privilege and work product cases; and materials for 40 ethics programs on numerous topics, totaling over 9,000 pages of analysis.  Mr. Spahn graduated magna cum laude from Yale University and received his J.D. from Yale Law School.       Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 2/14/26
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Professionalism Panel on Professionalism and Civility - 2023 OBA Annual Meeting

$49.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Judge Anthony Bonner, Judge Sheila D. Stinson, and John W. Coyle III

Presented at the 2023 Oklahoma Bar Association Annual Meeting.   PANEL MEMBERS: Judge Anthony Bonner, District Judge, Oklahoma County Judge Sheila D. Stinson, District Judge, Oklahoma County John W. Coyle III, Coyle Law Firm                 Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 53
    Min.
  • 11/12/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Put Your Mask on First: The 8 Dimensions of Wellness

$50.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Dr. Robyn Goggs, DMIN, LPC, A Chance to Change

Join us for this CLE and learn ways to prioritize you. This course will offer the following objectives (just to spotlight a few) to assist you in your day-to-day life: •  Define and identify the uniqueness of this work and symptoms of burnout in the legal profession •  Explore and identify the 8 dimensions of wellness - a resource for self-care •  Recognize challenges in the legal profession and how to build/develop resilience   Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 8/17/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Real Estate Finance: "Back to the Old Normal" Part 2

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Anthony Licata

Real Estate Finance: "Back to the Old Normal" Part 2 This program will provide you with a guide to real estate finance. It will cover the practical aspects of structuring debt, equity, and mezzanine finance.  Major issues and traps in negotiating first mortgages, including personal guarantees and carve-outs, will be discussed in detail. The program will also cover credit enhancement, leasehold finance, and how financing alternatives have changed in a stronger market. This program will provide you with a real-world guide to major issues in negotiating and drafting real estate finance agreements.   Day 1: Major issues of negotiating first mortgages Loan application and bank commitments Role of personal guarantees and negotiating non-recourse carve-outs with lenders Defeasance and prepayment premiums   Day 2: Structuring equity in real estate deals Mezzanine financing and drafting issues Leasehold finance Credit enhancement instruments Single purpose entities for finance purposes   Speaker: Anthony Licata is a partner in the Chicago office of Taft Stettinius & Hollister LLP, where he formerly chaired the firm’s real estate practice.  He has an extensive practice focusing on major commercial real estate transactions, including finance, development, leasing, and land use.  He formerly served as an adjunct professor at the Kellogg Graduate School of Management at Northwestern University and at the Illinois Institute of Technology.  Mr. Licata received his B.S., summa cum laude, from MacMurray College and his J.D., cum laude, from Harvard Law School.       Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.   

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 2/16/26
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

REPLAY: Practical Lessons in Diversity, Equity & Inclusion in Law Practice

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Anthony Licata

 Practical Lessons in Diversity, Equity & Inclusion in Law Practice This program will provide you with a practical guide to diversity, inclusion, and equity in law firms and in clients. The program will discuss the value of diversity and inclusion, including how it fosters collegiality, greater client value, and organizational and personal growth.  The panel will look at real world case studies of what types of diversity training work and help law firms – and also review those types of training that do not work. The program cover best practices not only for law firms but also for advising clients on developing diversity, inclusion, and equity training and practices. Types of diversity – internal, external, organizational, and worldview Racial and ethnic, generational and age, gender, socio-economic diversity Training to raise awareness of unconscious bias v. promoting allyship and inclusivity What types of diversity training work – and what types do not work? Best practices in helping law firms and their clients grow in diversity, inclusion and equity   Speaker: Anthony Licata is a partner in the Chicago office of Taft Stettinius & Hollister LLP, where he formerly chaired the firm’s real estate practice.  He has an extensive practice focusing on major commercial real estate transactions, including finance, development, leasing, and land use.  He formerly served as an adjunct professor at the Kellogg Graduate School of Management at Northwestern University and at the Illinois Institute of Technology.  Mr. Licata received his B.S., summa cum laude, from MacMurray College and his J.D., cum laude, from Harvard Law School.       Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • Webcast
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 4/29/24
    Presented
  • DETAILS
Course1

Reps and Warranties in Business Transactions

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  C. Ben Huber

Representations and warranties are a marquee feature of virtually every significant transaction.  Parties often conduct extensive due diligence but want specific assurances about important facts about which only the company would have the best information. These facts – e.g., the absence of liabilities or the presence of certain authorizations – can be few or great in number, and they vary according to the facts of the transaction. They are essential to most transactions. This program will provide you with a real-world guide to the differences between reps and warranties, the types and their remedies, and drafting.   Differences between reps and warranties, and their remedies Relationship between diligence and reps and warranties – and what the law says about how one impacts the other Reps and warranties concerning tangible and intangible property – title, taxes, transfer restrictions Provisions covering revenue projections, financial statements, and customer lists Understanding the limits of reps and warranties – what you can ask for, what you can get   Speaker: C. Ben Huber is a partner in the Denver office of Greenburg Traurig, LLP, where he has a broad transactional practice encompassing mergers and acquisitions, restructurings and reorganizations, corporate finance, capital markets, venture funds, commercial transactions and general corporate law.  He also has substantial experience as counsel to high tech, biotech and software companies in the development, protection and licensing of intellectual property.  His clients include start-up companies, family- and other closely-held businesses, middle market business, Fortune 500 companies, venture funds and institutional investors.  Mr. Huber earned his B.A. from the University of Colorado and his J.D. at the University of Colorado Law School.   Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 9/6/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Responding to Demand Letters: Tone and Substance

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  William J. Kelly, III

Responding to Demand Letters: Tone and Substance Responding to a demand letter is as tricky as issuing a demanding letter.  There are issues of getting the substance right and getting the tone right.  How time do you spend researching the law and laying out your case?  How much do you disclose about your favorable facts? Is your goal settlement and, if so, how does that impact the tone of your letter?  Do you know enough about the letter writer and his or her client to gauge their likely reaction to your response?  And when do you respond – right away, by any deadline given, or do you wait?  These and many other questions will be addressed in this practical discussion of the tradeoffs of responding to demand letters.  Goals – do you want settlement or to make it go away – or are you preparing for litigation?  Law – how much do you research and push back? Tone – are you assertive, making counter-demands, or conciliatory? Facts – How much of what you know do you lay out? Timing – responding right away, by a deadline in the demand, or later?   Speaker: William J. Kelly, III is a founding member of Kelly Law Partners LLC and has nearly 30 years’ experience in the areas of employment and commercial litigation. In the area of employment law, he litigates trade secret, non-compete, infringement and discrimination claims in federal and state courts nationwide and has advised Fortune 50 companies on workplace policies and practices.  In the area of commercial litigation, his experience includes class action litigation, breach of contract and indemnity, mass-claim complex insurance litigation, construction litigation and trade secrets.  Earlier in career, he founded 15 Minutes Music, an independent music production company.  Mr. Kelly earned his B.A. from Tulane University and his J.D. from St. Louis University School of Law.       Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 2/10/26
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Rights of First Offer, First Refusal in Real Estate

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  John S. Hollyfield

Rights of first refusal and rights of first offer are frequently used in commercial real estate transactions, establishing rights to acquire property from a seller before it hits the market.  The practical effect of these tools is often to exert downward pressure on the price of the property and hamper development of a third-party market.  Rights of first refusal can help hasten a deal among buyers and sellers or landlords and tenants, thereby reducing costs, or they can be a costly waste of time. There are many subtle differences between rights of first refusal and rights of first offer, each with subtle tradeoffs for counter-parties that must be considered in context of a particular transaction.  This program will provide you with a practical guide to drafting rights of first refusal and rights of first offer in real estate.   How rights of first refusal and rights of first offer work in real estate transactions Real-world costs, tradeoffs and risks of each type of right – and drafting tips and traps Best circumstances in which these mechanisms are used in property acquisitions, sales, and leasing How rights of refusal depress prices &limiting third party interest in the property – and how to mitigate Practical strategies for buyers and sellers, landlords and tenants when negotiating these rights   Speaker: John S. Hollyfield is of counsel and a former partner in the Houston office Norton Rose Fulbright, LLP.  He has more than 40 years’ experience in real estate law practice.  He formerly served as chair of the ABA Real Property, Probate and Trust Law Section, president of the American College of Real Estate Lawyers, and chair of the Anglo-American Real Property Institute.  He has been named a "Texas Super Lawyer" in Real Estate Law by Texas Monthly magazine and is listed in Who’s Who in American Law.  He is co-editor of Modern Banking and Lending Forms (4th Edition), published by Warren, Gorham & Lamont.  He received his B.B.A. from the University of Texas and his LL.B. from the University of Texas School of Law.   Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 12/31/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Risky Tenants: Drafting Issues for Landlords

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Anthony Licata

Landlords (and their lenders) want nothing more than certainty in the stream of rental payments from tenants. When risks are involved – because of the profile of the tenant or the nature of its operations – landlords seek to offset the risk through higher rents and protective provisions in leases. Those provisions may include restrictions on usage, insurance requirements, more thoroughgoing inspections or other restrictions.  This program will provide you with a guide to drafting and negotiating leases when a landlord has a risky tenant, with an emphasis on offsetting or compensation for that additional risk.    Drafting protections for landlords when tenants pose legal or operational risks – including cannabis businesses Identifying points of potential liability – financial and otherwise – for landlords Drafting scope of tenant use to permit activity but limit landlord risk Economic issues – rent, guarantees, insurance, supplemental payments, escrow Termination provisions – when can the landlord pull the plug?   Speaker: Anthony Licata is a partner in the Chicago office of Taft Stettinius & Hollister LLP, where he formerly chaired the firm’s real estate practice.  He has an extensive practice focusing on major commercial real estate transactions, including finance, development, leasing, and land use.  He formerly served as an adjunct professor at the Kellogg Graduate School of Management at Northwestern University and at the Illinois Institute of Technology.  Mr. Licata received his B.S., summa cum laude, from MacMurray College and his J.D., cum laude, from Harvard Law School.   Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 1/26/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Roadmap of Venture Capital and Angel Funding, Part 1

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Howard Bobrow, Anthony Licata

Rapidly growing companies often raise capital in “angel” or venture capital transactions.  Investors provide capital in exchange for carefully structured equity rights and frequently some form of governance rights. Investors also often provide the company with industry expertise, contacts, and access that may be as valuable as financial capital. These funding transactions can take a startup or more mature company to higher levels of growth. But they are complex transactions that can involve a dozen or more interrelated documents. This program will provide you with a practical guide to the stages and documentation of an angel or venture capital transaction. Day 1: Current state of angel and venture capital markets & trends in deal terms Review of the suite of documents involved in most funding deals Methods of valuation and their impact on successive stages of investment Reviewing or drafting terms sheets – pitfalls and opportunities Angel investing – equity v. debt, common terms, impact on later venture capital funding Day 2: Review of most highly negotiated terms in funding deals Investor protections – information  & veto rights, liquidity event rights Liquidation preferences, anti-dilution rights, and dividends Striking the right balance between founders/managers and investors on the board Options pools for founders, managers and employees   Speakers: Howard Bobrow is a partner in the Cleveland, Ohio office of Taft Stettinius & Hollister LLP, where he chairs the firm’s venture capital practice. He counsels private equity and venture capital firms, other institutional investors and angel investors on all aspects of acquisitions, dispositions, capital formation and private placements. He regularly represents and advises funds on their organization and formation, the fundraising process, governance matters, investments and compliance with pertinent regulations.  Mr. Bobrow earned his B.S. from Miami University and his J.D. from Case Western Reserve University School of Law. Anthony Licata is a partner in the Chicago office of Taft Stettinius & Hollister LLP, where he formerly chaired the firm’s real estate practice.  He has an extensive practice focusing on major commercial real estate transactions, including finance, development, leasing, and land use.  He formerly served as an adjunct professor at the Kellogg Graduate School of Management at Northwestern University and at the Illinois Institute of Technology.  Mr. Licata received his B.S., summa cum laude, from MacMurray College and his J.D., cum laude, from Harvard Law School.   Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 7/7/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Roadmap of Venture Capital and Angel Funding, Part 2

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Howard Bobrow, Anthony Licata

Rapidly growing companies often raise capital in “angel” or venture capital transactions.  Investors provide capital in exchange for carefully structured equity rights and frequently some form of governance rights. Investors also often provide the company with industry expertise, contacts, and access that may be as valuable as financial capital. These funding transactions can take a startup or more mature company to higher levels of growth. But they are complex transactions that can involve a dozen or more interrelated documents. This program will provide you with a practical guide to the stages and documentation of an angel or venture capital transaction. Day 1: Current state of angel and venture capital markets & trends in deal terms Review of the suite of documents involved in most funding deals Methods of valuation and their impact on successive stages of investment Reviewing or drafting terms sheets – pitfalls and opportunities Angel investing – equity v. debt, common terms, impact on later venture capital funding Day 2: Review of most highly negotiated terms in funding deals Investor protections – information  & veto rights, liquidity event rights Liquidation preferences, anti-dilution rights, and dividends Striking the right balance between founders/managers and investors on the board Options pools for founders, managers and employees   Speakers: Howard Bobrow is a partner in the Cleveland, Ohio office of Taft Stettinius & Hollister LLP, where he chairs the firm’s venture capital practice. He counsels private equity and venture capital firms, other institutional investors and angel investors on all aspects of acquisitions, dispositions, capital formation and private placements. He regularly represents and advises funds on their organization and formation, the fundraising process, governance matters, investments and compliance with pertinent regulations.  Mr. Bobrow earned his B.S. from Miami University and his J.D. from Case Western Reserve University School of Law. Anthony Licata is a partner in the Chicago office of Taft Stettinius & Hollister LLP, where he formerly chaired the firm’s real estate practice.  He has an extensive practice focusing on major commercial real estate transactions, including finance, development, leasing, and land use.  He formerly served as an adjunct professor at the Kellogg Graduate School of Management at Northwestern University and at the Illinois Institute of Technology.  Mr. Licata received his B.S., summa cum laude, from MacMurray College and his J.D., cum laude, from Harvard Law School.   Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 7/8/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Secured Transactions Practice: Security Agreements to Foreclosures, Part 1

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Steven O. Weise

Secured transactions are the most common form of commercial transaction and help finance businesses of every size.  They are governed by the complex provisions of UCC Article 9. Getting every detail in financing statements, security agreements, and perfection of credits is essential. Agreements can be costly and time consuming to draft, and full of risk. Failure to comply with UCC Article 9 in drafting security agreements, perfecting a creditor’s interest, or foreclosing a lien can easily cause the value of the underlying transaction to be lost.  This program will provide you with a real-world guide UCC Article 9 practice.   Day 1: Lifecycle of UCC Article 9 secured transactions Drafting cost-effective and enforceable security agreements What to do when something about the debtor changes – e.g., name, location, ownership Accounts receivable, inventory, equipment, intellectual property Anti-assignment provisions regarding collateral Enhancing enforceability of security agreements and reduce risks in foreclosure   Day 2: Framework for the foreclosure of personal property under UCC Article 9 Foreclosing on equipment, inventory, intellectual property, and accounts receivable Duties of junior creditors to senior creditors on foreclosure Rights to proceeds of foreclosure sales and reducing foreclosure costs Rights of guarantors Debtor remedies in the event of a secured party default Cost-efficient alternatives to foreclosures and circumstances when these alternatives are available   Speaker: Steven O. Weise is a partner in the Los Angeles office Proskauer Rose, LLP, where his practice encompasses all areas of commercial law. He has extensive experience in financings, particularly those secured by personal property.  He also handles matters involving real property anti-deficiency laws, workouts, guarantees, sales of goods, letters of credit, commercial paper and checks, and investment securities.  Mr. Weise formerly served as chair of the ABA Business Law Section. He has also served as a member of the Permanent Editorial Board of the UCC and as an Advisor to the UCC Code Article 9 Drafting Committee.  Mr. Weise received his B.A. from Yale University and his J.D. from the University of California, Berkeley, Boalt Hall School of Law.   Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 7/26/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Secured Transactions Practice: Security Agreements to Foreclosures, Part 2

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Steven O. Weise

Secured transactions are the most common form of commercial transaction and help finance businesses of every size.  They are governed by the complex provisions of UCC Article 9. Getting every detail in financing statements, security agreements, and perfection of credits is essential. Agreements can be costly and time consuming to draft, and full of risk. Failure to comply with UCC Article 9 in drafting security agreements, perfecting a creditor’s interest, or foreclosing a lien can easily cause the value of the underlying transaction to be lost.  This program will provide you with a real-world guide UCC Article 9 practice.   Day 1: Lifecycle of UCC Article 9 secured transactions Drafting cost-effective and enforceable security agreements What to do when something about the debtor changes – e.g., name, location, ownership Accounts receivable, inventory, equipment, intellectual property Anti-assignment provisions regarding collateral Enhancing enforceability of security agreements and reduce risks in foreclosure   Day 2: Framework for the foreclosure of personal property under UCC Article 9 Foreclosing on equipment, inventory, intellectual property, and accounts receivable Duties of junior creditors to senior creditors on foreclosure Rights to proceeds of foreclosure sales and reducing foreclosure costs Rights of guarantors Debtor remedies in the event of a secured party default Cost-efficient alternatives to foreclosures and circumstances when these alternatives are available   Speaker: Steven O. Weise is a partner in the Los Angeles office Proskauer Rose, LLP, where his practice encompasses all areas of commercial law. He has extensive experience in financings, particularly those secured by personal property.  He also handles matters involving real property anti-deficiency laws, workouts, guarantees, sales of goods, letters of credit, commercial paper and checks, and investment securities.  Mr. Weise formerly served as chair of the ABA Business Law Section. He has also served as a member of the Permanent Editorial Board of the UCC and as an Advisor to the UCC Code Article 9 Drafting Committee.  Mr. Weise received his B.A. from Yale University and his J.D. from the University of California, Berkeley, Boalt Hall School of Law.   Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.   

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 7/27/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Selection and Preparation of Expert Witnesses in Litigation

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Shannon M. Bell

Experts play a vitally important role in civil litigation, whether they act as consulting experts or also as testifying experts.  The complexity of modern litigation has substantially increased the pressure on attorneys to carefully evaluate the suitability of experts for a particular case and prepare them for testimony. Approaching, evaluating and preparing witnesses, however, is as much an art as science or database search.  Furthermore, once an expert is selected, there are substantial risks surrounding discovery and preserving the attorney-client privilege.  This program will provide you with a practical guide to selecting and preparing experts in civil litigation.   How to find the right expert witness and common traps Evaluating the suitability of experts for your case Consulting v. testifying experts Approaching and retaining experts Preparing witnesses for testimony in a specific case Practical tips on the best/worst uses of particular types of expertise in litigation Discovery issues and preserving the attorney-client privilege   Speaker: Shannon M. Bell is a member with Kelly & Walker, LLC, where she litigates a wide variety of complex business disputes, construction disputes, fiduciary claims, employment issues, and landlord/tenant issues.  Her construction experience extends from contract negotiations to defense of construction claims of owners, HOAs, contractors and tradesmen.  She also represents clients in claims of shareholder and officer liability, piercing the corporate veil, and derivative actions.  She writes and speaks on commercial litigation, employment, discovery and bankruptcy topics.  Ms. Bell earned her B.S. from the University of Iowa and her J.D. from the University of Denver.   Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 12/31/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Selling to Consumers: Sales, Finance, Warranty & Collection Law, Part 1

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Steven O. Weise

There is no larger market than sales of goods to consumers.  Though the opportunities for your clients are vast, selling to consumers is unlike selling to other businesses. Sales to consumers are governed by overlapping layers of regulations covering how those sales are financed, what warranties are implied by law versus expressly made by the seller, and – when need arises – debt collection of defaulted accounts. Failure to understand and comply with these layers of complexity can lead to consumer complaints and regulatory action, litigation and substantial liability. This program will provide you a framework for understanding the law of consumer sales, including financing those sales, express and implied warranties imposed by law, and debt collection from consumers.  Day 1: Essential law governing sales to consumers – sales law, finance, warranties Sales law – how consumer sales differ from commercial sales Consumer finance – securing the sales with collateral and anticipating defaults Role of the Uniform Consumer Credit Code and Reg Z Role of the new federal Consumer Financial Protection Bureau Day 2: Understanding the role of implied and express warranties in consumer sales under federal law Limiting a seller’s exposure to warranties and otherwise managing risk Overview Fair Debt Collection Practices Act and the Consumer Credit Protection Act Permissible debt collection practices in consumer sales and potential liability Communications with debtors and third parties and required disclosures Best practices to avoid liability for businesses, lawyers, and law firms   Speaker: Steven O. Weise is a partner in the Los Angeles office Proskauer Rose, LLP, where his practice encompasses all areas of commercial law. He has extensive experience in financings, particularly those secured by personal property.  He also handles matters involving real property anti-deficiency laws, workouts, guarantees, sales of goods, letters of credit, commercial paper and checks, and investment securities.  Mr. Weise formerly served as chair of the ABA Business Law Section. He has also served as a member of the Permanent Editorial Board of the UCC and as an Advisor to the UCC Code Article 9 Drafting Committee.  Mr. Weise received his B.A. from Yale University and his J.D. from the University of California, Berkeley, Boalt Hall School of Law.     Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 9/27/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Selling to Consumers: Sales, Finance, Warranty & Collection Law, Part 2

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Steven O. Weise

There is no larger market than sales of goods to consumers.  Though the opportunities for your clients are vast, selling to consumers is unlike selling to other businesses. Sales to consumers are governed by overlapping layers of regulations covering how those sales are financed, what warranties are implied by law versus expressly made by the seller, and – when need arises – debt collection of defaulted accounts. Failure to understand and comply with these layers of complexity can lead to consumer complaints and regulatory action, litigation and substantial liability. This program will provide you a framework for understanding the law of consumer sales, including financing those sales, express and implied warranties imposed by law, and debt collection from consumers.  Day 1: Essential law governing sales to consumers – sales law, finance, warranties Sales law – how consumer sales differ from commercial sales Consumer finance – securing the sales with collateral and anticipating defaults Role of the Uniform Consumer Credit Code and Reg Z Role of the new federal Consumer Financial Protection Bureau Day 2: Understanding the role of implied and express warranties in consumer sales under federal law Limiting a seller’s exposure to warranties and otherwise managing risk Overview Fair Debt Collection Practices Act and the Consumer Credit Protection Act Permissible debt collection practices in consumer sales and potential liability Communications with debtors and third parties and required disclosures Best practices to avoid liability for businesses, lawyers, and law firms   Speaker: Steven O. Weise is a partner in the Los Angeles office Proskauer Rose, LLP, where his practice encompasses all areas of commercial law. He has extensive experience in financings, particularly those secured by personal property.  He also handles matters involving real property anti-deficiency laws, workouts, guarantees, sales of goods, letters of credit, commercial paper and checks, and investment securities.  Mr. Weise formerly served as chair of the ABA Business Law Section. He has also served as a member of the Permanent Editorial Board of the UCC and as an Advisor to the UCC Code Article 9 Drafting Committee.  Mr. Weise received his B.A. from Yale University and his J.D. from the University of California, Berkeley, Boalt Hall School of Law.     Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 9/28/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Service Level Agreements in Technology Contracting

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Peter J. Kinsella

Service Level Agreements in Technology Contracting In a world where every client depends on IT functions – web site hosting, e-commerce, telecom, storing files remotely in the Cloud, or on locally leased servers, e-mail and much more – and when most of these functions are outsourced or provided by vendors, Service Level Agreements (SLAs) are of paramount importance. SLAs set benchmarks for these services – what uptime is expected and for how long, what happens when something goes down, how is service measured and reported?  The operation of every business and every law firm rests on the answer to these questions. This program will provide you a practical guide to reviewing, drafting and negotiating SLAs for client IT functions.    Purpose of SLAs – ensuring clients get benefit of bargain, incentivizing providers Types of services – locally installed v. the Cloud Service availability – uptime, guarantees, exclusions Service performance – minimum v. expected service, resolution time v. resolution goals Special considerations when drafting for the Cloud Common failures, damages, and remedies   Speaker: Peter J. Kinsella is a partner in the Denver office of Perkins Coie, LLP, where he has an extensive technology law practice focusing on advising start-up, emerging and large companies on technology-related commercial and intellectual property transaction matters.  Prior to joining his firm, he worked for ten years in various legal capacities with Qwest Communications International, Inc. and Honeywell, Inc.  Mr. Kinsella has extensive experience structuring and negotiating data sharing agreements, complex procurement agreements, product distribution agreements, OEM agreements, marketing and advertising agreements, corporate sponsorship agreements, and various types of patent, trademark and copyright licenses.  Mr. Kinsella received his B.S. from North Dakota State University and his J.D. from the University of Minnesota Law School.     Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 3/1/26
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Smartphones, Tablets, and Other Devices in the Workplace

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Laura Zabele and Brian Featherstun

Most employees carry with them powerful devices – smartphone and tablets – that they use for mixed personal and professional use.  These devices can enhance or hinder productivity. Their powerful communications capabilities enable a range of activity which potentially exposes employers to liability.  Employers struggle with crafting policies that allow employees autonomy to use their devices and even channel them to productive work use, but limit their exposure to liability, including allegations that employers are invading the privacy of employees.  This program will provide you with a practical guide to drafting policies for using smart devices on the job.   ·         Monitoring workplace usage and potential violations/liability for invasions of privacy ·         Wage and hour issues – when does the workday begin and end when employees are never disconnected? ·         EEO violations, discrimination and harassment risks when devices are used for mixed professional/personal use ·         Obtaining digital evidence from employee devices – what’s allowed, what’s not? ·         Best practices in preserving employer trade secret issues   Speakers: Laura Zabele is an attorney in the Los Angeles office of Paul Hastings, LLP, where her practice focuses on all aspects of labor and employment law.  She represents employers before state and federal courts and administrative agencies throughout the U.S., including single-plaintiff and class and collective actions involving discrimination, harassment, retaliation, and wage and hour issues. She also counsels employers on employment issues such as reductions in force, preparing handbook policies, and drafting employment and separation agreements.    Brian Featherstun is an attorney in the San Francisco office of Paul Hastings, LLP, where his practice focuses on complex litigation and employment matters. In addition to his litigation work, he routinely advises employers on best practices to mitigate exposure or avoid litigation altogether in areas including employment discrimination, retaliation, harassment, and wage and hour issues.  He has successfully handled first and second chair responsibility for trials, hearings, depositions, and administrative proceedings.    Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 51
    Min.
  • 6/23/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Sophisticated Choice of Entity, Part 1

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Paul Kaplun, Christopher Davidson

Sophisticated Choice of Entity, Part 1 Choosing the right entity for a closely held business is not only a choice in time but planning for long stretches of time and the likelihood of substantial change. Among those changes are changes in tax law, changes in the capital structure and ownership ranks of the company, and changes in business strategy. These and a multitude of other considerations often involve a sophisticated tradeoff of benefits and costs, balancing certainty with flexibility, in full knowledge that change is certain.  This program will provide you with a practical guide to sophisticated choice of entity considerations for closely held businesses.    Day 1: Impact of industry norms, investor expectations, and regulatory requirements Management and information rights, and the ability to restrict Fiduciary duties/liability of owners and managers, and the ability to modify these duties Economic rights – choosing among capital rights, income rights, tracking rights   Day 2: Anticipating liquidity events – sale of the company, liquidation of the company, new investors/members Planning for distributions of property Owner and employee fringe benefit considerations Impact of recent tax law changes, employment taxes, and SALT considerations   Speakers: Paul Kaplun is a partner in the Washington, D.C. office of Venable, LLP where he has an extensive corporate and business planning practice, and provides advisory services to emerging growth companies and entrepreneurs in a variety of industries. He formerly served as an Adjunct Professor of Law at Georgetown University Law Center, where he taught business planning.  Before entering private practice, he was a Certified Public Accountant with a national accounting firm, specializing in corporate and individual income tax planning and compliance.  Mr. Kaplun received his B.S.B.A., magna cum laude, from Georgetown University and J.D. from Georgetown University Law Center. Christopher Davidson is a partner in the Baltimore, Maryland office of Venable, LLP, where he advises clients on a wide variety of federal and tax matters, including in the areas of corporate formations, financings, and transactions.  His focus is on foreign and domestic tax matters for partnerships, LLCs, and corporations. He is a frequent contributor to professional tax journals. Mr. Davidson received his B.A., summa cum laude, from the University of Maryland, his J.D. from the University of Maryland School of Law, and his LL.M. from New York University.       Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 2/2/26
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Sophisticated Choice of Entity, Part 2

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Paul Kaplun, Christopher Davidson

Sophisticated Choice of Entity, Part 2 Choosing the right entity for a closely held business is not only a choice in time but planning for long stretches of time and the likelihood of substantial change. Among those changes are changes in tax law, changes in the capital structure and ownership ranks of the company, and changes in business strategy. These and a multitude of other considerations often involve a sophisticated tradeoff of benefits and costs, balancing certainty with flexibility, in full knowledge that change is certain.  This program will provide you with a practical guide to sophisticated choice of entity considerations for closely held businesses.    Day 1: Impact of industry norms, investor expectations, and regulatory requirements Management and information rights, and the ability to restrict Fiduciary duties/liability of owners and managers, and the ability to modify these duties Economic rights – choosing among capital rights, income rights, tracking rights   Day 2: Anticipating liquidity events – sale of the company, liquidation of the company, new investors/members Planning for distributions of property Owner and employee fringe benefit considerations Impact of recent tax law changes, employment taxes, and SALT considerations   Speakers: Paul Kaplun is a partner in the Washington, D.C. office of Venable, LLP where he has an extensive corporate and business planning practice, and provides advisory services to emerging growth companies and entrepreneurs in a variety of industries. He formerly served as an Adjunct Professor of Law at Georgetown University Law Center, where he taught business planning.  Before entering private practice, he was a Certified Public Accountant with a national accounting firm, specializing in corporate and individual income tax planning and compliance.  Mr. Kaplun received his B.S.B.A., magna cum laude, from Georgetown University and J.D. from Georgetown University Law Center. Christopher Davidson is a partner in the Baltimore, Maryland office of Venable, LLP, where he advises clients on a wide variety of federal and tax matters, including in the areas of corporate formations, financings, and transactions.  His focus is on foreign and domestic tax matters for partnerships, LLCs, and corporations. He is a frequent contributor to professional tax journals. Mr. Davidson received his B.A., summa cum laude, from the University of Maryland, his J.D. from the University of Maryland School of Law, and his LL.M. from New York University.       Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 2/3/26
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Special Considerations for Deployed Clients - 2023 OBA Annual Meeting

$49.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Scott Goode

Presented at the 2023 Oklahoma Bar Association Annual Meeting.                   Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 46
    Min.
  • 11/12/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Special Lease Issues for Medical/Dental Offices

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  John S. Hollyfield

Leased Medical office space is now larger than industrial and nearly as large as retail leasing. These encompass primary medical and dental care practice, specialized surgical hospitals, long-term acute care facilities, community clinics, and health and wellness facilities.  All of these come with special leasing issues, including the creation and disposal of medical or hazardous waste, the installation of specialized equipment, additional regulatory compliance requirements associated with health care, and even patient privacy issues.  This program will provide you with a practical guide to special issues in drafting for medical and dental office space.    Types of medical properties and how leasing issues differ for each Medical offices in space not specifically designed for medical services Generation and disposal and medical and hazardous waste Accessibility issues and compliance with medical care regulations Landlord right of entry/patient privacy issues Installation of special medical/dental equipment and waiver of liens Special electricity needs and continuity of service   Speakers:  John S. Hollyfield is of counsel and a former partner in the Houston office Norton Rose Fulbright, LLP.  He has more than 40 years’ experience in real estate law practice.  He formerly served as chair of the ABA Real Property, Probate and Trust Law Section, president of the American College of Real Estate Lawyers, and chair of the Anglo-American Real Property Institute.  He has been named a "Texas Super Lawyer" in Real Estate Law by Texas Monthly magazine and is listed in Who’s Who in American Law.  He is co-editor of Modern Banking and Lending Forms (4th Edition), published by Warren, Gorham & Lamont.  He received his B.B.A. from the University of Texas and his LL.B. from the University of Texas School of Law.     Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 9/13/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Storytelling for Lawyers: How to Engage Clients, Judges, and Juries, and Move Them to Action

$51.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Steve Hughes

Storytelling for Lawyers: How to Engage Clients, Judges, and Juries, and Move Them to Action One of the many challenges today’s lawyers face is communicating complex fact patterns and arguments to a variety of audiences. Stories are an excellent (and often overlooked) way to humanize facts and invite people to experience the emotional aspects of what you’re saying. This lively, upbeat program explores the benefits of using stories to frame issues, engage clients, judges, and juries, and inspire action. You’ll discover where to find good stories in your everyday life, how to craft them, and how to tell them. When done correctly, a good story cuts through the noise and increases the “re-tell” value of your message. Specifically, you will discover how to:   Transform boring sets of facts into interesting stories.   Communicate your case in a more compelling way.   Make complex information more accessible.    Use stories to make your arguments more memorable.   Speaker: Steve Hughes is President Hit Your Stride, LLC, a communications consultancy that helps people look and sound smart when they talk. He is the author of Captivate: Presentations That Engage and Inspire and he has been featured on NPR, CBS, and BBC Radio and in The Wall Street Journal and Businessweek. He is also the proud creator of “International Be Kind to Lawyers Day,” which is observed annually on the second Tuesday in April. Today he works with a short list of blue chip clients including AmLaw 200 law firms, national associations, and leading universities. Prior to launching Hit Your Stride, Steve was the co-owner of an award-winning 50-person advertising agency in St. Louis where he delivered hundreds of presentations with millions of dollars on the line.  He holds a BA in French Literature and European History from the University of Kansas and an MBA in Marketing from Washington University in St. Louis, where he was awarded the prestigious Olin Cup.       Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • Webcast
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 5/10/24
    Presented
  • DETAILS
Course1

Structuring Minority Ownership Stakes in Companies

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Frank Ciatto and Molly Merritts

Structuring Minority Ownership Stakes in Companies Taking a minority ownership stake in a closely held company is a common occurrence. An investor may have taken a minority stake to fund growth in the business or someone may have provided essential, non-cash services – technical expertise, sales skill, management expertise – in exchange for equity. But there are substantial drawbacks with minority stakes. The minority stake holder may have limited access to information to the business and little or no control or influence over the ultimate success of the business.  The majority stake holder(s) may also seek to force out minority stake holders. This program will provide you with a real-world guide to structuring minority stake investments in anticipation of the majority stake owner eventually forcing the buyout of minority stake owners.          Structuring minority stake ownership for eventual buyout by the majority stake owner          How to avoid undue dispute and litigation through planning          Framework of law protecting minority stake owners          Equitable structuring of minority stake governance, information, and other rights          Differences between passive minority-stake owner and those who actively participate in the business          Valuation and buyout finance issues for majority stake owners          Liquidity rights for minority stake owners          Counseling techniques to help avoid open dispute among owners   Speakers: Frank Ciatto is a partner in the Washington, D.C. office of Venable, LLP, where he has 20 years’ experience advising clients on mergers and acquisitions, limited liability companies, tax and accounting issues, and corporate finance transactions.  He is a leader of his firm’s private equity and hedge fund groups and a member of the Mergers & Acquisitions Subcommittee of the ABA Business Law Section.  He is a Certified Public Accountant and earlier in his career worked at what is now PricewaterhouseCoopers in New York.  Molly Merritts is an attorney in the Washington, D.C. office of Venable, LLP, where she focuses her practice on a wide range of corporate law matters, including mergers and acquisitions, debt and equity financing, and real estate investment trusts. She also advises clients on corporate governance matters, transactional and commercial contract negotiations, and corporate reorganizations.           Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 11/15/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Subleases & Assignments in Commercial Real Estate, Part 1

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Michael P. Williams

Subleasing and assignments are essential instruments for tenants to reduce the size and cost of their space as their needs change. Landlords (and their lenders) often disfavor subleases and assignments because they might lose control of who occupies the space. Subleases come in a variety of forms, all of which need to conform to the provisions of the master lease. Because of this, subleases can quickly become wildly complex, and have the potential to give rise to multiple levels of friction and possibly litigation. This program will provide you with a practical guide to the types of subleases and assignments, key issues for landlords, tenants, and subtenants, and drafting tips   Day 1 : Subleasing v. assignments – when is each used or allowed? Types of subleases – no reference to master leases, reference by incorporation, custom subleases Standards of “reasonableness” in obtaining landlord consent to assignment or sublease Identifying and mitigating risks to tenants and subtenants in subleasing Landlord and lender concerns in subleases and methods to address   Day 2 : Space recapture, profit sharing, and other landlord remedies Restrictions on use in subleases and subtenant risks Non-disturbance agreements with landlord and lender Subtenant remedies when tenant defaults on master lease Most important provisions of lease assignments   Speaker: Michael P. Williams is a partner in the Denver, Colorado office of Senn Visciano Canges, P.C., where he has extensive experience in commercial leasing and tenant relations, acquisition and disposition of office, industrial, retail and multi-family properties, representing real estate professionals in disputes before their boards or in litigation, and advising homeowner associations.  He also assists lenders in pre-foreclosure workouts, foreclosures, loan modifications and servicing REO property needs.  He is a member of the banking law subcommittee of the ABA’s Business Law Section.  Mr. Williams received his B.A. from Colorado State University and his J.D. from the University of Denver College of Law.    

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 3/28/26
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Subleases & Assignments in Commercial Real Estate, Part 2

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Michael P. Williams

Subleases & Assignments in Commercial Real Estate, Part 2 Subleasing and assignments are essential instruments for tenants to reduce the size and cost of their space as their needs change. Landlords (and their lenders) often disfavor subleases and assignments because they might lose control of who occupies the space. Subleases come in a variety of forms, all of which need to conform to the provisions of the master lease. Because of this, subleases can quickly become wildly complex, and have the potential to give rise to multiple levels of friction and possibly litigation. This program will provide you with a practical guide to the types of subleases and assignments, key issues for landlords, tenants, and subtenants, and drafting tips   Day 1 – March 27, 2024:             Subleasing v. assignments – when is each used or allowed?      Types of subleases – no reference to master leases, reference by incorporation, custom subleases      Standards of “reasonableness” in obtaining landlord consent to assignment or sublease      Identifying and mitigating risks to tenants and subtenants in subleasing           Landlord and lender concerns in subleases and methods to address   Day 2 – March 28, 2024:            Space recapture, profit sharing, and other landlord remedies     Restrictions on use in subleases and subtenant risks     Non-disturbance agreements with landlord and lender     Subtenant remedies when tenant defaults on master lease          Most important provisions of lease assignments   Speakers: Michael P. Williams is a partner in the Denver, Colorado office of Senn Visciano Canges, P.C., where he has extensive experience in commercial leasing and tenant relations, acquisition and disposition of office, industrial, retail and multi-family properties, representing real estate professionals in disputes before their boards or in litigation, and advising homeowner associations.  He also assists lenders in pre-foreclosure workouts, foreclosures, loan modifications and servicing REO property needs.  He is a member of the banking law subcommittee of the ABA’s Business Law Section.  Mr. Williams received his B.A. from Colorado State University and his J.D. from the University of Denver College of Law.     Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • Webcast
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 3/28/24
    Presented
  • DETAILS
Course1

Subtenants in Commercial Leasing: How to Protect Your Client

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Anthony Licata

Subleases are by their very nature filled with substantial risk.  A sub-tenant agrees to take space – office, retail, or industrial – from a sub-landlord, pay the sub-landlord rent, and perform certain services. But without between the sub-tenant and the senior landlord, the sub-tenant has no rights to assert against the senior landlord even though the sub-tenant’s use of the space may depend on the actions of the senior landlord.  This sub-tenant is also at substantial risk of losing the space if either the senior or sub-landlord goes bankrupt. The relationship of these parties is highly complex. This program will provide you with a practical guide protecting subtenants in leasing.   Counseling sub-tenant clients about the range of risks in subleases How to read master leases to spot red flags for tenants Types of subleases – what works for bigger/smaller clients and spaces? Identifying master lease’s control of subleasing and sublease terms Master lease money provisions, use restrictions, attornment provisions, and termination Determining whether sublease risks outweigh the benefits   Speaker: Anthony Licata is a partner in the Chicago office of Taft Stettinius & Hollister LLP, where he formerly chaired the firm’s real estate practice.  He has an extensive practice focusing on major commercial real estate transactions, including finance, development, leasing, and land use.  He formerly served as an adjunct professor at the Kellogg Graduate School of Management at Northwestern University and at the Illinois Institute of Technology.  Mr. Licata received his B.S., summa cum laude, from MacMurray College and his J.D., cum laude, from Harvard Law School.     Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 10/17/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Talking About Wealth Transfer Plans: Practical Strategies to Avoid Disputes Among Beneficiaries

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Daniel L. Daniels

Transferring wealth often unearths long-deferred issues that may complicate or even subvert the best laid trust and estate plans. Heirs may have expectations about their inheritance that are unrealistic. Certain children may expect to take control of a family business. There are often interpersonal resentments or animosities among children of different marriages. Sometimes, too, there are children from a relationship that was previously unknown.  These and many other issues need to be explored before plans are formulated and documents drafted.  But raising these issues is a very delicate conversation which sometimes takes lawyers to the edge of their comfort zone. This program will provide you a practical guide to raising these issues and counseling clients about the legal issues involved.   ·         Communicating wealth transfer plans before the death of a client ·         When to have those conversations – timing is everything ·         How to broach uncomfortable topics and pose unpopular choices ·         Anticipating visceral reactions and strategies to avoid estrangement and dispute ·         How trustee choices may impact beneficiary reactions   Speaker:   Daniel L. Daniels is a partner in the Greenwich, Connecticut office of Wiggin and Dana, LLP, where his practice focuses on representing business owners, corporate executives and other wealthy individuals and their families.  A Fellow of the American College of Trust and Estate Counsel, he is listed in “The Best Lawyers in America,” and has been named by “Worth” magazine as one of the Top 100 Lawyers in the United States representing affluent individuals. Mr. Daniels is co-author of a monthly column in “Trusts and Estates” magazine.     Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 62
    Min.
  • 6/13/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Taxation of Settlements & Judgments in Civil Litigation

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Stephen J. Turanchik

Taxation of Settlements & Judgments in Civil Litigation Two of the questions clients have about settlements are: Is the settlement taxable? And if so, how is the settlement treated for tax purposes?  The answers to these questions turn on the nature of the underlying claim(s) giving rise to the settlement.  Some settlements are taxed as ordinary income, subjecting income tax and employment tax withholding in certain instances.  Other types of settlements are taxable as capital gains. There are also questions related to the treatment of that portion of the settlement, if any, attributable to attorneys’ fees.  This program will provide you with a practical guide to the tax treatment of settlements in civil litigation.    How the underlying claim giving rise to a settlement determines its tax treatment Loss of income or gross business profit v. destruction of capital property Special treatment for physical injury Treatment of portion of settlement attributable to attorneys’ fees Income and employment tax withholding from settlements   Speaker: Stephen J. Turanchik is an attorney in the Los Angeles office of Paul Hastings, LLP, where his practice focuses on tax litigation at the state and federal levels as well as tax controversy work at the administrative levels. Before entering private practice, he is previously litigated for six years for the U.S. Department of Justice, Tax Division, where he litigated over 300 tax cases in federal, bankruptcy, state and probate court. He has also lectured at Loyola Law School and California State University, Fullerton on topics relating to tax litigation and is chair-elect of the executive committee of the Los Angeles Bar Association’s Tax Section. Mr. Turanchik received his B.A. from the College of the Holy Cross, his J.D. from Fordham University School of Law, and his LL.M. in Taxation from New York University School of Law.     Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 1/12/26
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Technical Fouls: Even Minor Ethics Violations Can Have Major Consequences

$50.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Sean Carter

Technical Fouls: Even Minor Ethics Violations Can Have Major Consequences When it comes to ethics violations, there is no such thing as a minor or "technical" foul. All ethics violations are serious matters, evidencing a breach of the trust that has been placed in the lawyer. As a result, lawyers must avoid falling into the mindset that a particular violation is "no big deal." To make this case, noted legal humorist Sean Carter will chronicle a number of recent ethics cases in which lawyers were surprised to discover that even minor ethics violations can have major consequences. In making the case that even minor ethics violations can have major consequences, Sean Carter will review cases where lawyers received surprisingly significant sanctions for such transgressions as: Failing to pay vendors Omissions on customs forms Unauthorized use of Westlaw accounts Using another's home address Falsifying MCLE compliance Petty crimes And much more       Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • Webcast
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 5/31/24
    Presented
  • DETAILS
Course1

Techniques to Avoid and Resolve Deadlocks in Closely Held Companies

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  S. Lee Terry

One of the biggest risks to a closely held company is a dispute among the members of its ownership group. The members may disagree about a major company transaction, the strategic direction of the company, distribution practices, or simply develop ruinous inter-personal issues.  In closely held companies that are held by a single family, disputes are particularly personal, often arising when members of a junior generation succeed to the interests and leadership role of the senior generation.  Unless these disputes are carefully channeled into dispute resolution mechanisms, the stability and financial success of the company is threatened.  This program will provide you with a guide to the sources of disputes in closely held companies and mechanisms for resolution, with an emphasis using buy/sell agreements to resolve disputes. ·         Common sources of disputes and deadlocks in closely-held companies ·         Planning and drafting mechanisms to resolve disputes ·         Conflicts over strategic transactions, distributions, or inter-personal relations ·         Practical use of buy/sell agreements to liquidate interest of dissenting member ·         Major elements of buy/sell agreements ·         Alternatives to using buy/sell agreements Speaker: S. Lee Terry is a partner in the Denver office of Davis, Graham & Stubbs, LLP, where he has a broad corporate and securities practice.  He advises clients on mergers and acquisitions, joint ventures, partnership agreements, licensing and other technology related contracts.  He has an active practice advising private companies, ranging from capital raising and major transactions to dispute resolution and investigations. He also has an extensive securities law practice, including various types of capital raising transactions.  Earlier in his career, he worked in the Office of General Counsel of the Securities and Exchange Commission.  Mr. Terry earned his A.B. from the University of Michigan and his J.D. from Wayne State University.     Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 5/16/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Text Messages & Litigation: Discovery and Evidentiary Issues

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Stanley E. Woodward Jr

Text messaging is mainstream. Clients generate virtual reams of data when they message with business partners, vendors, employees, and even public. This is a rich vein of electronically stored information that is potentially discoverable in formal litigation or pre-litigation.  Because texting is so convenient, casual and almost reflexive, the caution clients exercise in other forms of communication are often disregarded when texting, including when they text with their lawyers. This program will provide you with a practical guide to obtaining text messages, the risks of discovery in litigation, and related issues. Obtaining text messages – working with mobile carriers Timing – how long are texts kept and in what form? Discovery issues – obtaining texts from parties or other sources Issues related to encrypted messaging services How strategies differ for plaintiffs and defendants Speaker: Stanley E. Woodward Jr. is a partner in the law firm Brand Woodward Law, where he has a broad civil litigation and white-collar criminal defense practice.  He also conducts internal corporate investigations.  He serves as an adjunct professor of law at Catholic University of America Columbus School of Law, where he teaches pre-trial litigation and employment law. Before entering private practice, he served as a judicial clerk to Judge Vanessa Ruiz of the District of Columbia Court of Appeals, and Judges Joan Zeldon and Judge Rufus King III of the Superior Court of the District of Columbia.  Mr. Woodward earned his B.A., cum laude, and his M.S., magna cum laude, from American University, and his J.D., cum laude, from The Catholic University of America Columbus School of Law.   Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 5/12/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

The 2024 Ethy Awards

$100.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Sean Carter

The 2024 Ethy Awards Each year, Hollywood celebrates the best performances in motion pictures at the Oscars. Well, each year, we note the worst ethics violations in the legal profession at the Ethys. Humorist Sean Carter will host the festivities and announce the award winners for: Worst Original Excuse Least Competent in a Legal Representation Best Courtroom Outburst Worst Love Scene Most Creative Billing Lifetime Achievement Award And much more ...In the process of recapping these egregious instances of unethical behavior, Mr. Carter will demonstrate how the rest of us can avoid more common ethical violations.         Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • Webcast
    Format
  • 120
    Min.
  • 4/20/24
    Presented
  • DETAILS
Course1

The Art and Science of Conditional Gifts in Estate Planning

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Missia H. Vaselaney

In formulating their trust and estate plans, clients often want to set up benchmarks of achievement before distributions or gifts are made. These benchmarks often involve educational attainment – i.e., that a child obtain a college degree by a certain.  But they may involve more difficult to measure benchmarks or life goals that are arguably not appropriate – i.e., that a child marry or have children of their own by a certain age.  Conditional gifts can easily lead to resentments among beneficiaries, questionable enforceability, disputes, and fiduciary litigation.  This program will provide you with a practical guide to conditional gifting using incentive trusts and other mechanisms, and counseling clients about the real limits and risks of conditional gifting.   Conditional gifting using incentive trusts and other mechanisms Establishing objectively measurable conditions for gifts or distributions Types of conditions or benchmarks – education, life goals, etc. What’s enforceable, what’s not – counseling clients about limits Choosing the right fiduciaries to administer conditional gifts/incentive trusts   Speaker: Missia H. Vaselaney is a partner in the Cleveland office of Taft, Stettinius & Hollister, LLP, where her practice focuses on estate planning for individuals and businesses.  She also represents clients before federal and state taxing authorities.  Ms. Vaselaney is a member of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and has been a member of the Steering Committee for AICPA’s National Advanced Estate Planning Conference since 2001.  Ms. Vaselaney received her B.A. from the University of Dayton and her J.D. from the Cleveland-Marshall College of Law.   Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 12/31/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

The Checklist Lawyer: Serving Your Clients More Efficiently

$50.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Daniel J. Siegel and Pamela A. Myers

The Checklist Lawyer: Serving Your Clients More Efficiently   This program will explain why lawyers need to use checklists in their practices and offer strategies how to create effective checklists, including: How checklists can improve efficiency and prevent mistakes How checklists help reduce the risk of malpractice claims and help lawyers comply with their ethical obligations How the use of checklists reduces training costs and helps orient new hires to your firm’s practices How to create and manage checklists to improve efficiency and streamline processes How to overcome objections to checklists How to use checklists to eliminate potential mistakes and avoid missed deadlines   DANIEL J. SEIGEL Principal Attorney, Law Offices of Daniel J. Siegel, LLC and Integrated Technology Services, LLC Attorney Daniel J. Siegel is a nationally recognized authority on ethics, technology, data protection and cybersecurity, civil litigation and workers’ compensation matters, and business workflow management, and the principal of both the Law Offices of Daniel J. Siegel, LLC and Integrated Technology Services, LLC. Dan provides techno-ethics counsel to solo, small, and mid-sized law firms on cybersecurity, technology, and other related issues. His practice includes representing attorneys in disciplinary matters; providing professional responsibility guidance to attorneys and firms; serving as appellate counsel; representing individuals in workers’ compensation and personal injury matters. In short, Dan handles the types of matters that keep attorneys awake at night. Siegel also consults with law firms and businesses on workflow management, implementation of paperless offices, and other productivity matters. He is a prolific speaker and author. He is Chair of the Pennsylvania Bar Association Committee on Legal Ethics and Professional Responsibility, Chair of the Pennsylvania Bar Association Technology Committee, and Secretary of the American Bar Association’s Law Practice Division. The author of 15 books, Dan is also a columnist and frequent lecturer on a wide range of topics.   PAMELA A. MYERS Office Administrator, Paralegal, and Client Liaison, Law Offices of Daniel J. Siegel, LLC  Office Administrator, Integrated Technology Services, LLC Pam has 27 years of experience in the legal field representing both plaintiffs and defendants. She is known for her attention to detail, her ability to anticipate an attorney’s needs, and her dedication to obtaining the best results for clients, making her an extremely valuable member of the Firm’s team. Pam first worked with Dan Siegel at his prior firm, where she assisted him in the representation of injured plaintiffs in pharmaceutical liability cases and class actions. Years later, Pam was fortunate enough to have the opportunity to join Dan at his firms in Havertown, not far from her home. Pam’s professional activities include co-authoring three books, The Ultimate Guide to Adobe Acrobat DC (1st and 2nd editions) and Checklists for Lawyers, for the American Bar Association’s Law Practice Division. She also previously served on the Board of Directors of the Philadelphia Association of Paralegals, as its second vice president, and as Editor-in-chief of its newsletter. Pam received her bachelor’s degree from West Chester University where she graduated with honors. After working for five years in management, Pam decided to pursue paralegal studies at the PJA School, where she has practiced ever since.     Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.   

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 54
    Min.
  • 6/19/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

The Cinderella Conundrum - The Evil StepParent and Worthless Stepchildren in Estate Planning and Settlement

$125.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Mark S. Darrah

  The Cinderella Conundrum: The Evil Stepparent and Worthless Stepchildren in Estate Planning and Settlement Problems between stepchildren and stepparents are as old as the ages. That’s why so many fairy tales feature an evil stepmother or stepfather and why it is not uncommon for stepparents to consider their stepchildren worthless. These situations in estate planning and settlement are a conundrum because no two are alike and there are rarely perfect solutions to avoid the tensions and conflicts that can arise. The program will include these topics: 1.      Assisting Widows and Widowers in recognizing bad actors 2.      What are the signs of a gold digger 3.      Common concerns and sources of mistrust between stepparents and stepchildren and steps to avoid inflaming an already challenging relationship. 4.      Ante-nuptial agreements 5.      Estate planning for a remarried widow or widower 6.      Unique settlement issues that arise when one spouse from the second marriage dies 7.      Ethical, class, race and gender issues relative to the difficulties these marriages can pose This program will draw on the wisdom folk and fairy tales teach while addressing applicable legal principals, statutes, and cases in practice.         "Cinderella"             Issues of grief, loss, replacement, and class, ethnic, racial, religious, gender and political differences         "Hamlet"             What Woody Guthrie and William Shakespeare share.  Issues of usurpation, substitution, loss of both parents by remarriage, and moral repugnancy.         "Hansel & Grethell"             Economic security and abuse.  Children who will not leave home.  Gold diggers.  What to do if you discover you represent one.         "Snow White"             When a stepparent is truly evil.         "King Lear"             When children are monsters.         Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.   

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 145
    Min.
  • 3/31/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

The Dirty Dozen: The 12 Most Common Grammar and Writing Errors

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Lenné Espenschied

The Dirty Dozen: The 12 Most Common Grammar and Writing Errors   Lawyers are wordsmiths, and excellent writing is an essential competency in the practice of law; in fact, nothing is more important or more directly related to a lawyer’s success.Grammar and writing errors damage a lawyer’s credibility; they suggest that the lawyer is either careless or incompetent.This program examines the 12 most common errors and how to avoid them.     Lenné Espenschied has earned her status as one of the two most popular contract drafting speakers in the U.S. by continually striving for excellence and providing innovative, practical skills-based training for transactional lawyers. She practiced law in Atlanta, Georgia for 25 years, focusing on corporate and transactional representation of technology-based businesses.She is the author of two books published by the American Bar Association: Contract Drafting: Powerful Prose in Transactional Practice (ABA Fundamentals, 3rd Ed.2019), and The Grammar and Writing Handbook for Lawyers (ABA Fundamentals, 2011). After graduating from the University of Georgia School of Law magna cum laude, Ms. Espenschied began her corporate practice with a large, national law firm; she also served as Senior Counsel in the legal department of Bank of America before eventually opening her own law office.As a law school professor, Ms. Espenschied taught commercial law, contracts, and contract drafting; she is a contributing faculty member at West Legal Ed.She speaks nationally at continuing legal education seminars and provides private training at law firms and corporate legal departments. Her passion is helping lawyers acquire the skills they need to be more successful in transactional practice.   Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 67
    Min.
  • 12/31/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

The Ethics of Bad Facts and Bad Law

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Thomas E. Spahn

Every lawyer wrestles with how to handle facts or law that is unfavorable to a client. There is a natural tension between a lawyer’s duty to be honest, on the one hand, and the lawyer’s duty to provide zealous representation of a client.  In some instances, bad facts or bad law must be disclosed.  In other instances, disclosure is not required. How this tension is resolved involves substantial ethical issues.  This program will discuss the ethics issues involved and how they may be resolved in a practical setting. Ethical issues surrounding the representation of adverse facts to tribunals and adversaries Disclosure of adverse legal precedents Required discloses of bad facts or law Timing issues – when must the disclosure occur? Related issues of confidentiality and the attorney-client privilege Ex parte communications with the courts – what’s ethically permissible, what’s not? Speakers: Thomas E. Spahn is a partner in the McLean, Virginia office of McGuireWoods, LLP, where he has a substantial practice advising clients on properly creating and preserving the attorney-client privilege and work product protections.  For more than 30 years he has lectured extensively on legal ethics and professionalism and has written “The Attorney-Client Privilege and the Work Product Doctrine: A Practitioner’s Guide,” a 750 page treatise published by the Virginia Law Foundation.  Mr. Spahn has served as a member of the ABA Standing Committee on Ethics and Professional Responsibility and as a member of the Virginia State Bar's Legal Ethics Committee.  He received his B.A., magna cum laude, from Yale University and his J.D. from Yale Law School.   Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 6/29/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

The Ethics of Representing Two Parties in a Transaction

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  William Freivogel

The Ethics of Representing Two Parties in a Transaction Representing two or more clients in a business or commercial transaction is full of potential ethical traps.  It’s essential that clients understand the potential for conflicts of interest, how confidential information is shared among the joint clients, how negotiating strategies may need to be altered because of the joint representation, and the real risk to the transaction itself if the clients eventually develop unresolvable disputes among themselves. Counseling clients about information flows and obtaining a written waiver of conflicts from all clients are essential first steps but not the end of the process. This program will provide you with a real world guide to representing two or more clients in a business or commercial transaction.      Information flows and potential conflicts of interest      Counseling clients about sharing of confidential information – and its implications      Drafting conflict of interest waivers      Attorney-client privilege issues involved in joint representations      Negotiation ethics when representing multiple clients      What to do when jointly represented clients disagree       Speaker: William Freivogel is the principal of Freivogel Ethics Consulting and is an independent consultant to law firms on ethics and risk management.  He was a trial lawyer for 22 years and has practiced in the areas of legal ethics and lawyer malpractice for more than 25 years.  He is chair of the Editorial Board of the ABA/BNA Lawyers’ Manual on Professional Conduct. He maintains the Web site “Freivogel on Conflicts” at www.freivogelonconflicts.com.       Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 61
    Min.
  • 9/14/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

The Ethics of Supervising Other Lawyers

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Matthew Corbin

Lawyers are not only responsible for their own ethical conduct and decision making but also for the ethical practice of lawyers they supervise.  Whether it’s a partner supervising the work of an associate or the lead lawyer on a case supervising a group of partners and associates, the supervising lawyer has responsibilities to ensure that the lawyers he or she is supervising are ethically compliant. When subordinate lawyers violate ethics rules, supervising lawyers are potentially liable for that misconduct. This program will provide you with a guide to ethical issues when lawyers supervise other lawyers and non-lawyer support staff.   ·         Standards for ensuring compliance by subordinate attorneys and potential liability when they act improperly ·         Lawyer supervision of paralegals and other non-lawyer staff ·         Responsibilities of subordinate lawyers who rely on judgment of supervising lawyers ·         Special issues involved in billing the work of subordinate and co-counsel attorneys, and paralegals ·         In-house counsel of outside counsel   Speaker: Matthew Corbin is Senior Vice President and Executive Director in the Professional Services Group of AON Risk Services, where he consults with the company’s law firm clients on professional responsibility and liability issues.  Before joining AON, he was a partner with Lathrop & Gage, LLP, where he was a trial and appellate lawyer handling professional liability, commercial, business tort, employment, construction, insurance, and regulatory matters. Before entering private practice, he served as a judicial clerk to Judge Mary Briscoe of the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Tenth Circuit.  Mr. Corbin earned his B.A. from the University of Kansas and his J.D. from the University of Kansas School of Law.       Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 2/17/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

The Great Reckoning: When Commercial Real Estate Loans Come Due

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Anthony Licata, John S. Hollyfield

The Great Reckoning: When Commercial Real Estate Loans Come Due   When a commercial real estate loan comes due, there are typically three alternatives for clients: refinance the loan, sell the property underlying the mortgage, or restructure the property’s capital structure, perhaps by adding more equity. There are complex tradeoffs with each alternative.  Renegotiating a loan extension is time-consuming, even when credit is available. Selling the property, especially in a strong market, may trigger adverse tax consequences. Most murky of all is restructuring the capital structure of project. Is the owner willing to add more equity to the project? This program will provide you with a practical guide to the issues of working with clients when their commercial real estate loans come due. Alternatives when a commercial real estate mortgage comes due Exploration of refinance options in an environment of volatile interest rates Role of preferred equity, mezzanine loans, and second mortgages Alternative of selling into a strong market Counseling clients about refinance in a time of certainty Speakers: Anthony Licata is a partner in the Chicago office of Taft Stettinius & Hollister LLP, where he formerly chaired the firm’s real estate practice.  He has an extensive practice focusing on major commercial real estate transactions, including finance, development, leasing, and land use.  He formerly served as an adjunct professor at the Kellogg Graduate School of Management at Northwestern University and at the Illinois Institute of Technology.   John S. Hollyfield is of counsel and a former partner in the Houston office Norton Rose Fulbright, LLP.  He has more than 40 years’ experience in real estate law practice.  He formerly served as chair of the ABA Real Property, Probate and Trust Law Section, president of the American College of Real Estate Lawyers, and chair of the Anglo-American Real Property Institute.  He has been named a "Texas Super Lawyer" in Real Estate Law by Texas Monthly magazine and is listed in Who’s Who in American Law.  He is co-editor of Modern Banking and Lending Forms (4th Edition), published by Warren, Gorham & Lamont.         Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • Webcast
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 4/30/24
    Presented
  • DETAILS
Course1

The Law of Background Checks: What Clients May/May Not ‘Check

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Felicia Davis

The Law of Background Checks: What Clients May/May Not ‘Check Background checks are an exercise in risk management in hiring. Employers want to align an applicant’s skills with a job profile, reducing the likelihood the hire will not work out or, worse yet, cause the employer liability. This typically means that the employer wants as much information as possible on job candidates. But background checks themselves are fraught with potential liability. There are many categories of questions that employers may not ask applicants; and if they do ask these questions, they open themselves to liability. This program will provide you with a real-world guide to what is allowed and what is not allowed in background checks, and best practices for using that information and avoiding liability. Framework of laws impacting background checks, including the Fair Credit Reporting Act What an employ may/may not ask – criminal arrest history, marital status, age, credit history, and other bases Social media background checks Liability for improper/discriminatory use of background checks Counseling clients about best practices in conducting/using background checks   Speaker: Felicia Davis is an attorney in the Los Angeles office of Paul Hastings, LLP where she represents employers in all aspects of labor and employment law, including discrimination, retaliation, harassment, religious accommodation and wage and hour issues, in both single-plaintiff and class-action matters. She has also represented clients in disability access litigation under Title III. She has served as lead attorney on single and multi-plaintiff matters, successfully defending lawsuits alleging discrimination, retaliation, and wrongful discharge as well as collective bargaining agreement violations. She is a member of the ABA Labor and Employment Law Committee on Technology in the Practice and Workplace (Planning Committee). Ms. Davis received her B.A., cum laude, from Claremont McKenna College and her J.D. from the University of California at Los Angeles.       Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 5/4/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

The Law of Consignments: How Selling Goods for Others Works

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Steven O. Weise

  In a consignment, the consignor, ships or transfers control of goods to a seller, the consignee, who agrees to market the property to buyers and pay over some portion of the sales proceeds to the consignor. The arrangement involves an intricate set of rights and obligations among the parties. There are also substantial and often overlooked risks, including that the consignee’s creditors may seek to claim a security interest in the consigned property.  If these risks are not properly understood and remedies not carefully considered, the consignor is at risk of loss. This program will provide you to the law of consignments, UCC Article 9 issues and risks, and provide practical tips for drafting consignment agreements.   Structure of common consignment transactions Parties, rights and obligations – consignor as creditor, consignee as debtor, creditors Risks of loss to consignor and how it can protect itself against consignee’s creditors Consignor remedies for consignee breach Law of consignments and relationship to secured finance Circumstances when UCC Article 9 does not apply to consignments   Speaker: Steven O. Weise is a partner in the Los Angeles office Proskauer Rose, LLP, where his practice encompasses all areas of commercial law. He has extensive experience in financings, particularly those secured by personal property.  He also handles matters involving real property anti-deficiency laws, workouts, guarantees, sales of goods, letters of credit, commercial paper and checks, and investment securities.  Mr. Weise formerly served as chair of the ABA Business Law Section. He has also served as a member of the Permanent Editorial Board of the UCC and as an Advisor to the UCC Code Article 9 Drafting Committee.  Mr. Weise received his B.A. from Yale University and his J.D. from the University of California, Berkeley, Boalt Hall School of Law.    

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 3/21/26
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

The Murdaugh Murder Trial: Ethical Violations to Murder

$100.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Joel Oster

The Murdaugh Murder Trial: Ethical Violations to Murder   "The Murdaugh Murder Trial: Ethical Violations to Murder" – an extraordinary Continuing Legal Education program that delves into the riveting case that shook the legal world. Don't miss this  opportunity to gain invaluable insights into the complex interplay between ethics, addiction, and the criminal justice system. Prepare to be enthralled as Joel Oster, the renowned "Comedian at Law," takes you on a unique exploration of the Murdaugh murder trial. Through his signature blend of wit and legal expertise, Joel will provide a fresh perspective on this high-profile case, offering invaluable insights into the ethical violations that unfolded. Witness the drama and intrigue as key courtroom moments are discussed and reviewed. You won't want to miss the powerful contributions of our esteemed guests. Brian Hermanson, President of the Oklahoma Bar Association, shares his firsthand knowledge of trying a high-profile criminal case, shedding light on the immense pressure and ethical dilemmas faced by attorneys in such circumstances. Joining us is Pamela Turner, a respected substance abuse nurse, who explores the profound impact of addiction on an individual's behavior and decision-making process. By drawing connections between Mr. Murdaugh's ethical misconduct and his battle with addiction, this underscores the chilling link between professional misconduct and the tragic murder of his wife and son. Join us for "The Murdaugh Murder Trial: Ethical Violations to Murder," a CLE program that will challenge your understanding of legal ethics while leaving you spellbound by the events that unfolded.     Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.  

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 116
    Min.
  • 12/31/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

The Same Coin: Parental Alienation

$125.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Jennifer J. Harman, PhD; Associate Professor of Psychology

  The Same Coin: Parental Alienation   The litigation of cases involving family violence is a complex area of law that strongly impacts the lives of millions of families. Unfortunately, there has been considerable misinformation, misconceptions and misunderstandings about family violence that have negatively influenced law, policy, and practice. This program was taken from a 6-hour, two-part training which focused on recent scientific advances and best practices for assessment and treatment for domestic violence (3 hours) and parental alienation (3 hours) legal cases. Case management, the use of experts, and litigation strategies will also be discussed.     Bio: Jennifer J. Harman, PhD., is an Associate Professor of Psychology at Colorado State University. She obtained her PhD in social psychology from the University of Connecticut in 2005, and also holds two master’s degrees in psychological counseling from Teacher’s College, Columbia University. Her research has focused on the topic of family violence, and she has published dozens of scientifically peer-reviewed articles, books, and book chapters on this topic, particularly on the topic of parental alienation. She is currently the President of the International Counsel on Shared Parenting, and has been accepted as an subject matter expert witness on parental alienation and/or family violence in 16 U.S. States, the District of Columbia, and the Canadian Province of Ontario.   Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.   

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 150
    Min.
  • 12/31/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

The Same Coin: Domestic Violence

$125.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Jennifer J. Harman, PhD; Associate Professor of Psychology

  The Same Coin: Domestic Violence   The litigation of cases involving family violence is a complex area of law that strongly impacts the lives of millions of families. Unfortunately, there has been considerable misinformation, misconceptions and misunderstandings about family violence that have negatively influenced law, policy, and practice. This program was taken from a 6-hour, two-part training which focused on recent scientific advances and best practices for assessment and treatment for domestic violence (3 hours) and parental alienation (3 hours) legal cases.  Case Management. the use of experts. and litigation strategies will also be discussed.     Bio: Jennifer J. Harman, PhD., is an Associate Professor of Psychology at Colorado State University. She obtained her PhD in social psychology from the University of Connecticut in 2005, and also holds two master’s degrees in psychological counseling from Teacher’s College, Columbia University. Her research has focused on the topic of family violence, and she has published dozens of scientifically peer-reviewed articles, books, and book chapters on this topic, particularly on the topic of parental alienation. She is currently the President of the International Counsel on Shared Parenting, and has been accepted as an subject matter expert witness on parental alienation and/or family violence in 16 U.S. States, the District of Columbia, and the Canadian Province of Ontario.   Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 135
    Min.
  • 12/31/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

The Same Coin: Domestic Violence and Parental Alienation

$200.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Jennifer J. Harman, PhD; Associate Professor of Psychology

  The Same Coin: Domestic Violence and Parental Alienation   The litigation of cases involving family violence is a complex area of law that strongly impacts the lives of millions of families. Unfortunately, there has been considerable misinformation, misconceptions and misunderstandings about family violence that have negatively influenced law, policy, and practice. This 6 hour, two-part training will focus on recent scientific advances and best practices for assessment and treatment for domestic violence (3 hours) and parental alienation (3 hours) legal cases. Case management, the use of experts, and litigation strategies will also be discussed.       Bio: Jennifer J. Harman, PhD., is an Associate Professor of Psychology at Colorado State University. She obtained her PhD in social psychology from the University of Connecticut in 2005, and also holds two master’s degrees in psychological counseling from Teacher’s College, Columbia University. Her research has focused on the topic of family violence, and she has published dozens of scientifically peer-reviewed articles, books, and book chapters on this topic, particularly on the topic of parental alienation. She is currently the President of the International Counsel on Shared Parenting, and has been accepted as an subject matter expert witness on parental alienation and/or family violence in 16 U.S. States, the District of Columbia, and the Canadian Province of Ontario.   Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 300
    Min.
  • 12/31/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

The Sneaky Dozen: 12 Subtle Grammar and Writing Errors

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Lenné Espenschied

The Sneaky Dozen: 12 Subtle Grammar and Writing Errors   Excellent writing is an essential competency in the practice of law; in fact, nothing is more important or more directly related to a lawyer’s success. Grammar and writing errors damage a lawyer’s credibility; they suggest that the lawyer is either careless or incompetent. This sequel to "The Dirty Dozen" examines 12 subtle grammar and writing errors you may be making and explains how to avoid them. Lenné Espenschied has earned her status as one of the two most popular contract drafting speakers in the U.S. by continually striving for excellence and providing innovative, practical skills-based training for transactional lawyers.She practiced law in Atlanta, Georgia for 25 years, focusing on corporate and transactional representation of technology-based businesses.She is the author of two books published by the American Bar Association:Contract Drafting:Powerful Prose in Transactional Practice (ABA Fundamentals, 3rd Ed.2019), and The Grammar and Writing Handbook for Lawyers (ABA Fundamentals, 2011).After graduating from the University of Georgia School of Law magna cum laude, Ms. Espenschied began her corporate practice with a large, national law firm; she also served as Senior Counsel in the legal department of Bank of America before eventually opening her own law office.As a law school professor, Ms. Espenschied taught commercial law, contracts, and contract drafting; she is a contributing faculty member at West Legal Ed.She speaks nationally at continuing legal education seminars and provides private training at law firms and corporate legal departments.Her passion is helping lawyers acquire the skills they need to be more successful in transactional practice.   Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 70
    Min.
  • 12/31/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

The Weakest Lawyer: A CLE Game Show

$50.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Sean Carter

The Weakest Lawyer: A CLE Game Show In this webinar modeled after the popular television game show, lawyers from across the country will compete by answering legal ethics questions in various categories, such as: Civility Client communication Competence Conflicts of interest Fees Legal marketing Trust accounting And much more After participants have had a chance to answer each question, the correct answer will be displayed, along with the corresponding ethics rule and a brief explanation. In that way, not only will you have fun, but you just might learn something as well.       Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • Webcast
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 5/29/24
    Presented
  • DETAILS
Course1

Trust & Estate Planning for Cabins, Boats, and Other Family Recreational Assets

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Missia H. Vaselaney and Michael Sneeringer

Trust & Estate Planning for Cabins, Boats, and Other Family Recreational Assets Clients frequently have substantial reactional assets that they want to pass in their estates – family cabins, mountain houses, other retreats, boats, and other assets.  These assets may be held in full or in fractional interests, sometimes shared uncomfortably by different parts of a single family or with third parties, giving rise to issues of control, value, and transfer.  Any or all of these assets may have substantial financial value and almost always have emotional value to clients. Planning for these assets is a blend of property and tax law, but also practical counseling of clients. This program will provide you with a real world guide to trust and estate planning for recreational assets.   ·         How to title and/or hold assets in LLCs or other business entities ·         Methods and agreements foster stable and cooperative use property among many family members ·         Special trust and estate planning issues for reactional assets ·         Use of Qualified Personal Residence Trusts for cabins and other vacation homes ·         Real estate issues – capital improvements, treatment of taxes and expenses, conservation easements ·         Special issues related to boats and airplanes   Speakers: Missia H. Vaselaney is a partner in the Cleveland office of Taft, Stettinius & Hollister, LLP, where her practice focuses on estate planning for individuals and businesses.  She also represents clients before federal and state taxing authorities.  Ms. Vaselaney is a member of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and has been a member of the Steering Committee for AICPA’s National Advanced Estate Planning Conference since 2001.   Michael Sneeringer a partner in the Naples, Florida office of Porter Wright Morris & Arthur LLP, where his practice focuses on trust and estate planning, probate administration, asset protection planning, and tax law. He has served as vice chair of the asset protection planning committee of the ABA’s Real Property, Trust and Estate Section and is an official reporter of the Heckerling Institute.       Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 8/29/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Trust & Estate Planning for Client Privacy in a Public World

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Jeff Chadwick

Trust and Estate Planning for Client Privacy in a Public World   Trust and estate clients frequently want nothing more than their privacy. They want their holdings and plans kept secret, even from their heirs.  Ensuring privacy is a multifaceted process that relies on substantive law but also on various companies’ policies, such as with rewards programs.  Privacy also turns on whether the client wants to protect the nature and extent of certain classes of assets, controversial or high profile holdings (for example, antique firearms or valuable objects of art), or something closer to home like the details of their own end-of-life health care plans or even death.  This program will provide you with a detailed guide to privacy in trust and estate planning.        Utilizing revocable trusts – preventing disclosure of assets on death, facilitating anonymous ownership & ensuring plan secrecy        Silent trusts as a method to limit disclosure to beneficiaries        Titling of special assets including art, watercraft, firearms, and certain real estate        Anonymity in charitable gift planning        Financial planning privacy – investor privacy, lottery winner privacy, banking disclosure        Medical privacy planning – HIPAA, insurance applications        Securing third-party confidentiality through non-disclosure agreements        Privacy at death – obituaries, last medical records, funeral arrangements   Speaker: Jeff Chadwick is a partner in the Houston and The Woodlands, Texas offices of Winstead, P.C, where his practice focuses on sophisticated trust and estate planning for closely held business owners, business executives, and other high net worth individuals and families. He provides practical advice on wealth transfer planning, business formation and structuring, asset protection planning, planned charitable giving, trust modifications, pre- and post-marital planning, and the administration of trusts and estates. Before entering private practice, he served as a judicial clerk to Judge Henry E. Hudson of the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Virginia.     Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 12/7/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Trust & Estate Planning for Real Estate, Part 1

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Missia H. Vaselaney and Michael Sneeringer

Trust and estate planning for real estate and real estate entrepreneurs is full of special challenges.  Real estate is illiquid, its value can swing wildly, and it can be difficult to value.  Commercial real estate may be owned in an LLC and subject to complex contractual relationships that make transferring it difficult.  There are also the challenges of transferring a unique family property – a personal residence, or family vacation property, a farm or ranch. This program will provide you a detailed guide to trust and estate planning for real property assets and for real estate entrepreneurs. Day 1: ·         Planning opportunities and challenges for real estate and real estate entrepreneurs ·         Planning for lifetime giving of fractional interests in real estate ·         Asset protection techniques for real estate assets ·         Issues related to restructured real estate assets ·         Planning for family properties – QPRTs, SERTs, and LLC techniques Day 2:  ·         Unique challenges of planning for liquidity with illiquid assets ·         Valuation discount issues and planning in a rising but volatile market ·         Value freezing techniques using LLCs ·         Grantor Retained Annuity Trust (GRAT), sales to defective grantor trusts, and sales of self-cancelling installment notes ·         Charitable giving techniques for real estate Speakers: Missia H. Vaselaney is a partner in the Cleveland office of Taft, Stettinius & Hollister, LLP, where her practice focuses on estate planning for individuals and businesses.  She also represents clients before federal and state taxing authorities.  Ms. Vaselaney is a member of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and has been a member of the Steering Committee for AICPA’s National Advanced Estate Planning Conference since 2001.  Ms. Vaselaney received her B.A. from the University of Dayton and her J.D. from the Cleveland-Marshall College of Law. Michael Sneeringer an attorney in the Naples, Florida office of Porter Wright Morris & Arthur LLP, where his practice focuses on trust and estate planning, probate administration, asset protection planning, and tax law. He has served as vice chair of the asset protection planning committee of the ABA’s Real Property, Trust and Estate Section and is an official reporter of the Heckerling Institute.  Mr. Sneeringer received his B.A. from Washington & Jefferson College, his J.D., cum laude, St. Thomas University School of Law, and his LL.M. from the University of Miami School of Law.     Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 5/18/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Trust & Estate Planning for Real Estate, Part 2

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Missia H. Vaselaney and Michael Sneeringer

Trust and estate planning for real estate and real estate entrepreneurs is full of special challenges.  Real estate is illiquid, its value can swing wildly, and it can be difficult to value.  Commercial real estate may be owned in an LLC and subject to complex contractual relationships that make transferring it difficult.  There are also the challenges of transferring a unique family property – a personal residence, or family vacation property, a farm or ranch. This program will provide you a detailed guide to trust and estate planning for real property assets and for real estate entrepreneurs. Day 1: ·         Planning opportunities and challenges for real estate and real estate entrepreneurs ·         Planning for lifetime giving of fractional interests in real estate ·         Asset protection techniques for real estate assets ·         Issues related to restructured real estate assets ·         Planning for family properties – QPRTs, SERTs, and LLC techniques Day 2: ·         Unique challenges of planning for liquidity with illiquid assets ·         Valuation discount issues and planning in a rising but volatile market ·         Value freezing techniques using LLCs ·         Grantor Retained Annuity Trust (GRAT), sales to defective grantor trusts, and sales of self-cancelling installment notes ·         Charitable giving techniques for real estate Speakers: Missia H. Vaselaney is a partner in the Cleveland office of Taft, Stettinius & Hollister, LLP, where her practice focuses on estate planning for individuals and businesses.  She also represents clients before federal and state taxing authorities.  Ms. Vaselaney is a member of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and has been a member of the Steering Committee for AICPA’s National Advanced Estate Planning Conference since 2001.  Ms. Vaselaney received her B.A. from the University of Dayton and her J.D. from the Cleveland-Marshall College of Law. Michael Sneeringer an attorney in the Naples, Florida office of Porter Wright Morris & Arthur LLP, where his practice focuses on trust and estate planning, probate administration, asset protection planning, and tax law. He has served as vice chair of the asset protection planning committee of the ABA’s Real Property, Trust and Estate Section and is an official reporter of the Heckerling Institute.  Mr. Sneeringer received his B.A. from Washington & Jefferson College, his J.D., cum laude, St. Thomas University School of Law, and his LL.M. from the University of Miami School of Law.     Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 5/19/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Trust & Estate Planning for Religious and Philosophical Beliefs

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Daniel L. Daniels

Every trust and estate plan reflects the values of the client.  These values are often rooted, consciously or not, in religious, philosophical or ethical belief systems.  Some clients choose to make these values explicit in their plans and documents.  This can be sensitive terrain for lawyers, not always familiar with integrating explicit religious, philosophical, and ethical statements into legal documents. Understanding the purposes of clients, advising clients about the real limits of what the law can accomplish or will allow, and drafting documents for these clients can be a major challenge.  This program will discuss advising clients about integrating religious, philosophical and ethical beliefs into their trust and estate plans. ·         Understanding and documenting client beliefs and the purposes they seek to achieve in trust and estate plans ·         Counseling clients about what can be practically achieved and the limitations of law ·         Anticipating possible post-mortem challenges and steps to enhance enforceability and mitigate litigation ·         Practical guidance on drafting underlying legal or supplementary documents – and common traps Speaker: Daniel L. Daniels is a partner in the Greenwich, Connecticut office of Wiggin and Dana, LLP, where his practice focuses on representing business owners, corporate executives and other wealthy individuals and their families.  A Fellow of the American College of Trust and Estate Counsel, he is listed in “The Best Lawyers in America,” and has been named by “Worth” magazine as one of the Top 100 Lawyers in the United States representing affluent individuals. Mr. Daniels is co-author of a monthly column in “Trusts and Estates” magazine.  Mr. Daniels received his A.B., summa cum laude, from Dartmouth College and received his J.D., with honors, from Harvard Law School.   Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 3/2/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Trust Accounting Essentials

$125.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Gina Hendryx and Julie Bays

Trust Accounting Essentials   The need to handle with scrupulous care funds entrusted to a lawyer by a client or third person should be self-evident. Nonetheless, there are cases where practicing lawyers, either inadvertently or intentionally, mishandle trust funds, subjecting clients and third persons to the risk of economic hardship and undermining public confidence in the legal profession. The purpose of this is course is threefold: (1) to describe the rules for handling trust funds and property; (2) to discuss relatively recent changes to the handling of fees and trust transactions; and (3) to provide practical guidance on how to use both print and electronic tools to produce client and general ledgers and to perform proper three-way reconciliation of trust funds accounts.   1:30 p.m.        Rules for Handling Trust Funds and Property Gina Hendryx, OBA General Counsel   2:20  p.m.       Documenting Trust Transactions & Preparing Ledgers – In Print & Electronically (Scenario Completion) Julie Bays, OBA/MAP Practice Managemnet Advisor    3:10 p.m.        Break   3:20 p.m.        Essential Features of Electronic Tools for Trust Fund Accounting Julie Bays, OBA/MAP Practice Managemnet Advisor    4:10 p.m. Adjourn   Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 130
    Min.
  • 12/31/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Trust and Estate Planning for Family Businesses, Part 1

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Daniel L. Daniels

Trust and Estate Planning for Family Businesses, Part 1 Most successful businesses are owned by one or more families.  Because they are family owned, these companies create many special planning challenges.  Ownership and control do not shift among non-owner managers. Rather, succession in ownership and management is a momentous and often highly emotional process for members of the family.  Frequently, these transitions are caused by the retirement or death of members of a family member.  And these transitions, if not carefully planned and delicately handled, can be ruinous, damaging the family and their company.  This program will provide you a practical framework of trust and estate planning and succession planning for family businesses.    Day 1: Succession planning in family businesses Counseling clients on how to avoid family drama on succession Valuation issues for financial and tax purposes Buy-sell planning with family members or key employees Selling to third parties where intra-family succession is not possible Planning for the incapacity of the founding generation   Day 2: Life insurance trust planning – or as a compensating asset to certain heirs Structuring private annuities to transfer a business and provide income to founders Self-cancelling installments notes and intentionally defective irrevocable trusts Use of GRATS and “redemptive freezes”   Speaker: Daniel L. Daniels is a partner in the Greenwich, Connecticut office of Wiggin and Dana, LLP, where his practice focuses on representing business owners, corporate executives and other wealthy individuals and their families.  A Fellow of the American College of Trust and Estate Counsel, he is listed in “The Best Lawyers in America,” and has been named by “Worth” magazine as one of the Top 100 Lawyers in the United States representing affluent individuals. Mr. Daniels is co-author of a monthly column in “Trusts and Estates” magazine.  Mr. Daniels received his A.B., summa cum laude, from Dartmouth College and received his J.D., with honors, from Harvard Law School.       Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 2/22/26
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Trust and Estate Planning for Family Businesses, Part 2

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Daniel L. Daniels

Trust and Estate Planning for Family Businesses, Part 2 Most successful businesses are owned by one or more families.  Because they are family owned, these companies create many special planning challenges.  Ownership and control do not shift among non-owner managers. Rather, succession in ownership and management is a momentous and often highly emotional process for members of the family.  Frequently, these transitions are caused by the retirement or death of members of a family member.  And these transitions, if not carefully planned and delicately handled, can be ruinous, damaging the family and their company.  This program will provide you a practical framework of trust and estate planning and succession planning for family businesses.    Day 1: Succession planning in family businesses Counseling clients on how to avoid family drama on succession Valuation issues for financial and tax purposes Buy-sell planning with family members or key employees Selling to third parties where intra-family succession is not possible Planning for the incapacity of the founding generation   Day 2: Life insurance trust planning – or as a compensating asset to certain heirs Structuring private annuities to transfer a business and provide income to founders Self-cancelling installments notes and intentionally defective irrevocable trusts Use of GRATS and “redemptive freezes”   Speaker: Daniel L. Daniels is a partner in the Greenwich, Connecticut office of Wiggin and Dana, LLP, where his practice focuses on representing business owners, corporate executives and other wealthy individuals and their families.  A Fellow of the American College of Trust and Estate Counsel, he is listed in “The Best Lawyers in America,” and has been named by “Worth” magazine as one of the Top 100 Lawyers in the United States representing affluent individuals. Mr. Daniels is co-author of a monthly column in “Trusts and Estates” magazine.  Mr. Daniels received his A.B., summa cum laude, from Dartmouth College and received his J.D., with honors, from Harvard Law School.       Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 2/23/26
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Trust and Estate Planning for Firearms

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Lee-ford Tritt

Trust and Estate Planning for Firearms Many clients hold firearms in their estates.  These firearms – shotguns, rifles, pistols or others guns – may have been long held in their families and hold sentimental value. These firearms may also be quite valuable. Clients wanting to pass these firearms to their heirs, however, are subject to a significant and growing body of law regulating the transfer of firearms, even as part of a testate transfer. These are no ordinary assets that can be transferred easily like other personal property. In fact, in the absence of strict adherence to a body of law, the estate’s executor, a trust’s trustee, or the estate planner himself or herself, as well as the transferee, may be subject to substantial fines or even imprisonment.  This program will provide you with a real-world guide to risks of and best practices for transferring firearms as part of a trust and estate plan.   ·         Framework of gun law and how it impacts trust and estate planning ·         Drafting “Gun Trusts” to transfer firearms & comply with National Firearm Act ·         Planning for death and incapacity of firearm owners ·         Potential substantial fines and jail time for estate planners, executors, and trustees ·         Special issues in probate, trustee selection, and constructive control of firearms   Speaker: Lee-ford Tritt is a law professor and member of the graduate tax faculty at the University of Florida College of Law in Gainesville, where he teaches trust and estate planning. He is also the director of the Center for Estate Planning and director of the Estate Planning Practice Certificate Program.  He is a Fellow of the American College of Trust and Estate Counsel and the vice president of the American Association of Law Schools’ Trusts & Estates Division.  In addition, He serves as vice chair of the ABA Real Property Trusts & Estates Law Section’s Outreach Committee as well as a chair of a committee for the Non-Tax Estate Planning Considerations Group.  Before joining the College of Law, he practiced at Davis, Polk & Wardwell and Milbank Tweed in New York City.       Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 58
    Min.
  • 8/1/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Trust and Estate Planning for Illquid Assets

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Jonathan Gopman

Liquidity is an almost universal need in trust and estate planning. When a client dies, death taxes may need to be paid.  Expenses incurred in administration need to be paid.  Distributions may be required under trust instruments.  For these and many other reasons, estates need cash.  The big challenge comes when the estate has assets that, though valuable, are not liquid.  Assets may include real estate that is not quickly or cost-effectively sold.  Or a successful family business may be involved, where ownership stakes are not easily transferred or for which there is no ready market.  Complex financial assets, artwork or other unique property, hard to value and hard to sell, may also be held.  Trust and estate plans must anticipate the need for liquidity and formulate strategies for providing it or deferring taxes and distributions until liquidity can be created. This program will provide you with a real world guide to practical strategies for creating liquidity in trust and estate planning. Challenges of planning for illiquid assets like real estate, family businesses, and unique property Techniques and tools to fund tax liabilities, distributions, expenses and more Mechanics of electing a deferral of estate tax under IRC Section 6166 Use and advantages of using Graegin notes to obtain liquidity Advantages and disadvantages of use of redemptions and buy-sell agreements Use of life insurance and other financial products to provide liquidity Speakers: Jonathan Gopman is a partner with Akerman, LLP in Naples and chair of the firm’s trusts and estate practice group.  His practice focuses on sophisticated wealth accumulation and preservation planning strategies for entrepreneurs.  He also assists entrepreneurs with their personal and business planning needs at all phases of the wealth accumulation and preservation cycle.  Mr. Gopman is a Fellow of the American College of Tax Counsel and co-author of the revised version of the BNA Tax Management Portfolio on Estate Tax Payments and Liabilities.   Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 6/28/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Trust and Estate Planning for Pets

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Missia H. Vaselaney, Michael Sneeringer

Providing for the care of pets is, for some clients, their most urgent estate and trust priority.  These clients want to ensure that, after their own deaths, their pets are looked after in a safe and secure environment.  But the law is unclear in this area – there are few familiar planning patterns to follow in this area.The challenge for the planner is to create new structures to achieve these goals, including choosing standards for caregivers and trustees, drafting distribution provisions, and providing for the disposition of the remains of pets.This program will provide you with a practical guide to the estate and trust planning for pets and other animals, including drafting trusts, fiduciary standards, and distribution provisions.   Legal and practical framework for estate and trust planning for pets and other animals Traditional trusts v. statutory trusts – advantages and disadvantages of each Drafting standards for caregivers and trustees, and understanding the relationship between the two Distributions to caregivers for the pet and for themselves Designation of remainder beneficiary or trust, terminating the trust, and final disposition of pets or other animals   Speakers: Missia H. Vaselaney is a partner in the Cleveland office of Taft, Stettinius & Hollister, LLP, where her practice focuses on estate planning for individuals and businesses.  She also represents clients before federal and state taxing authorities.  Ms. Vaselaney is a member of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and has been a member of the Steering Committee for AICPA’s National Advanced Estate Planning Conference since 2001.  Ms. Vaselaney received her B.A. from the University of Dayton and her J.D. from the Cleveland-Marshall College of Law. Michael Sneeringer an attorney in the Naples, Florida office of Porter Wright Morris & Arthur LLP, where his practice focuses on trust and estate planning, probate administration, asset protection planning, and tax law. He has served as vice chair of the asset protection planning committee of the ABA’s Real Property, Trust and Estate Section and is an official reporter of the Heckerling Institute.Mr. Sneeringer received his B.A. from Washington & Jefferson College, his J.D., cum laude, St. Thomas University School of Law, and his LL.M. from the University of Miami School of Law.   Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 12/31/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Trust and Estate Planning for Retirement Plans – IRAs, 401(k)s, and More

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Daniel L. Daniels

Trust and Estate Planning for Retirement Plans – IRAs, 401(k)s, & More The single biggest asset most clients have is their retirement account – IRAs, 401(k)s, other defined benefit plans, and annuities. These retirement plans are often tax-favored but in exchange for that status come with a variety of restrictions. Each is also governed not only by the underlying terms of its sponsors and providers but by an array of complex tax regulations.  Understanding how these complex financial products are treated not only for tax purposes but, often more importantly, for purposes of transfer at death is the central focus of trust and estate plans for most clients.  This program will provide you with a guide to tax treatment and transfer rules of client retirement assets.          Allocation of estate and gift taxes          QTIPing IRAs and trusts as IRA beneficiaries          Trust distributions as income v. principal          Understanding traps of beneficiary designations          Creditor claims against retirement assets          How annuity distributions are treated for income tax purposes – ordinary income, capital gain, return of investment   Speaker: Daniel L. Daniels is a partner in the Greenwich, Connecticut office of Wiggin and Dana, LLP, where his practice focuses on representing business owners, corporate executives and other wealthy individuals and their families.  A Fellow of the American College of Trust and Estate Counsel, he is listed in “The Best Lawyers in America,” and has been named by “Worth” magazine as one of the Top 100 Lawyers in the United States representing affluent individuals. Mr. Daniels is co-author of a monthly column in “Trusts and Estates” magazine.         Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 11/3/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Trust and Estate Planning for Second Marriages

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Michael Sneeringer and Missia H. Vaselaney

Trust and Estate Planning for Second Marriages Second marriages pose a wide range of planning challenges.  Planning for the equitable distribution of property in “blended” families – children or grandchildren from a prior marriage, a second spouse, and perhaps children from the second marriage – is fraught with legal and emotional landmines well beyond customary tax planning.  Failure to carefully consider objectives and consequences and to communicate and execute plans can easily leave a client’s estate exposed to open and raw disputes among competing heirs and eventually to destructive fiduciary litigation. This program will provide you with a guide to the practical, substantive and tax aspects of planning for clients with second marriages and blended families.   ·         Emotional context of planning for remarried clients and blended families ·         Use of pre-marital agreements to spot contentious issues, align interests, and decrease post-mortem litigation ·         Income tax planning issues for the second marriage, including exemptions and credits ·         Use of trusts and gifting to prevent unjust enrichment of one branch of a blended family ·         Traps and opportunities with retirement benefits ·         Post-mortem planning techniques when the first spouse dies – and issues on the “second death”   Speakers: Michael Sneeringer an attorney in the Naples, Florida office of Porter Wright Morris & Arthur LLP, where his practice focuses on trust and estate planning, probate administration, asset protection planning, and tax law. He has served as vice chair of the asset protection planning committee of the ABA’s Real Property, Trust and Estate Section and is an official reporter of the Heckerling Institute.  Mr. Sneeringer received his B.A. from Washington & Jefferson College, his J.D., cum laude, St. Thomas University School of Law, and his LL.M. from the University of Miami School of Law.   Missia H. Vaselaney is a partner in the Cleveland office of Taft, Stettinius & Hollister, LLP, where her practice focuses on estate planning for individuals and businesses.  She also represents clients before federal and state taxing authorities.  Ms. Vaselaney is a member of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and has been a member of the Steering Committee for AICPA’s National Advanced Estate Planning Conference since 2001.  Ms. Vaselaney received her B.A. from the University of Dayton and her J.D. from the Cleveland-Marshall College of Law.   Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 4/28/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Trust and Estate Planning for Single Clients

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Missia H. Vaselaney and Michael Sneeringer

It’s a misnomer to think that single clients, unmarried and without children, don’t need estate planning.  In some important ways, they need planning more urgently than clients who are married.  Single clients need to plan for long-term health and medical decision making, if they do not have close relatives.  They need to plan for their long-term care and to maximize the benefit of retirement accounts. They also need to grapple with what to do with any assets they may have at their death.  Single clients often do not think about these issues and need to be counseled about alternatives.  This program will provide you with a real-world guide to counseling and planning issues for unmarried clients. ·         Retirement account assets, life insurance policies, and beneficiary designations ·         Advance medical directives, health care powers of attorney, and living wills ·         Counseling clients about charitable giving to develop their interests/passions ·         Choosing personal representatives when the client does not have close family Speakers: Missia H. Vaselaney is a partner in the Cleveland office of Taft, Stettinius & Hollister, LLP, where her practice focuses on estate planning for individuals and businesses.  She also represents clients before federal and state taxing authorities.  Ms. Vaselaney is a member of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and has been a member of the Steering Committee for AICPA’s National Advanced Estate Planning Conference since 2001.  Ms. Vaselaney received her B.A. from the University of Dayton and her J.D. from the Cleveland-Marshall College of Law. Michael Sneeringer an attorney in the Naples, Florida office of Porter Wright Morris & Arthur LLP, where his practice focuses on trust and estate planning, probate administration, asset protection planning, and tax law. He has served as vice chair of the asset protection planning committee of the ABA’s Real Property, Trust and Estate Section and is an official reporter of the Heckerling Institute.  Mr. Sneeringer received his B.A. from Washington & Jefferson College, his J.D., cum laude, St. Thomas University School of Law, and his LL.M. from the University of Miami School of Law.   Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 5/9/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Trust and Estate Planning Issues in Divorce

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Missia H. Vaselaney, Michael Sneeringer

Martial separation and divorce are times fraught with emotion, but also fraught with financial decisions that have a major estate, trust and tax implications.  Transfers pursuant to divorce are generally tax-deferred.  But there are many complications, including the transfer of property over time or where the value may not be known, the assumption of debts, the treatment of income held in trust, and also complex issues of beneficiary designations in retirement plans and insurance contracts. If not properly planned, these transfers can have substantially adverse and often unanticipated consequences.  Thus program will cover major issues in trust and estate planning for divorce.   Treatment of income from and property held in trust on divorce Traps surrounding beneficiary designations on retirement benefits and insurance contracts Opportunities for post-nuptial agreements to resolve lingering disputes Issues related to the sale or transfer of personal residences Income tax issues when property and debt are separated in divorce Health care issues for children, including insurance for the divorcing spouse Educational expenses for children over time   Speakers: Missia H. Vaselaney is a partner in the Cleveland office of Taft, Stettinius & Hollister, LLP, where her practice focuses on estate planning for individuals and businesses.  She also represents clients before federal and state taxing authorities.  Ms. Vaselaney is a member of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and has been a member of the Steering Committee for AICPA’s National Advanced Estate Planning Conference since 2001.  Ms. Vaselaney received her B.A. from the University of Dayton and her J.D. from the Cleveland-Marshall College of Law Michael Sneeringer an attorney in the Naples, Florida office of Porter Wright Morris & Arthur LLP, where his practice focuses on trust and estate planning, probate administration, asset protection planning, and tax law. He has served as vice chair of the asset protection planning committee of the ABA’s Real Property, Trust and Estate Section and is an official reporter of the Heckerling Institute.  Mr. Sneeringer received his B.A. from Washington & Jefferson College, his J.D., cum laude, St. Thomas University School of Law, and his LL.M. from the University of Miami School of Law.   Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 1/17/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Trust and Estate Planning with Rising and Volatile Interest Rates

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Jeremiah W. Doyle, IV

Interest rates are at historically low levels and the Federal Reserve has repeatedly made clear that they will remain so for the foreseeable future.  Low rates create both opportunities and traps for estate planners.  Several advanced planning techniques, including self-cancelling installment notes on sales of property to family members, rely on low rates to achieve tax-favored results. Though these planning techniques lower estate and gift taxes, they also produce income tax traps.  For instance, if not properly structured, loans at low rates to a family member might result in imputed interest on the loan being attributed to the benefactor. This program will provide you with a practical guide to the estate and gift planning structures in a low interest rate environment and how to avoid income tax traps. ·         Techniques for capitalizing on low interest rates in estate and trust planning ·         Common income tax traps, including imputed interest on a loan to a child and election mistakes ·         Utilizing installment sales to family members and low rate loans ·         Techniques for using GRATs and Charitable Lead Trusts ·         Understanding sales to intentionally defective grantor trusts ·         Self-cancelling installment notes Speaker: Jeremiah W. Doyle, IV is senior vice president in the Boston office of BNY Mellon Wealth Management, where he provides integrated wealth management advice to high net worth individuals on holding, managing and transferring wealth in a tax-efficient manner.  He is the editor and co-author of “Preparing Fiduciary Income Tax Returns,” a contributing author of Preparing Estate Tax Returns, and a contributing author of “Understanding and Using Trusts,” all published by Massachusetts Continuing Legal Education.  Mr. Doyle received his B.S. from Providence College, his J.D. form Hamline University Law School, and his LL.M. in banking from Boston University Law School.   Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 3/28/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Trust in Estate Planning in 2023: A Year of Change & Challenge

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Michael Sneeringer, Missia H. Vaselaney

Trust in Estate Planning in 2023: A Year of Change & Challenge Trust and estate planning in 2022 will require navigating many rocky patches. There are new assets classes. Inflation is rising. We are still dealing with the ongoing effects of the pandemic. There is legislation pending to substantially alter the taxability of estates. Familiar planning platforms and techniques may no longer be efficacious as change unfolds.  Planning requires not only looking at the law as it is today but as it may change – perhaps dramatically – during the year. This program will provide you with a practical guide to planning in the uncertainty of 2022. ·         Tax legislation that will or has changed the taxability of estates ·         Planning with rising inflation – and higher interest rates? ·         Trends in valuation of estates with higher rates ·         Considering how to handle new asset classes ·         Planning for the ongoing effects of the pandemic   Speakers: Michael Sneeringer a partner in the Naples, Florida office of Porter Wright Morris & Arthur LLP, where his practice focuses on trust and estate planning, probate administration, asset protection planning, and tax law. He has served as vice chair of the asset protection planning committee of the ABA’s Real Property, Trust and Estate Section and is an official reporter of the Heckerling Institute.  Mr. Sneeringer received his B.A. from Washington & Jefferson College, his J.D., cum laude, St. Thomas University School of Law, and his LL.M. from the University of Miami School of Law. Missia H. Vaselaney is a partner in the Cleveland office of Taft, Stettinius & Hollister, LLP, where her practice focuses on estate planning for individuals and businesses.  She also represents clients before federal and state taxing authorities.  Ms. Vaselaney is a member of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and has been a member of the Steering Committee for AICPA’s National Advanced Estate Planning Conference since 2001.  Ms. Vaselaney received her B.A. from the University of Dayton and her J.D. from the Cleveland-Marshall College of Law.   Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 2/10/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Trust in Estate Planning in 2024: Looking Forward

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Michael Sneeringer, Missia H. Vaselaney

Trust in Estate Planning in 2024: Looking Forward Trust and estate planning in 2024 will require navigating many rocky patches. There are new assets classes. Inflation is rising. We are still dealing with the ongoing effects of the pandemic. There is legislation pending to substantially alter the taxability of estates. Familiar planning platforms and techniques may no longer be efficacious as change unfolds.  Planning requires not only looking at the law as it is today but as it may change – perhaps dramatically – during the year. This program will provide you with a practical guide to planning in the uncertainty of 2022. Tax legislation that will or has changed the taxability of estates Planning with rising inflation – and higher interest rates? Trends in valuation of estates with higher rates Considering how to handle new asset classes Planning for the ongoing effects of the pandemic   Speakers: Michael Sneeringer a partner in the Naples, Florida office of Porter Wright Morris & Arthur LLP, where his practice focuses on trust and estate planning, probate administration, asset protection planning, and tax law. He has served as vice chair of the asset protection planning committee of the ABA’s Real Property, Trust and Estate Section and is an official reporter of the Heckerling Institute.  Mr. Sneeringer received his B.A. from Washington & Jefferson College, his J.D., cum laude, St. Thomas University School of Law, and his LL.M. from the University of Miami School of Law. Missia H. Vaselaney is a partner in the Cleveland office of Taft, Stettinius & Hollister, LLP, where her practice focuses on estate planning for individuals and businesses.  She also represents clients before federal and state taxing authorities.  Ms. Vaselaney is a member of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and has been a member of the Steering Committee for AICPA’s National Advanced Estate Planning Conference since 2001.  Ms. Vaselaney received her B.A. from the University of Dayton and her J.D. from the Cleveland-Marshall College of Law.       Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 2/1/26
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Understanding Ground Leases, Part 2

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Anthony Licata, John S. Hollyfield

Understanding Ground Leases, Part 2 Ground leases are sophisticated contracts combining the elements of buy/sell agreements, commercial leases, and a sophisticated financing.  A landowner enters a long-term lease with a developer who constructs a building or other improvements on the land. The developer generally finances the building, occupying it or leasing it out to other tenants, paying the landowner rent on the underlying ground over a long period of time.  There are many benefits of ground leases for the landowner and the tenant. But they are very complex agreements involving sophisticated economic calculations and require very careful review. This program will provide you with a practical guide to how ground leases work, and negotiating and drafting them. Day 1: Overview of important provisions of ground leases  Underlying economics of ground leases Permitted use and change of use Methodologies for setting and adjusting rent to reflect risk and value over time Day 2: Major financing issues, including subordination Construction and development issues  Special condemnation and casualty considerations   Speaker: Anthony Licata is a partner in the Chicago office of Taft Stettinius & Hollister LLP, where he formerly chaired the firm’s real estate practice.  He has an extensive practice focusing on major commercial real estate transactions, including finance, development, leasing, and land use.  He formerly served as an adjunct professor at the Kellogg Graduate School of Management at Northwestern University and at the Illinois Institute of Technology.     John S. Hollyfield is of counsel and a former partner in the Houston office Norton Rose Fulbright, LLP.  He has more than 40 years’ experience in real estate law practice.  He formerly served as chair of the ABA Real Property, Probate and Trust Law Section, president of the American College of Real Estate Lawyers, and chair of the Anglo-American Real Property Institute.  He has been named a "Texas Super Lawyer" in Real Estate Law by Texas Monthly magazine and is listed in Who’s Who in American Law.  He is co-editor of Modern Banking and Lending Forms (4th Edition), published by Warren, Gorham & Lamont.         Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • Webcast
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 4/24/24
    Presented
  • DETAILS
Course1

Unwinding a Commercial Real Estate Transaction Gone Bad, Part 1

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Anthony Licata

Unwinding a Commercial Real Estate Transaction Gone Bad, Part 1 When a real estate project goes bad for whatever reason – sales are slow or at prices below projections, leasing is slow, or there are extensive cost-overruns or regulatory delays – developers, investors, lenders, and others are left scrambling to restructure the project and salvage any value or at least limit losses. This often involves restructuring or possibly refinancing a loan.  It may also involve additional equity.  Another option is selling the project, if possible.  These processes can be complicated by the nature of the investors and lenders involved.  This program will provide you with a practical guide to restructuring troubled real estate projects.   Day 1 ·         Practical strategies for unwinding real estate deals outside of bankruptcy or litigation ·         Negotiating, structuring and drafting the restructuring of failed real estate projects ·         Underlying economics and tradeoffs of real estate restructuring ·         Types of sellers and their impact on restructuring – individual owner, institutional, joint venture, private equity ·         Complications and limitations involving syndicated loans, CMBS loans, and REMICs ·         Navigating seller issues – personal guaranties, ongoing management fees, upside participation, reputation   Day 2 ·         Restructuring alternatives, including straight purchases, “Loan to Own,” rescue capital/preferred stock/securities ·         Drafting forbearance and loan modification agreements ·         Receivership of distressed properties and planning to emerge from receivership ·         “Loan to own” strategies and limitations ·         Tax issues, including cancellation of indebtedness and restructuring recourse indebtedness ·         Potential loss of valuable tax attributes and tax planning opportunities   Speaker: Anthony Licata is a partner in the Chicago office of Taft Stettinius & Hollister LLP, where he formerly chaired the firm’s real estate practice. He has an extensive practice focusing on major commercial real estate transactions, including finance, development, leasing, and land use.He formerly served as an adjunct professor at the Kellogg Graduate School of Management at Northwestern University and at the Illinois Institute of Technology. He speaks extensively on real estate topics nationally.    Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 62
    Min.
  • 7/13/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Unwinding a Commercial Real Estate Transaction Gone Bad, Part 2

$85.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Anthony Licata

Unwinding a Commercial Real Estate Transaction Gone Bad, Part 2 When a real estate project goes bad for whatever reason – sales are slow or at prices below projections, leasing is slow, or there are extensive cost-overruns or regulatory delays – developers, investors, lenders, and others are left scrambling to restructure the project and salvage any value or at least limit losses. This often involves restructuring or possibly refinancing a loan.  It may also involve additional equity.  Another option is selling the project, if possible.  These processes can be complicated by the nature of the investors and lenders involved.  This program will provide you with a practical guide to restructuring troubled real estate projects.    Day 1 ·         Practical strategies for unwinding real estate deals outside of bankruptcy or litigation ·         Negotiating, structuring and drafting the restructuring of failed real estate projects ·         Underlying economics and tradeoffs of real estate restructuring ·         Types of sellers and their impact on restructuring – individual owner, institutional, joint venture, private equity ·         Complications and limitations involving syndicated loans, CMBS loans, and REMICs ·         Navigating seller issues – personal guaranties, ongoing management fees, upside participation, reputation   Day 2 ·         Restructuring alternatives, including straight purchases, “Loan to Own,” rescue capital/preferred stock/securities ·         Drafting forbearance and loan modification agreements ·         Receivership of distressed properties and planning to emerge from receivership ·         “Loan to own” strategies and limitations ·         Tax issues, including cancellation of indebtedness and restructuring recourse indebtedness ·         Potential loss of valuable tax attributes and tax planning opportunities   Speaker: Anthony Licata is a partner in the Chicago office of Taft Stettinius & Hollister LLP, where he formerly chaired the firm’s real estate practice. He has an extensive practice focusing on major commercial real estate transactions, including finance, development, leasing, and land use.He formerly served as an adjunct professor at the Kellogg Graduate School of Management at Northwestern University and at the Illinois Institute of Technology. He speaks extensively on real estate topics nationally.    Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 67
    Min.
  • 7/14/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Voting Rights in Oklahoma: The Legacy of Guinn v. U.S.

$50.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Anthony Hendricks

Voting Rights in Oklahoma: The Legacy of Guinn v. U.S.  While many are familiar with the role of the 15th Amendment and the 1965 Voting Rights Act in providing access to the ballot for African Americans, the importance of the U.S. Supreme Court’s 1915 decision in Guinn v. United States cannot be understated when examining the history of the Black vote.  This little talked about appeal out of the state of Oklahoma may be even more relevant now.   SPEAKER:  Anthony Hendricks is a legal problem solver and litigator at Crowe & Dunlevy, one of Oklahoma’s largest and oldest firms. At Crowe & Dunlevy, Anthony serves as founder and chair of the firm’s Cybersecurity and Data Privacy Practice Group. His legal practice focuses on data privacy compliance, regulatory enforcement and permitting, and other “bet-the-company” suits in the areas of data security, privacy, and other complex business litigation.  Anthony is an adjunct professor who teaches Cybersecurity Law and Information Privacy courses at Oklahoma City University School of Law.  He also hosts “Nothing About You Says Computer Technology,” a weekly podcast on cybersecurity and data privacy viewed through the lens of diverse voices.   Anthony has been nationally recognized for his legal skills, being selected as a member of the Lawyers of Color Hot List, a 40 under 40 attorney by the National Association of Black Lawyers, Ion Oklahoma Magazine 30 under 30 recipient, Oklahoma Magazine 40 under 40, and the Journal Record 40 under 40. Anthony is also a former cybersecurity policy fellow in New America’s Cybersecurity Initiative. He serves as a Trustee for the Oklahoma City Community College Foundation and is an active Arnall Community Fund Criminal Justice Reform Committee member.    Anthony is a proud graduate of Howard University and was selected as Howard’s first British Marshall Scholar. Anthony holds two masters from the London School of Economics and earned his JD from Harvard Law School.To learn more about Anthony’s current projects and upcoming speaking events, or listen to the latest episodes of his podcast, visit www.anthonyjhendricks.com.     Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 50
    Min.
  • 12/31/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Walking the Diversity Talk: Making Greater Strides Towards the Elimination of Bias

$50.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Sean Carter

Walking the Diversity Talk: Making Greater Strides Towards the Elimination of Bias By now, you are likely familiar with the concept of implicit bias and how it impacts both individuals and organizations in decision-making. However, knowledge of the problem is just the first step. In order to truly "walk the (diversity) talk," we must take definitive strides in the direction of diversity, equity and inclusion. In this program, lawyers will learn how to translate their insights about implicit bias into actionable steps they can take to reduce bias in their own decision-making (and that of the organizations they lead). By examining case studies and the best practices of leading organizations in the legal industry and beyond, lawyers will learn how to: Identify (and reduce) their own biases Develop greater culture competency Navigate and resolve microaggressions Recognize structural impediments to diversity Drive organizational change       Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • Webcast
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 4/25/24
    Presented
  • DETAILS
Course1

Wellness Wednesday - Ethics and Addiction

$24.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Richard Stevens

  Wellness Wednesday - Ethics and Addiction   A survey of disciplinary cases involving substance abuse and mental health issues.   Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 32
    Min.
  • 12/31/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Wellness Wednesday – Lawyers Helping Lawyers Assistance Program: An Overview

$50.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Oklahoma Bar Association

WELLNESS WEDNESDAY LAWYERS HELPING LAWYERS ASSISTANCE PROGRAM: AN OVERVIEW This ethics program sheds light on numerous issues practitioners face and how the Lawyers Helping Lawyers Assistance Program can help with services, support, and more.    Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 4/25/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

What My Facebook Posts Teach About Lawyer Mental Health

$50.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Stuart Teicher

What My Facebook Posts Teach About Lawyer Mental Health Stuart Teicher, Esq.   In this program I’m going to use a strange vehicle to make some important points. That’s right, I’m going to show some screenshots of the Facebook posts I’ve made over my years of traveling and connect them to mental health issues in the practice. Many of the posts I make are funny, but make no mistake about it, there are serious underlying issues. For that reason, I’ve carefully selected particular posts which illustrate those issues. The mental health issues that are represented by my Facebook posts include anxiety, compassion fatigue, burnout, substance abuse, and more. As I’m sure you’re aware, these particular mental health issues manifest themselves uniquely in the practice of law. That’s going to be the focus of this program.     Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 12/31/24
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

Who Wants to be Disbarred?: A CLE Game Show

$50.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Sean Carter

Who Wants to be Disbarred?: A CLE Game Show In Who Wants to be Disbarred?, you will compete against lawyers from across the country in answering legal ethics-related questions, such as the one below: Which of the following conflicts of interest is prohibited by the ethics canon? Being related to the client Going to the same high school as the judge Being close friends with opposing counsel Lending money to the client Through the polling feature on our platform, lawyers will be allowed to make their selections. At the end of the program, each participant will receive their score, along with their "player ranking." Oh yeah, and you just might learn something in the process. In this webinar modeled after the popular television game show, lawyers from across the country will compete by answering legal ethics questions in various categories, such as: Civility Client communication Competence Conflicts of interest Fees Legal marketing Trust accounting And much more After participants have had a chance to answer each question, the correct answer will be displayed, along with the corresponding ethics rule and a brief explanation. In that way, not only will you have fun, but you just might learn something as well.       Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • Webcast
    Format
  • 75
    Min.
  • 5/29/24
    Presented
  • DETAILS
Course1

Why Female Attorneys Get Paid Less: What's Gender Bias Got to Do With It

$51.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Philip Bogdanoff, Esq.

Why Female Attorneys Get Paid Less: What's Gender Bias Got to Do With It Female lawyers’ median weekly pay is 26.5% less than male lawyers and the pay gap is larger for partners and only getting worse. The Ninth Circuit Court of Appeals has commented that the gender pay gap is “an embarrassing reality of our economy.” In this presentation we review the history of the gender pay gap and determine if there has been any progress in the last 50 years. We will examine the causes of the gender pay gap and suggestions on how to eliminate it. Further, we will discuss a law in the United Kingdom that requires all companies with over 250 employees to file a yearly gender pay gap report with the difference between the average pay of men and women in an organization. We will review gender pay gap reports of legal firms in the United Kingdom and determine if this reporting requirement has helped bridge the gender pay gap.   Philip Bogdanoff, Esq. Philip Bogdanoff is a nationally recognized continuing legal education speaker on the topics of ethics, professionalism, and other related topics. Previously, as an attorney, he served as assistant prosecutor in the Summit County, Ohio Prosecutor’s Office for more than 25 years, beginning in 1981. Mr. Bogdanoff argued cases before the Ohio Ninth District Court of Appeals and twenty cases before the Ohio Supreme Court including six death penalty cases - before retiring as a senior assistant prosecutor. He is the author of numerous articles on ethics, professionalism and other related legal topics and has taught the members of numerous organizations including the National Association of Legal Administrators, as well as numerous state and local Bar associations, Prosecuting Attorney's Associations, and law firms. More information about Mr. Bogdanoff is available on his Web site at http://www.philipbogdanoff.com/.   Originally Recorded: November 30, 2023     Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • Webcast
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 4/30/24
    Presented
  • DETAILS
Course1

Why Female Attorneys Get Paid Less: What's Gender Bias Got to Do With it

$51.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Philip Bogdanoff, Esq.

Why Women Attorneys Get Paid Less: What's Gender Bias Got to Do With It Female lawyers’ median weekly pay is 26.5% less than male lawyers and the pay gap is larger for partners and only getting worse. The Ninth Circuit Court of Appeals has commented that the gender pay gap is “an embarrassing reality of our economy.” In this presentation we review the history of the gender pay gap and determine if there has been any progress in the last 50 years. We will examine the causes of the gender pay gap and suggestions on how to eliminate it. Further, we will discuss a law in the United Kingdom that requires all companies with over 250 employees to file a yearly gender pay gap report with the difference between the average pay of men and women in an organization. We will review gender pay gap reports of legal firms in the United Kingdom and determine if this reporting requirement has helped bridge the gender pay gap.   Speaker: Philip Bogdanoff is a nationally recognized continuing legal education speaker on the topics of ethics, professionalism, and other related topics. Previously, as an attorney, he served as assistant prosecutor in the Summit County, Ohio Prosecutor’s Office for more than 25 years, beginning in 1981. Mr. Bogdanoff argued cases before the Ohio Ninth District Court of Appeals and twenty cases before the Ohio Supreme Court including six death penalty cases - before retiring as a senior assistant prosecutor. He is the author of numerous articles on ethics, professionalism and other related legal topics and has taught the members of numerous organizations including the National Association of Legal Administrators, as well as numerous state and local Bar associations, Prosecuting Attorney's Associations, and law firms. More information about Mr. Bogdanoff is available on his Web site at http://www.philipbogdanoff.com/.       Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • Webcast
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 5/30/24
    Presented
  • DETAILS
Course1

Working in High Conflict Disputes - 2023 OBA Annual Meeting

$49.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Megan Hunter

Presented at the 2023 Oklahoma Bar Association Annual Meeting.                    Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials. 

  • On-Demand
    Format
  • 160
    Min.
  • 11/14/25
    Avail. to
  • DETAILS
Course1

You're a Lawyer Not a Fighter: The Ethical Imperative to Remain Peaceful at All Times

$50.00
  • Author/Instructor:  Sean Carter

You're a Lawyer Not a Fighter: The Ethical Imperative to Remain Peaceful at All Times Lawyers serve a vital role in society -- to help others resolve their disputes peacefully. And while lawyers do so through use of the adversarial process, we must not ever lose sight of the fact that we are not "fighting" for our clients. We are striving to help them reach a peaceful solution to their problem.Sadly, quite often, lawyers get so hung up in the confrontational manner of depositions, cross-examinations, contract negotiations, and the like, that we develop a "fighting" mentality. This mentality does not serve the best of interest of our clients and nor does it serve our personal or professional interests. In this sobering webinar, legal ethicist Sean Carter will use real-life examples of lawyers who lost sight of the promises of peace and decided to handle their own personal disputes through less than peaceful means. As you will see, they not only did irreparable damage to their personal relationships, but also, by betraying the ethical standards to which they once swore allegiance, they proved themselves unfit for the professional role of peacemaker and endured significant sanctions from disciplinary authorities.       Disclaimer:  All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.   

  • Webcast
    Format
  • 60
    Min.
  • 5/8/24
    Presented
  • DETAILS